Companion to The Secret of the Veda
Date: 2020-01-01T09:54:07.388151+00:00

Companion to

Hymns to the Mystic Fire

Volume I

Word by word construing in Sanskrit and English
of

Selected Hymns to Agni from the Rig Veda

Compiled By

Mukund Ainapure

Companion to Hymns to the Mystic Fire

Volume I

Word by word construing in Sanskrit and English
of

Selected Hymns to Agni from the Rig Veda

Compiled by

Mukund Ainapure

• Original Sanskrit Verses from the Rig Veda

Cited in The Complete Works of Sri Aurobindo Volume 16, Hymns to the Mystic Fire       Part I

• Padpātha

Sanskrit Verses (in Devanagari as well as Roman Transliteration) after resolving euphonic combinations (sandhi) and the compound words (samās) into separate words

• Sri Aurobindo’s English Translation

Matched word-by-word with Padpātha

• Glossary

Alternative meaning(s) of a word with Notes explanatory of important points based on Sri       Aurobindo’s writings

Companion to Hymns to the Mystic Fire - Volume I

By Mukund Ainapure

© Author

All original Copyrights acknowledged

January 2020

Price: Complimentary for personal use / study

Not for commercial distribution

॥श्री अरविन्दचरणारविन्दौ॥

At the Lotus Feet
of

Sri Aurobindo

CONTENTS

Prologue

Rigveda

Agni, the Illumined Will

Agni, the Divine Will-Force

Part One

Hymns to the Mystic Fire

Hymns of Gritsamada

MANDALA TWO

Sukta 1

Sukta 2

Sukta 3

Sukta 4

Sukta 5

Sukta 6

Sukta 7

Sukta 8

Sukta 9

Sukta 10

Hymns of Bhardwaja

MANDALA SIX

Sukta 1

Sukta 2

Sukta 3

Sukta 4

Sukta 5

Sukta 6

Sukta 7

Sukta 8

Sukta 9

Sukta 10

Sukta 11

Sukta 12

Sukta 13

Sukta 14

Sukta 15

Sukta 16

Hymns of Parashara

MANDALA ONE

Sukta 65

Sukta 66

Sukta 67

Sukta 68

Sukta 69

Sukta 70

Sukta 71

Sukta 72

Sukta 73

Hymn of Paruchchhepa

MANDALA ONE

Sukta 127

Glossary

Prologue

Sri Aurobindo

Sri Aurobindo was born in Calcutta on 15 August 1872. At the age of seven he was taken to England for education. There he studied at St. Paul's School, London, and at King's College, Cambridge. Returning to India in 1893, he worked for the next thirteen years in the Princely State of Baroda in the service of the Maharaja and as a professor in Baroda College. During this period he also joined a revolutionary society and took a leading role in secret preparations for an uprising against the British Government in India. In 1906, soon after the Partition of Bengal, Sri Aurobindo quit his post in Baroda and went to Calcutta, where he soon became one of the leaders of the Nationalist movement. He was the first political leader in India to openly put forward, in his newspaper Bande Mataram, the idea of complete independence for the country. Prosecuted twice for sedition and once for conspiracy, he was released each time for lack of evidence. Sri Aurobindo had begun the practice of Yoga in 1905 in Baroda. In 1908 he had the first of several fundamental spiritual realisations. In 1910 he withdrew from politics and went to Pondicherry in order to devote himself entirely to his inner spiritual life and work. During his forty years in Pondicherry he evolved a new method of spiritual practice, which he called the Integral Yoga. Its aim is a spiritual realisation that not only liberates man's consciousness but also transforms his nature. In 1926, with the help of his spiritual collaborator, the Mother, he founded the Sri Aurobindo Ashram. Among his many writings are The Life Divine, The Synthesis of Yoga, The Secret of the Veda, Hymns to the Mystic Fire, Vedic and Philological Studies and Savitri. Sri Aurobindo left his body on 5 December 1950.

The Complete Works of Sri Aurobindo

In 1997, the Sri Aurobindo Ashram began to publish the Complete Works of Sri Aurobindo (CWSA) in a uniform library edition. Each of the 36 published volumes can be viewed and downloaded in PDF format from www.sabda.in.

Hymns to the Mystic Fire

Volume 16 Hymns to the Mystic Fire (HMF) comprises Sri Aurobindo’s translations of and commentaries on hymns to Agni in the Rig Veda. HMF is divided into three parts: Hymns to the Mystic Fire, Other Hymns to Agni and Commentaries and Annotated Translations. Part I - Hymns to the Mystic Fire is made up of the entire contents of a book of this name that was published by Sri Aurobindo in 1946, consisting of selected hymns to Agni with a Foreword and extracts from the essay “The Doctrine of the Mystics”.

Companion to Hymns to the Mystic Fire

Companion to Hymns to the Mystic Fire is meant as an aid to the systematic study of Hymns to the Mystic Fire for those interested in Sri Aurobindo’s mystical interpretation of the Veda.

It provides the original Sanskrit verses (Riks) from the Rig Veda, in Devanagari (without accents), translated and cited by Sri Aurobindo in Hymns to the Mystic Fire. The compiler has provided the Padpātha under each verse (in Devanagari as well as Roman Transliteration) in which all euphonic combinations (sandhi) are resolved into the original and separate words and even the components of compound words (samās) indicated; and matched each Sanskrit word in the verse with the corresponding English word in the Translation using superscripts. The footnotes provide alternative meaning(s) of a word with comments based on Sri Aurobindo’s writings.

In the Foreword to the first edition of Hymns to the Mystic Fire, (1946) Sri Aurobindo stated that “.…to establish on a scholastic basis the conclusions of the hypothesis (mystical interpretation) it would have been necessary to prepare an edition of the Rig-veda or of a large part of it with a word by word construing in Sanskrit and English, notes explanatory of the important points..” This compilation series is a humble attempt in providing such ‘word by word construing in Sanskrit and English’ of selected verses of the Rig Veda with explanotary notes. Earlier publications (Companion to The Secret of the Veda – Volume I & II) covered the entire Volume 15 – The Secret of the Veda. This publication covers verses from Part I of Volume 16 - Hymns to the Mystic Fire.

Sri Aurobindo has said that - Throughout the Veda it is in the hymns which celebrate this strong and brilliant deity (Agni) that we find those which are the most splendid in poetic colouring, profound in psychological suggestion and sublime in their mystic intoxication (The Secret of the Veda, Vol.15 p.390). Hope the following pages provide a glimpse of the splendid, the profound and the sublime in these mystic hymns to this brilliant deity.

Acknowledgements

The compiler has relied on Volume 15 The Secret of the Veda (SV) and Volume 14 Vedic and Philological Studies (VPS) of the Complete Works of Sri Aurobindo for enlightenment at every step. The compiler is grateful for the elucidation provided by authoritative published works on Hymns to the Mystic Fire by Jagannath Vedalankar (Agni Mantra Maala - Hindi – Sri Aurobindo Society, 1976), by Acharya Abhaydev Vedalankar (Ved Rahasya Part III – Hindi – Pratapnidhi, 1948) and on the Rig Veda by A.B. Purani (Vedic Glossary - theveda.org.in), T.V. Kapali Sastry (Collected Works of T.V. Kapali Sastry, Dipti Publications, 1981), and M.P. Pandit (Vedic Symbolism - theveda.org.in).

Rigveda

Samhita

The Samhita of the Rig Veda, as we possess it, is arranged in ten books or Mandalas.

A double principle is observed in the arrangement. Six of the Mandalas are given each to the hymns of a single Rishi or family of Rishis. Thus the second is devoted chiefly to the Suktas of the Rishi Gritsamada, the third and the seventh similarly to the great names of Vishwamitra and Vasishtha respectively, the fourth to Vamadeva, the sixth to Bharadwaja. The fifth is occupied by the hymns of the house of Atri. In each of these Mandalas the Suktas addressed to Agni are first collected together and followed by those of which Indra is the deity; the invocations of other gods, Brihaspati, Surya, the Ribhus, Usha etc. close the Mandala. A whole book, the ninth, is given to a single god, Soma. The first, eighth and tenth Mandalas are collections of Suktas by various Rishis, but the hymns of each seer are ordinarily placed together in the order of their deities, Agni leading, Indra following, the other gods succeeding.

A certain principle of thought-development also has not been absent from the arrangement of these Vedic hymns. The opening Mandala seems to have been so designed that the general thought of the Veda in its various elements should gradually unroll itself under the cover of the established symbols by the voices of a certain number of Rishis who almost all rank high as thinkers and sacred singers and are, some of them, among the most famous names of Vedic tradition. Nor can it be by accident that the tenth or closing Mandala gives us, with an even greater miscellaneity of authors, the last developments of the thought of the Veda and some of the most modern in language of its Suktas. It is here that we find the Sacrifice of the Purusha and the great Hymn of the Creation. It is here also that modern scholars think they discover the first origins of the Vedantic philosophy, the Brahmavada.

[Extracted from The Secret of the Veda Vol. 15 p. 59-60]

Language

The Sanskrit language (the Language of the Rigveda) is the devabhasha or original language spoken by men in Uttara Meru at the beginning of the Manwantara; but in its purity it is not the Sanskrit of the Dwapara or the Kali, it is the language of the Satyayuga based on the true and perfect relation of vak and artha.

Every one of its vowels and consonants has a particular and inalienable force which exists by the nature of things and not by development or human choice; these are the fundamental sounds which lie at the basis of the Tantric bijamantras and constitute the efficacy of the mantra itself. Every vowel and every consonant in the original language had certain primary meanings which arose out of this essential shakti or force and were the basis of other derivative meanings. By combination with the vowels, the consonants, and, without any combination, the vowels themselves formed a number of primary roots, out of which secondary roots were developed by the addition of other consonants. All words were formed from these roots, simple words by the addition again of pure or mixed vowel and consonant terminations with or without modification of the root and more complex words by the principle of composition.

This language increasingly corrupted in sense and sound becomes the later Sanskrit of the Treta, Dwapara and Kali Yuga, being sometimes partly purified and again corrupted and again partly purified so that it never loses all apparent relation to its original form and structure.

Every other language, however remote, is a corruption formed by detrition and perversion of the original language into a Prakrit or the Prakrit of a Prakrit and so on to increasing stages of impurity.

The superior purity of the Indian language is the reason of its being called the Sanskrit and not given any local name, its basis being universal and eternal; and it is always a rediscovery of the Sanskrit tongue as the primary language that prepares first for a true understanding of human language and, secondly, for a fresh purification of Sanskrit itself.

[Extracted from Hymns to the Mystic Fire Vol. 16 p. 475-6]

System

The statement of a few principal details of the Vedic system may help the reader to find his way through the following pages.

(1)       Om, Bhur Bhuvah Swah and Mahas

Vedic religion is based on an elaborate psychology & cosmology of which the keyword is the great Vedic formula OM, Bhur Bhuvah Swah; the three vyahritis and the Pranava. The three Vyahritis are the three lower principles of Matter, Life & Mind, Annam, Prana & Manas of the Vedanta. OM is Brahman or Sacchidananda of whom these three are the expressions in the phenomenal world. OM & the vyahritis are connected by an intermediate principle, Mahas, Vijnanam of the Vedanta, ideal Truth which has arranged the lower worlds & on which amidst all their confusions they rest.

(2) Tribhuvana

Corresponding roughly to the vyahritis are three worlds, Bhurloka (Prana-Annam, the material world), Bhuvarloka (Prana-Manas, the lower subjective world), Swarloka (Manas- Buddhi, the higher subjective world). These are the tribhuvana of Hinduism.

(3) Three Earths, Mahas and Three Heavens = Seven Worlds

Corresponding to Mahas is Maharloka or Mahi Dyaus, the great heavens (pure Buddhi or Vijnana, the ideal world). The Pranava in its three essentialities rules over the three supreme worlds, the Satyaloka (divine being), Tapoloka (divine Awareness & Force), Anandaloka (divine Bliss) of the Puranas, which constitute Amritam, immortality or the true kingdom of heaven of the Vedic religion. These are the Vedic sapta dhamani & the seven different movements of consciousness to which they correspond are the sapta sindhu of the hymns.

(4) Five Koshas or Five Earths

According to the Vedanta, man has five koshas or sheaths of existence, the material (Annamaya), vital (Pranamaya), mental (Manomaya) which together make up the aparardha or lower half of our conscious-being; the ideal (Vijnanamaya) which links the lower to the parardha or higher half; the divine or Anandamaya in which the divine existence (Amrita) is concentrated for communion with our lower human being. These are the pancha kshitis, five earths or rather dwelling places of the Veda. But in Yoga we speak usually of the five koshas but the sapta bhumis, seven not five. The Veda also speaks of sapta dhamani.

(5) Thrice Seven

In each of the seven strata of consciousness all the other six work under the law of the stratum which houses them. This means seven sub-strata in each; in the three vyahritis there are therefore thrice seven, trih saptani.

(6) Evolution of man

Man, although living here in Bhu, belongs to Swar & Bhuvar. He is manu, the Thinker, — the soul in him is the manomayah pranasarira neta of the Upanishad, “the mental captain & guide of life & body”. He has to become vijnanamaya (mahan) and anandamaya, to become in a word immortal, divine in all his laws of being (vrata & dharman). By rising to Mahas in himself he enters into direct touch with ideal Truth, gets truth of knowledge by drishti, sruti & smriti, the three grand ideal processes, and by that knowledge truth of being, truth of action (satyadharma), truth of bliss (satyaradhas) constituting amritam, swarajyam & samrajyam, immortality, self-rule & mastery of the world. It is this evolution which the Vedic hymns are intended to assist.

(7) Bhuvar and Swar

In his progress man is helped by the gods, resisted by the Asuras & Rakshasas. For the worlds behind have their own inhabitants, who, the whole universe being inextricably one, affect & are affected by the activities of mankind. The Bhuvar is the great place of struggle in which forces work behind the visible movements we see here and determine all our actions & fortunes. Swar is man’s resting place but not his final or highest habitation which is Vishnu’s highest footing, Vishnoh paramam padam, high in the supreme parardha.

(8) Gods – Masters and Helpers

The 33 great gods belong to the higher worlds but rest in Swar & work at once in all the strata of consciousness, for the world is always one in its complexity. They are masters of the mental functions, masters also of the vital & material. Agni, for instance, governs the actions of the fiery elements in Nature & in man, but is also the vehicle of pure tapas, tu, tuvis or divine force. They are therefore mankind’s greatest helpers.

(9) Yajna – Yoga, Adhwara and Battle

But in order that they may help, it is necessary to re-inforce them in these lower worlds, which are not their own, by self-surrender, by sacrifice, by a share in all man’s action, strength, being & bliss, and by this mutual help man’s being physical, vital, mental, spiritual is kept in a state of perfect & ever increasing force, energy & joy favourable to the development of immortality. This is the process of Yajna, called often Yoga when applied exclusively to the subjective movements & adhwara when applied to the objective. The Vritras, Panis etc of the Bhuvarloka who are constantly preventing man’s growth & throwing back his development, have to be attacked and slain by the gods, for they are not entirely immortal. The sacrifice is largely a battle between evolutionary & reactionary powers.

(10) Symbolic System of External Sacrifice

A symbolic system of external sacrifice in which every movement is carefully designed & coordinated to signify the subjective facts of the internal Yajna, aids the spiritual aspirant by moulding his material sheath into harmony with his internal life & by mastering his external surroundings so that there too the conditions & forces may be all favourable to his growth.

(11) Yajna - Mantra and Tantra

The Yajna has two parts, mantra & tantra — subjective & objective; in the outer sacrifice the mantra is the Vedic hymn and the tantra the oblation; in the inner the mantra is the meditation or the sacred formula, the tantra the putting forth of the power generated by mantra to bring about some successful spiritual, intellectual, vital or mental activity of which the gods have their share.

(12) Mantra

The mantra consists of gayatra, brahma and arka, the formulation of thought into rhythmic speech to bring about a spiritual force or result, the filling of the soul (brahma) with the idea & name of the god of the mantra, the use of the mantra for effectuation of the external object or the activity desired.

(13) Tantra

The tantra is composed of neshtra, savanam, potra & hotra, the intensifying of the vasu or material (internal or external) so as to prepare it for activity, the production of it in a usable form, the purification of it from all defects & the offering of it to the god or for action.

(14) Veda is karmakanda, not jnanakanda

The Veda proper is karmakanda, not jnanakanda; its aim is not moksha, but divine fulfilment in this life & the next. Therefore the Vedic Rishis accepted plenty & fullness of physical, vital & mental being, power & joy as the pratistha or foundation of immortality & did not reject it as an obstacle to salvation.

(15) One Deity in Many Forms

The world being one in all its parts every being in it contains the universe in himself. Especially do the great gods contain all the others & their activities in themselves, so that Agni, Varuna, Indra, all of them are in reality one sole-existent deity in many forms. Man too is He, but he has to fulfil himself here as man, yet divine (that being his vrata & dharma) through the puissant means provided for him [by] the Veda.

[Extracted from CWSA Volume 14, Vedic and Philological Studies p. 33-36]

Agni, the Illumined Will

Agni is the most important, the most universal of the Vedic gods.

In the physical world he is the general devourer and enjoyer. He is also the purifier; when he devours and enjoys, then also he purifies. He is the fire that prepares and perfects; he is also the fire that assimilates and the heat of energy that forms. He is the heat of life and creates the sap, the rasa in things, the essence of their substantial being and the essence of their delight.

He is equally the Will in Prana, the dynamic Life-energy, and in that energy performs the same functions. Devouring and enjoying, purifying, preparing, assimilating, forming, he rises upwards always and transfigures his powers into the Maruts, the energies of Mind. Our passions and obscure emotions are the smoke of Agni’s burning. All our nervous forces are assured of their action only by his support.

If he is the Will in our nervous being and purifies it by action, he is also the Will in the mind and clarifies it by aspiration. He leads the thoughts towards effective power; he leads the active energies towards light.

His divine birth-place and home, though he is born everywhere and dwells in all things, is the Truth, the Infinity, the vast cosmic Intelligence in which Knowledge and Force are unified. For there all Will is in harmony with the truth of things and therefore effective; all thought part of Wisdom, which is the divine Law, and therefore perfectly regulative of a divine action. Agni fulfilled becomes mighty in his own home in the Truth, the Right, the Vast. It is thither that he is leading upward the aspiration in humanity, the soul of the Aryan, the head of the cosmic sacrifice.

The Vedic sacrifice is, psychologically, a symbol of cosmic and individual activity become self-conscious, enlightened and aware of its goal. The whole process of the universe is in its very nature a sacrifice, voluntary or involuntary. Self-fulfilment by self-immolation, to grow by giving is the universal law. It is only when the law is recognised and voluntarily accepted that this kingdom of death can be overpassed and by the works of sacrifice Immortality made possible and attained. All the powers and potentialities of the human life are offered up, in the symbol of a sacrifice, to the divine Life in the Cosmos.

Knowledge, Force and Delight are the three powers of the divine Life; thought and its formations, will and its works, love and its harmonisings are the corresponding human activities which have to be exalted to the divine level. The dualities of truth and falsehood, light and darkness, conceptional right and wrong are the confusions of knowledge born of egoistic division; the dualities of egoistic love and hatred, joy and grief, pleasure and pain are the confusions of Love, perversities of Ananda; the dualities of strength and weakness, sin and virtue, action and inaction are the confusions of will, dissipators of the divine Force. And all these confusions arise and even become necessary modes of our action because the triune powers of the divine Life are divorced from each other, Knowledge from Strength, Love from both, by the Ignorance which divides. It is the Ignorance, the dominant cosmic Falsehood that has to be removed. Through the Truth, then, lies the road to the true harmony, the consummated felicity, the ultimate fulfilment of love in the divine Delight. Therefore, only when the Will in man becomes divine and possessed of the Truth, amṛto ṛtāvā, can the perfection towards which we move be realised in humanity.

The sacrifice is essentially an arrangement, a distribution of the human activities and enjoyments among the different cosmic Powers to whose province they by right belong. Therefore the hymns repeatedly speak of the portions of the gods. It is the problem of the right arrangement and distribution of his works that presents itself to the sacrificer; for the sacrifice must be always according to the Law and the divine ordainment (ṛtu, the later vidhi). The will to right arrangement is an all-important preparation for the reign of the supreme Law and Truth in the mortal.

The solution of the problem depends on right realisation, and right realisation starts from the right illuminative Word, expression of the inspired Thought which is sent to the seer out of the Vast. The Word must be accepted by other divine Powers, that is, it must bring out some potentiality in the nature or bring into it some light of realisation by which the divine Workers may be induced to manifest in the superficial consciousness of humanity and embrace openly their respective functions. And it must be illuminative of the double nature of Agni, this Lord of the lustrous flame. Agni is a Light as well as a Force.

Agni is, preeminently, the Immortal in mortals (Yo martyeṣu amṛto). It is this Agni by whom the other bright sons of Infinity are able to work out the manifestation and self-extension of the Divine (devavīti, devatāti) which is at once aim and process of the cosmic and of the human sacrifice. For he is the divine Will which in all things is always present, is always destroying and constructing, always building and perfecting, supporting always the complex progression of the universe. It is this which persists through all death and change. It is eternally and inalienably possessed of the Truth.

In the last obscuration of Nature, in the lowest unintelligence of Matter, it is this Will that is a concealed knowledge and compels all these darkened movements to obey, as if mechanically, the divine Law and adhere to the truth of their Nature. It is this which makes the tree grow according to its seed and each action bear its appropriate fruit. In the obscurity of man’s ignorance, less than material Nature’s, yet greater, it is this divine Will that governs and guides, knows the sense of his blindness and the goal of his aberration and out of the crooked workings of the cosmic Falsehood in him evolves the progressive manifestation of the cosmic Truth. Alone of the brilliant Gods, he burns bright and has full vision in the darkness of Night no less than in the splendours of day. The other gods are uṣarbudhaḥ, wakers with the Dawn.

Therefore is he the priest of the offering, strongest or most apt for sacrifice, he who, all-powerful, follows always the law of the Truth. We must remember that the oblation (havya) signifies always action (karma) and each action of mind or body is regarded as a giving of our plenty into the cosmic being and the cosmic intention. Agni, the divine Will, is that which stands behind the human will in its works. In the conscient offering, he comes in front; he is the priest set in front (puro-hita), guides the oblation and determines its effectiveness.

By this self-guided Truth, by this knowledge that works out as an unerring Will in the Cosmos, he fashions the gods in mortals. Agni manifests divine potentialities in a death-besieged body; Agni brings them to effective actuality and perfection. He creates in us the luminous forms of the Immortals. This work he does as a cosmic Power labouring upon the rebellious human material even when in our ignorance we resist the heavenward impulse and, accustomed to offer our actions to the egoistic life, cannot yet or as yet will not make the divine surrender. But it is in proportion as we learn to subjugate the ego and compel it to bow down in every act to the universal Being and to serve consciously in its least movements the supreme Will, that Agni himself takes form in us. The Divine Will becomes present and conscient in a human mind and enlightens it with the divine Knowledge. Thus it is that man can be said to form by his toil the great Gods.

The cosmic Powers act and exist in the universe; man takes them upon himself, makes an image of them in his own consciousness and endows that image with the life and power that the Supreme Being has breathed into His own divine forms and world-energies. (This is the true sense and theory of Hindu image-worship, which is thus a material rendering of the great vedic Symbols). It is when thus present and conscient in the mortal, like a “house-lord” (Gṛhapati; also Viśpati, lord or king in the creature), master in his mansion, that Agni appears in the true nature of his divinity. When we are obscure and revolt against the Truth and the Law, our progress seems to be a stumbling from ignorance to ignorance and is full of pain and disturbance. By constant submission to the Truth, surrenderings, namobhiḥ, we create in ourselves that image of the divine Will which is on the contrary full of peace, because it is assured of the Truth and the Law. Equality of soul created by the surrender to the universal Wisdom gives us a supreme peace and calm. And since that Wisdom guides all our steps in the straight paths of the Truth we are carried by it beyond all stumblings (duritāni).

Moreover, with Agni conscious in our humanity, the creation of the gods in us becomes a veritable manifestation and no longer a veiled growth. The will within grows conscious of the increasing godhead, awakens to the process, perceives the lines of the growth. Human action intelligently directed and devoted to the universal Powers, ceases to be a mechanical, involuntary or imperfect offering; the thinking and observing mind participates and becomes the instrument of the sacrificial will.

Agni is the power of conscious Being, called by us will, effective behind the workings of mind and body. Agni is the strong God within (maryaḥ, the strong, the masculine) who puts out his strength against all assailing powers, who forbids inertia, who repels every failing of heart and of force, who spurns out all lack of manhood. Agni actualises what might otherwise remain as an ineffectual thought or aspiration. He is the doer of the Yoga (sādhu); divine smith labouring at his forge, he hammers out our perfection.

Will is the first necessity, the chief actualising force. When therefore the race of mortals turn consciously towards the great aim and, offering their enriched capacities to the Sons of Heaven, seek to form the divine in themselves, it is to Agni, first and chief, that they lift the realising thought, frame the creative Word. For they are the Aryans who do the work and accept the effort, the vastest of all works, the most grandiose of all efforts, and he is the power that embraces Action and by Action fulfils the work. What is the Aryan without the divine Will that accepts the labour and the battle, works and wins, suffers and triumphs?

Therefore it is this Will which annihilates all forces commissioned to destroy the effort, this strongest of all the divine Puissances in which the supreme Purusha has imaged Himself, that must bestow its presence on these human vessels. There it will use the mind as instrument of the sacrifice and by its very presence manifest those inspired and realising Words which are as a chariot framed for the movement of the gods, giving to the Thought that meditates the illuminative comprehension which allows the forms of the divine Powers to outline themselves in our waking consciousness.

Then may those other mighty Ones who bring with them the plenitudes of the higher life, Indra and the Ashwins, Usha and Surya, Varuna and Mitra and Aryaman, assume with that formative extension of themselves in the human being their most brilliant energies. Let them create their plenty in us, pouring it forth from the secret places of our being so as to be utilisable in its daylight tracts and let their impulsions urge upward the divinising thought in Mind, till it transfigures itself in the supreme lustres.

Agni is Jatavedas, knower of the births, the worlds. He knows entirely the five worlds (Bhur, Bhuvar, Swar, Mahas and Jana or Mayas) and is not confined in his consciousness to this limited and dependent physical harmony. He has access even to the three highest states of all (Divine Being, Consciousness, Bliss, Sachchidananda), to the udder of the mystic Cow (Aditi, the infinite consciousness, Mother of the worlds), the abundance of the Bull with the four horns (the divine Purusha, Sachchidananda; the three highest states and Truth are his four horns). From that abundance he will foster the illumination in these Aryan seekers, swell the plenty of their divine faculties. By that fullness and plenty of his illumined perceptions he will unite thought with thought, word with word, till the human Intelligence is rich and harmonious enough to support and become the divine Idea.

[Extracted from CWSA Volume 15, The Secret of the Veda, p. 276-284]

Agni, the Divine Will-Force

The Name of this flaming godhead, Agni, derives from a root whose quality of significance is a pre-eminent force or intensity whether in state, action, sensation or movement; but the qualities of this essential significance vary. It means a burning brightness, whence its use for fire; it means movement and especially a curving or serpentine movement; it means strength and force, beauty and splendour, leading and pre-eminence.

The Vedic deity Agni is the first of the Powers, the pristine and pre-eminent, that have issued from the vast and secret Godhead. By conscious force of the Godhead the worlds have been created and are governed from within by that hidden and inner Control; Agni is the form, the fire, the forceful heat and flaming will of this Divinity. As a flaming Force of knowledge he descends to build up the worlds and seated within them, a secret deity, initiates movement and action. This divine Conscious Force contains all the other godheads in itself as the nave of a wheel contains its spokes. All puissance of action, strength in the being, beauty of form, splendour of light and knowledge, glory and greatness are the manifestation of Agni.

But in the Vedic cosmos Agni appears first as a front of divine Force compact of burning heat and light which forms, assails, enters into, envelops, devours, rebuilds all things in Matter. He is no random fire; his is a flame of force instinct with the light of divine knowledge. Agni is the seer-will in the universe unerring in all its works. Whatever he does in his passion and power is guided by the light of the silent Truth within him. He is a truth conscious soul, a seer, a priest and a worker, — the immortal worker in man. His mission is to purify all that he works upon and to raise up the soul struggling in Nature from obscurity to the light, from the strife and the suffering to love and joy, from the heat and the labour to the peace and the bliss. He is, then, the Will, the Knowledge-Force of the Deva; secret inhabitant of Matter and its forms, visible and beloved guest of man, it is he that guards the law of the Truth of things in the apparent aberrations and confusions of the world. The other gods awake with the Dawn, but Agni wakes also in the Night; he keeps his divine vision even in the darkness where there is neither moon nor star; the flame of the divine will and knowledge is visible even in the densest obscurity of inconscient or half-conscient things. The infallible worker is there even when we see nowhere the conscious light of the guiding mind.

No sacrifice is possible without Agni. He is at once the flame on the altar and the priest of the oblation. When man, awakened from his night, wills to offer his inner and outer activities to the gods of a truer and higher existence and so to arise out of mortality into the far-off immortality, his goal and his desire, it is this flame of upward aspiring Force and Will that he must kindle; into this fire he must cast the sacrifice. For it is this that offers to the gods and brings down in return all spiritual riches, — the divine waters, the light, the strength, the rain of heaven. This calls, this carries the gods to the house of the sacrifice. Agni is the priest man puts in front as his spiritual representative (purohita), a Will, a Force greater, higher, more infallible than his own doing for him the works of the sacrifice, purifying the materials of the oblation, offering them to the gods whom it has summoned to the divine ritual, determining the right order and season of its works, conducting the progress, the march of the sacrificial development. These and other various functions of the symbolic priesthood, represented in the outward sacrifice by different officiating priests, are discharged by the single Agni.

Agni is the leader of the sacrifice and protects it in the great journey against the powers of darkness. The knowledge and purpose of this divine Puissance can be entirely trusted; he is the friend and lover of the soul and will not betray it to evil gods. Even for the man sitting far off in the night, enveloped by the darkness of the human ignorance, this flame is a light which, when it is perfectly kindled and in proportion as it mounts higher and higher, enlarges itself into the vast light of the Truth. Flaming upward to heaven to meet the divine Dawn, it rises through the vital or nervous mid-world and through our mental skies and enters at last the Paradise of Light, its own supreme home above where joyous for ever in the eternal Truth that is the foundation of the sempiternal Bliss the shining Immortals sit in their celestial sessions and drink the wine of the infinite beatitude.

It is true that here the light is concealed. Agni, like other gods, figures here as a child of the universal parents, Heaven and Earth, Mind and Body, Soul and material Nature. This earth holds him concealed in her own materiality and does not release him for the conscious works of the Father. She hides him in all her growths, her plants, herbs, trees — the forms full of her heats, the objects that keep for the soul its delights. But at last she shall yield him up; she is the lower tinder, the mental being is the upper tinder; by the pressure of the upper on the lower the flame of Agni shall be born. But it is by pressure, by a sort of churning that he is born. Therefore he is called the Son of Force.

Even when Agni emerges, he is outwardly obscure in his workings. He becomes, first, not a pure Will, though really he is always pure, but a vital Will, the desire of the Life in us, a smoke-obscured flame, son of our crookednesses, a Beast grazing in its pasture, a force of devouring desire that feeds upon earth’s growths, tears and ravages all upon which it feeds and leaves a black and charred line to mark its path where there was the joy and glory of earth’s woodlands. But in all this there is a work of purification, which becomes conscious for the man of sacrifice. Agni destroys and purifies. His very hunger and desire, infinite in its scope, prepares the establishment of a higher universal order. The smoke of his passion is overcome and this vital Will, this burning desire in the Life becomes the Steed that carries us up to the highest levels, — the white Steed that gallops in the front of the Dawns.

Delivered from his smoke-enveloped activity he burns high in our skies, scales the ether of the pure mind and mounts upon the back of heaven. This Seer-Will becomes the guardian of the illuminations of knowledge — herds of the Sun that graze in the pastures of life secure from the Sons of division and darkness, protected by the warrior force of the Will that knows. He attains the immortality and maintains unhurt its law of truth and joy in the human creature. In the end we overpass all crookednesses of falsehood and error, emerge from the low and broken and devious ground to the straight path and the high and open levels. Will and Knowledge become one; every impulse of the perfected soul becomes conscious of the essential truth of its own self-being, every act fulfils it consciently, joyously, victoriously. Such is the godhead to which the Vedic Fire exalts the Aryan who does the sacrifice. The Immortal conquers in the mortal and by his sacrifice. Man, the thinker, fighter, toiler, becomes a seer, self-ruler and king over Nature.

The Veda speaks of this divine Flame in a series of splendid and opulent images. He is the rapturous priest of the sacrifice, the God-Will intoxicated with its own delight, the young sage, the sleepless envoy, the ever-wakeful flame in the house, the master of our gated dwelling-place, the beloved guest, the lord in the creature, the seer of the flaming tresses, the divine child, the pure and virgin God, the invincible warrior, the leader on the path who marches in front of the human peoples, the immortal in mortals, the worker established in man by the gods, the unobstructed in knowledge, the infinite in being, the vast and flaming sun of the Truth, the sustainer of the sacrifice and discerner of its steps, the divine perception, the light, the vision, the firm foundation.

He participates in the legendary actions of Indra, the Python-slaying, the recovery of the herds, the slaying of the Dasyus. He is the doer of the great Aryan work and the pure and sublime mediator between earth and heaven. Disinterested, sleepless, invincible this divine Will-force works in the world as a universal Soul of power housed in all beings, Agni Vaishwanara, the greatest, most powerful, most brilliant and most impersonal of all the cosmic Deities.

[Extracted from CWSA Volume 15, The Secret of the Veda, p. 387-92]

Part One

Hymns to the Mystic Fire

Hymns to Agni from the Rig Veda

Translated in their Esoteric sense

[CWSA Vol. 16 HMF Part One P. 31 – 113]

Hymns of Gritsamada

MANDALA TWO

Sukta 1

त्वमग्ने द्युभिस्त्वमाशुशुक्षणिस्त्वमद्भ्यस्त्वमश्मनस्परि ।

त्वं वनेभ्यस्त्वमोषधीभ्यस्त्वं नृणां नृपते जायसे शुचिः ॥2.1.1॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 द्युऽभिः3 त्वम्4 आशुशुक्षणिः5 त्वम्6 अत्ऽभ्यः7 त्वम्8 अश्मनः9 परि10 ।

त्वम्11 वनेभ्यः12 त्वम्13 ओषधीभ्यः14 त्वम्15 नृणाम्16 नृऽपते17 जायसे18 शुचिः19 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 dyu’bhiḥ^3 tvam^4 āśuśukṣaṇiḥ^5 tvam^6 at’bhyaḥ^7 tvam^8 aśmanaḥ^9 pari^10 ।
tvam^11 vanebhyaḥ^12 tvam^13 oṣadhībhyaḥ^14 tvam^15 nṛṇām^16 nṛ’pate^17 jāyase^18 śuciḥ^19 ।।

1.       2O Fire, 1thou 18art born 3with thy lights, 5flaming out on us in thy effulgence; 4thou 18art born 7from the waters and 10around 9the stone, 11thou 18art born 12from the forests and 18born 14from the plants of the earth. 19Pure 15art thou 18in thy birth, 17O Master of man and 16his race.

[Alt.] 4Thou, 2O Flame, 5blazest out into purity, 1thou 3with thy illuminations; 6thou 7from the waters, 8thou 10enringing 9the thunderbolt, 11thou 12from the pleasant growths and warmths of earth 18art born 19in thy light of purity, 16,17O master of the godheads. [14/471]

5 āśuśukṣaṇiḥ - Rt शुच् to blaze, shine (cf शुक्र), to be bright and so also to be pure; brightness, clearness and cleanness are easily associated ideas. In the Vedic use of शुच्, शुचि: even I think for शुक्र:, the ideas of light and purity are, I think, always or almost always blended. “Thou art he who blazest up with thy lustres”, or, with the idea of purity carried in the action, “Thou art he who burnest out in the purity of thy illuminations.” In the physical sense, the fire of lightning, the fire struck out from the flints or from Indra’s thunderbolt, the fire burning from the fuel or perhaps the forest fire. In the psychological, the fire of the seven sacred rivers, the fire from the thunderbolt of Indra, the fire that feeds on the material of the physical and vital life. [14/470]

7 the waters are the outpouring of the luminous movement and impulse of the divine or supramental existence. [15/439 fn 3]

16 nṛṇām 17 nṛ’pate - Nṛ in the Veda is applicable both to gods and men and does not mean simply a man; it meant originally, I think, strong or active and then a male and is applied to the male gods, active divine souls or powers, puruṣās, opposed to the female deities, gnāh who are their energies. [15/81]

तवाग्ने होत्रं तव पोत्रमृत्वियं तव नेष्ट्रं त्वमग्निदृतायतः ।

तव प्रशास्त्रं त्वमध्वरीयसि ब्रह्मा चासि गृहपतिश्च नो दमे ॥2.1.2॥

तव^1 अग्ने2 होत्रम्3 तव^4 पोत्रम्5 ऋत्वियम्6 तव^7 नेष्ट्रम्8 त्वम्9 अग्नित्10 ऋतऽयतः11 ।

तव^12 प्रऽशास्त्रम्13 त्वम्14 अध्वरिऽयसि15 ब्रह्मा16 च^17 असि18 गृहऽपतिः19 च^20 नः21 दमे22 ॥
tava^1 agne^2 hotram^3 tava^4 potram^5 ṛtviyam^6 tava^7 neṣṭram^8 tvam^9 agnit^10 ṛta’yataḥ^11 ।
tava^12 pra’śāstram^13 tvam^14 adhvari’yasi^15 brahmā^16 ca^17 asi^18 gṛha’patiḥ^19 ca^20 naḥ^21 dame^22 ।।

2.       2O Fire, 1thine are 3the call and the offering, 4thine 5the purification and 6the order of the sacrifice, 7thine 8the lustration; 9thou 18art 10the fire-bringer 11for the seeker of the Truth. 13The annunciation 12is thine, 14thou 15becomest the pilgrim-rite: 14thou 18art 16the priest of the Word 20and 19the master of the house 22ain 21our 22bhome.

15 thou art the priest of the pilgrim-rite. [16/31 fn 1]

Adhvara - the word for sacrifice, is really an adjective and the full phrase is adhvara yajña, sacrificial action travelling on the path, the sacrifice that is of the nature of a progression or journey. Agni, the Will, is the leader of the sacrifice. [15/333]

The image of this sacrifice is sometimes that of a journey or voyage; for it travels, it ascends; it has a goal - the vastness, the true existence, the light, the felicity - and it is called upon to discover and keep the good, the straight and the happy path to the goal, the arduous, yet joyful road of the Truth. [15/377; 16/24]

[Explanation] The Yajna has two parts, mantra & tantra — subjective & objective; in the outer sacrifice the mantra is the Vedic hymn and the tantra the oblation; in the inner the mantra is the meditation or the sacred formula, the tantra the putting forth of the power generated by mantra to bring about some successful spiritual, intellectual, vital or mental activity of which the gods have their share. The tantra is composed of neshtra, savanam, potra & hotra, the intensifying of the vasu or material (internal or external) so as to prepare it for activity, the production of it in a usable form, the purification of it from all defects & the offering of it to the god or for action. [14/35-6]

त्वमग्न इंद्रो वृषभः सतामसि त्वं विष्णुरुरुगायो नमस्यः ।

त्वं ब्रह्मा रयिविद्ब्रह्मणस्पते त्वं विधर्तः सचसे पुरंध्या ॥2.1.3॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 इन्द्रः3 वृषभः4 सताम्5 असि6 त्वम्7 विष्णुः8 उरुऽगायः9 नमस्यः10 ।

त्वम्11 ब्रह्मा12 रयिऽवित्13 ब्रह्मणः14 पते15 त्वम्16 विऽधर्तः17 सचसे18 पुरम्ऽध्या19 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 indraḥ^3 vṛṣabhaḥ^4 satām^5 asi^6 tvam^7 viṣṇuḥ^8 uru’gāyaḥ^9 namasyaḥ^10 ।
tvam^11 brahmā^12 rayi’vit^13 brahmaṇaḥ^14 pate^15 tvam^16 vi’dhartaḥ^17 sacase^18 puram’dhyā^19 ।।

3.       2O Fire, 1thou 6art 3Indra 4the Bull 5of all that are and 7thou 6art 9wide-moving 8Vishnu, 10one to be worshipped with obeisance. 15O Master 14of the Word, 11thou 6art 12Brahma, 13the finder of the Riches: 2O Fire 17who sustainest each and all, 18closely thou companionest 19the Goddess of the many thoughts.

3 indraḥ - Indra, Giver of Light [15/257]; Master of the thought-mind. [15/104]

4 vṛṣabhaḥ - Bull of the herds, the Master and fertilizer of all these luminous energies, Indra. [15/323]

8 viṣṇuḥ - Vishnu, the All-Pervading Godhead. [SV Part Two XII - 15/343]

9 uru’gāyaḥ - wide-sung. [16/31 fn 2]

12 brahmā, 14 brahmaṇaḥ - Brahman in the Veda signifies ordinarily the Vedic Word or mantra in its profoundest aspect as the expression of the intuition arising out of the depths of the soul or being. All world is expression or manifestation, creation by the Word. This vast Being, this all-containing and all-formulating consciousness is Brahman. [15/318]

The root brih, from which it comes, means, to be full, great, to expand. Because Brahman is like the ether extending itself in all being, because it fills the body & whole system with its presence, therefore the word brahma can be applied to the soul or to the supreme Spirit, according as the idea is that of the individual spirit or the supreme Existence. [14/152]

This seems to be the sense of the word Brahmana in the Veda. It certainly does not mean Brahmans by caste or priests by profession. The four castes are only mentioned in the Rig Veda once, in that profound but late composition, the Purushasukta. [15/167 fn]

13 rayi - Rayi which may mean physically wealth or prosperity, and psychologically a felicity or enjoyment which consists in the abundance of certain forms of spiritual wealth. [15/139]

That richness and abundance in the soul full of divine possessions which is its spiritual prosperity or felicity, an image of the infinite store of the divine Bliss and by which it advances to an ever greater and more richly-equipped wideness of its being. [15/429 fn 6]

19 puram’dhyā - The Goddess tenant of the city [16/32 fn 3]. पुरंधि: means either “many-thoughted”, or या पुरं धारयति सा “holder of the house” (the house is the embodied being of man) [14/474].

त्वमग्ने राजा वरुणो धृतव्रतस्त्वं मित्रो भवसि दस्म ईड्यः ।

त्वमर्यमा सत्पतिर्यस्य संभुजं त्वमंशो विदथे देव भाजयुः ॥2.1.4॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 राजा3 वरुणः4 धृतऽव्रतः5 त्वम्6 मित्रः7 भवसि8 दस्मः9 ईड्यः10 ।

त्वम्11 अर्यमा12 सत्ऽपतिः13 यस्य^14 सम्ऽभुजम्15 त्वम्16 अंशः17 विदथे18 देव^19 भाजयुः20 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 rājā^3 varuṇaḥ^4 dhṛta’vrataḥ^5 tvam^6 mitraḥ^7 bhavasi^8 dasmaḥ^9 īḍyaḥ^10 ।
tvam^11 aryamā^12 sat’patiḥ^13 yasya^14 sam’bhujam^15 tvam^16 aṃśaḥ^17 vidathe^18 deva^19
bhājayuḥ^20 ।।

4.       2O Fire, 1thou art 4Varuna 3the king 5who holds in his hands the law of all workings and 6thou 8art 7Mitra 9the potent and 10desirable Godhead. 11Thou art 12Aryaman, 13master of beings, 14with whom is 15complete enjoying; 19O Godhead, 16thou art 17Ansha, 20who gives us our portion 18in the winning of the knowledge.

4 varuṇaḥ - Varuna, who represents the ethereal purity and oceanic wideness of the infinite Truth. [15/401]

5 dhṛta’vrataḥ - In the ordinary workings of the life-plane and the material plane, because they are unilluminated, full of ignorance and defect, the law of our divine and infinite being [vrataḥ] is impaired or spoiled, works under restrictions and with perversions; it manifests fully, steadfastly and faultlessly [dhṛta] only when the ideal, supramental truth-plane is upheld in us by the pure wideness and harmony of Varuna and Mitra and takes up the vital and the physical consciousness into its power and light. [15/539 fn 5]

7 mitraḥ - Mitra, the all-embracing harmony of the Truth, the Friend of all beings, the Lord of Love. [15/401]

Agni contains and is all the gods. Mortals have to discover in the action of the divine Will the light, love and harmony of the true knowledge and true existence, the Mitra-power; it is in this aspect that he has to be set in front of the human consciousness as the representative priest in the sacrifice. [15/442 fn 1]

12 aryamā – Aryaman, the aspiring power and action of the Truth. [15/402]

त्वमग्ने त्वष्टा विधते सुवीर्यं तव ग्नावो मित्रमहः सजात्यं ।

त्वमाशुहेमा ररिषे स्वश्व्यं त्वं नरां शर्धो असि पुरूवसुः ॥2.1.5॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 त्वष्टा3 विधते4 सुऽवीर्यम्5 तव^6 ग्नावः7 मित्रऽमहः8 सऽजात्यम्9 ।

त्वम्10 आशुऽहेमा11 ररिषे12 सुऽअश्व्यम्13 त्वम्14 नराम्15 शर्धः16 असि17 पुरुऽवसुः18 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 tvaṣṭā^3 vidhate^4 su’vīryam^5 tava^6 gnāvaḥ^7 mitra’mahaḥ^8 sa’jātyam^9 ।
tvam^10 āśu’hemā^11 rariṣe^12 su’aśvyam^13 tvam^14 narām^15 śardhaḥ^16 asi^17 puru’vasuḥ^18 ।।

5.       2O Fire, 1thou art 3Twashtri and fashionest 5fullness of force 4for thy worshipper; 6thine, 8O friendly Light, are 7the goddess-Energies and 9all oneness of natural kind. 10Thou 11art the swift galloper and 12lavishest 13good power of the Horse; 14thou 17art 16the host 15of the gods and 18great is the multitude of thy riches.

3 tvaṣṭā - Twashtri, Fashioner of things; The Divine as the Fashioner of things pervades all that He fashions both with His immutable self-existence and with that mutable becoming of Himself in things by which the soul seems to grow and increase and take on new forms. [15/411 fn 8,9]

5 su’vīryam - Utter energy [15/416]; the hero-power of the battling soul. [15/416 fn 7]

त्वमग्ने रुद्रो असुरो महो दिवस्त्वं शर्धो मारुतं पृक्ष ईशिषे ।

त्वं वातैररुणैर्यासि शंगयस्त्वं पूषा विधतः पासि नु त्मना ॥2.1.6॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 रुद्रः3 असुरः4 महः5 दिवः6 त्वम्7 शर्धः8 मारुतम्9 पृक्षः10 ईशिषे11 ।

त्वम्12 वातैः13 अरुणैः14 यासि15 शम्ऽगयः16 त्वम्17 पूषा18 विधतः19 पासि20 नु21 त्मना22 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 rudraḥ^3 asuraḥ^4 mahaḥ^5 divaḥ^6 tvam^7 śardhaḥ^8 mārutam^9 pṛkṣaḥ^10 īśiṣe^11 ।
tvam^12 vātaiḥ^13 aruṇaiḥ^14 yāsi^15 śam’gayaḥ^16 tvam^17 pūṣā^18 vidhataḥ^19 pāsi^20 nu^21 tmanā^22 ।।

6.       2O Fire, 1thou 3art Rudra, 4the mighty one 5of the great 6Heaven and 7thou 8art the army 9of the Life-Gods [Maruts] and 11hast power over 10all that fills desire. 12Thou 15journeyest 14with dawn-red 13winds [Vayu] to bear thee and thine is 16the house of bliss; 17thou 18art Pushan and 20thou guardest [21indeed] 22with thyself 19thy worshippers.

3 rudraḥ - Rudra, the Violent One who leads the upward evolution of the conscious being [15/346]; Rudra is the Divine as the master of our evolution by violence and battle, smiting and destroying the Sons of Darkness and the evil they create in man. Agni as helper in the upward struggle against the dasyus assumes this Rudrahood. [15/541 fn 3]

4 asuraḥ - Asura, a word used in the Veda for the Deva, but also for the gods. [15/523 fn 5]

1^0 pṛkṣaḥ - The word pṛkṣa is rendered food in the ritual interpretation like the kindred word prayas. The root means pleasure, fullness, satisfaction, and may have the material sense of a “delicacy” or satisfying food and the psychological sense of a delight, pleasure or satisfaction. The satisfactions are three but closely associated together - satisfactions of the body, satisfactions of the vitality, satisfactions of the mind. [15/329]

18 pūṣā – Pushan, the increaser, enricher of our sacrifice. [15/486]

त्वमग्ने द्रविणोदा अरंकृते त्वं देवः सविता रत्नधा असि ।

त्वं भगो नृपते वस्व ईशिषे त्वं पायुर्दमे यस्तेऽविधत् ॥2.1.7॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 द्रविणःऽदाः3 अरम्ऽकृते4 त्वम्5 देवः6 सविता7 रत्नऽधाः8 असि9 ।

त्वम्10 भगः11 नृऽपते12 वस्वः13 ईशिषे14 त्वम्15 पायुः16 दमे17 यः18 ते19 अविधत्20 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 draviṇaḥ’dāḥ^3 aram’kṛte^4 tvam^5 devaḥ^6 savitā^7 ratna’dhāḥ^8 asi^9 ।
tvam^10 bhagaḥ^11 nṛ’pate^12 vasvaḥ^13 īśiṣe^14 tvam^15 pāyuḥ^16 dame^17 yaḥ^18 te^19 avidhat^20 ।।

7.       2O Fire, 4to one who makes ready and sufficient his works 1thou 9art 3the giver of the treasure; 5thou 9art 6divine 7Savitri and 8a founder of the ecstasy. 12O Master of man, 10thou 9art 11Bhaga, and 14hast power 13for the riches; 15thou 9art 16the guardian 17in the house 18for one who 20aworships 19thee 20bwith his works.

3 draviṇaḥ - divine substance; the divine riches which are the object of the sacrifice. [15/436]

7 savitā - the creator [15/489] emitting from the unmanifest and bringing out into the manifest. [15/302]

11 bhagaḥ - Bhaga, the godhead who brings joy and supreme felicity into human consciousness. [15/516]

17 dam - The house in the Veda is a constant image for the bodies that are dwelling-places of the soul [15/297]; The human system, the house of the soul. [16/606]

त्वामग्ने दम आ विश्पतिं विशस्त्वां राजानं सुविदत्रमृंजते ।

त्वं विश्वानि स्वनीक पत्यसे त्वं सहस्राणि शता दश प्रति ॥2.1.8॥

त्वाम्1 अग्ने2 दमे3 आ^4 विश्पतिम्5 विशः6 त्वाम्7 राजानम्8 सुऽविदत्रम्9 ऋञ्जते10 ।

त्वम्11 विश्वानि12 सुऽअनीक^13 पत्यसे14 त्वम्15 सहस्राणि16 शता17 दश^18 प्रति19 ॥
tvām^1 agne^2 dame^3 ā^4 viśpatim^5 viśaḥ^6 tvām^7 rājānam^8 su’vidatram^9 ṛñjate^10 ।
tvam^11 viśvāni^12 su’anīka^13 patyase^14 tvam^15 sahasrāṇi^16 śatā^17 daśa^18 prati^19 ।।

8.       2O Fire, 6men 4,1turn to thee 5the master of the human being 3in his house; 7thee 10they crown, 8the king 9perfect in knowledge. 13O strong force of Fire, 11thou 14masterest 12all things; 15thou 19movest to 16the thousands and 17the hundreds and 18the tens.

17 śatā - The constantly recurring numbers ninety-nine, a hundred and a thousand have a symbolic significance in the Veda which it is very difficult to disengage with any precision. The secret is perhaps to be found in the multiplication of the mystic number seven by itself and its double repetition with a unit added before and at the end, making altogether 1+49+49+1=100. Seven is the number of essential principles in manifested Nature, the seven forms of divine consciousness at play in the world. Each, formulated severally, contains the other six in itself; thus the full number is forty-nine, and to this is added the unit above out of which all develops, giving us altogether a scale of fifty and forming the complete gamut of active consciousness. But there is also its duplication by an ascending and descending series, the descent of the gods, the ascent of man. This gives us ninety-nine, the number variously applied in the Veda to horses, cities, rivers, in each case with a separate but kindred symbolism. If we add an obscure unit below into which all descends to the luminous unit above towards which all ascends we have the full scale of one hundred. [15/313]

त्वामग्ने पितरमिष्टिभिर्नरस्त्वां भ्रात्राय शम्या तनूरुचं ।

त्वं पुत्रो भवसि यस्तेऽविधत्त्वं सखा सुशेवः पास्याधृषः ॥2.1.9॥

त्वाम्1 अग्ने2 पितरम्3 इष्टिऽभिः4 नरः5 त्वाम्6 भ्रात्राय^7 शम्या8 तनूऽरुचम्9 ।

त्वम्10 पुत्रः11 भवसि12 यः13 ते14 अविधत्15 त्वम्16 सखा17 सुऽशेवः18 पासि19 आऽधृषः20 ॥
tvām^1 agne^2 pitaram^3 iṣṭi’bhiḥ^4 naraḥ^5 tvām^6 bhrātrāya^7 śamyā^8 tanū’rucam^9 ।
tvam^10 putraḥ^11 bhavasi^12 yaḥ^13 te^14 avidhat^15 tvam^16 sakhā^17 su’śevaḥ^18 pāsi^19 ā’dhṛṣaḥ^20 ।।

9.       2O Fire, 5men 4aworship 1thee 4bwith their sacrifices 3as a father and 6thee 7that thou mayst be their brother 8by their achievement of works 9when thou illuminest the body with thy light. 10Thou 12becomest 11a son 13to the man who 15worships 14thee; 16thou art his 18blissful 17friend and 19guardest him 20from the violence of the adversary.

11 putraḥ - The Son of the sacrifice is a constant image in the Veda. It is the godhead himself, Agni who gives himself as a son to man, a Son who delivers his father. [15/461 fn 1]

त्वमग्न ऋभुराके नमस्यस्त्वं वाजस्य क्षुमतो राय ईशिषे ।

त्वं वि भास्यनु दक्षि दावने त्वं विशिक्षुरसि यज्ञमातनिः ॥2.1.10॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 ऋभुः3 आके4 नमस्यः5 त्वम्6 वाजस्य^7 क्षुऽमतः8 रायः9 ईशिषे10 ।

त्वम्11 वि12 भासि13 अनु14 दक्षि15 दावने16 त्वम्17 विऽशिक्षुः18 असि19 यज्ञम्20 आऽतनिः21 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 ṛbhuḥ^3 āke^4 namasyaḥ^5 tvam^6 vājasya^7 kṣu’mataḥ^8 rāyaḥ^9 īśiṣe^10 ।
tvam^11 vi^12 bhāsi^13 anu^14 dakṣi^15 dāvane^16 tvam^17 vi’śikṣuḥ^18 asi^19 yajñam^20 ā’taniḥ^21 ।।

10. 2O Fire, 1thou art 3the craftsman Ribhu, 4near to us and 5to be worshipped with obeisance of surrender; 6thou 10hast mastery over 8the store 7of the plenitude and 9the riches. 11All thy 12wide 13shining of light and 14onward 13burning is 16for the gift of the treasure; 17thou 19art 18our instructor 15in wisdom and 21our builder 20of sacrifice.

3 ṛbhuḥ - Indra’s assistants, his artisans, human powers who by the work of sacrifice and their brilliant ascension to the high dwelling-place of the Sun have attained to immortality and help mankind to repeat their achievement. They shape by the mind Indra’s horses, the chariot of the Ashwins, the weapons of the Gods, all the means of the journey and the battle. [16/27]

7 vājasya - vāja represents that amount & substantial energy of the stuff of force in the dhanam brought to the service of the sacrificer for the great Jivayaja, our daily & continual life-sacrifice. [14/128]

20 yajñam - The Vedic sacrifice is, psychologically, a symbol of cosmic and individual activity become self-conscious, enlightened and aware of its goal. All the powers and potentialities of the human life are offered up, in the symbol of a sacrifice, to the divine Life in the Cosmos. [15/278-9]

त्वमग्ने अदितिर्देव दाशुषे त्वं होत्रा भारती वर्धसे गिरा ।

त्वमिळा शतहिमासि दक्षसे त्वं वृत्रहा वसुपते सरस्वती ॥2.1.11॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 अदितिः3 देव^4 दाशुषे5 त्वम्6 होत्रा7 भारती8 वर्धसे9 गिरा10 ।

त्वम्11 इळा12 शतऽहिमा13 असि14 दक्षसे15 त्वम्16 वृत्रऽहा17 वसुऽपते18 सरस्वती19 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 aditiḥ^3 deva^4 dāśuṣe^5 tvam^6 hotrā^7 bhāratī^8 vardhase^9 girā^10 ।
tvam^11 iḻā^12 śata’himā^13 asi^14 dakṣase^15 tvam^16 vṛtra’hā^17 vasu’pate^18 sarasvatī^19 ।।

11. 4O Divine 2Fire, 1thou art 3Aditi, the indivisible Mother 5to the giver of the sacrifice; 6thou art 8Bharati, 7voice of the offering, and 9thou growest 10by the word. 11Thou 14art 12Ila 13of the hundred winters 15wise to discern; 18O Master of the Treasure, 16thou art 19Saraswati 17who slays the python adversary.

3 aditiḥ - The Mother Infinite (1.72.9); Aditi, infinite existence from whom the gods are born, described as the Mother with her seven names and seven seats (dhāmāni), is also conceived as the infinite consciousness, the Cow, the primal Light manifest in seven Radiances, sapta gāvaḥ. [15/210-1]

8 bhāratī – Bharati, also called Mahi, is the luminous vastness of the Truth. [15/96]

10 girā - To turn thought and word into form and expression of the superconscient Truth which is hidden beyond the division and duality of the mental and physical existence was the central idea of the Vedic discipline and the foundation of its mysteries. [15/433 fn 1]

12 iḻā – Ila represents dṛṣṭi, the truth-vision. [15/96]

17 vṛtra – Vritra, the Serpent, is the grand Adversary; for he obstructs with his coils of darkness all possibility of divine existence and divine action. [15/378; 16/25]

19 sarasvatī – Saraswati represents the truth-audition, śruti. [15/95]

त्वमग्ने सुभृत उत्तमं वयस्तव स्पार्हे वर्ण आ संदृशि श्रियः ।

त्वं वाजः प्रतरणो बृहन्नसि त्वं रयिर्बहुलो विश्वतस्पृथुः ॥2.1.12॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 सुऽभृतः3 उत्ऽतमम्4 वयः5 तव^6 स्पार्हे7 वर्णे8 आ^9 सम्ऽदृशि10 श्रियः11 ।

त्वम्12 वाजः13 प्रऽतरणः14 बृहन्15 असि16 त्वम्17 रयिः18 बहुलः19 विश्वतः20 पृथुः21 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 su’bhṛtaḥ^3 ut’tamam^4 vayaḥ^5 tava^6 spārhe^7 varṇe^8 ā^9 sam’dṛśi^10 śriyaḥ^11 ।
tvam^12 vājaḥ^13 pra’taraṇaḥ^14 bṛhan^15 asi^16 tvam^17 rayiḥ^18 bahulaḥ^19 viśvataḥ^20 pṛthuḥ^21 ।।

12. 2O Fire, 3awhen 1thou 3bart well borne by us 4thou becomest the supreme growth and expansion 5of our being, 11all glory and beauty 9are in 6thy 7desirable 8hue and 6thy 10perfect vision. 15O Vastness, 12thou 16art 13the plenitude 14that carries us to the end of our way; 17thou 16art 19a multitude 18of riches 20,21spread out on every side.

त्वामग्न आदित्यास आस्यं त्वां जिह्वां शुचयश्चक्रिरे कवे ।

त्वां रातिषाचो अध्वरेषु सश्चिरे त्वे देवा हविरदंत्याहुतं ॥2.1.13॥

त्वाम्1 अग्ने2 आदित्यासः3 आस्यम्4 त्वाम्5 जिह्वाम्6 शुचयः7 चक्रिरे8 कवे9 ।

त्वाम्10 रातिऽसाचः11 अध्वरेषु12 सश्चिरे13 त्वे14 देवाः15 हविः16 अदन्ति17 आऽहुतम्18 ॥
tvām^1 agne^2 ādityāsaḥ^3 āsyam^4 tvām^5 jihvām^6 śucayaḥ^7 cakrire^8 kave^9 ।
tvām^10 rāti’sācaḥ^11 adhvareṣu^12 saścire^13 tve^14 devāḥ^15 haviḥ^16 adanti^17 ā’hutam^18 ।।

13. 2O Fire, 3the sons of the indivisible Mother 8made 1thee 4their mouth, 7the pure Gods 8made 5thee 6their tongue. 9O Seer, 11they who are ever close to our giving 13are constant 10to thee 12in the rites of the Path; 15the Gods 17eat 14in thee 16the offering 18cast before them.

3 ādityāsaḥ - The sons of the Infinite (Aditi) have a twofold birth. They are born above in the divine Truth as creators of the worlds and guardians of the divine Law; they are born also here in the world itself and in man as cosmic and human powers of the Divine. [15/493]

15 devāḥ - The Devas are the sattwic and rajasic powers of the sukshma worlds, Swar and Bhuvar, who govern or assist the operations of intelligence and energy in man. [16/468].

The gods are the jyotir-maya beings of the tejomaya, luminous Chandraloka or Swar and jyotirmaya, brilliant Suryaloka or Mahar, the two heavens attainable by mortals. [16/491]

Chandra is the devata of the smriti or prajna; Surya of the satyam; Indra of the understanding and manas; Vayu of the sukshma prana; Mitra, Varuna, Aryama and Bhaga are the four masters of the emotional mind or character; Brihaspati of the sahaituka chit; Brahma of the sahaituka sat; Agni of the sahaituka tapas etc.[16/471];

16 haviḥ - oblation (2.3.2); Havis in the Veda is anything spiritual, mental, vital or material offered to the gods so as to strengthen them each in their proper activity. The base of the Vedic system is this idea of the interchange of offices between god & man, man surrendering his inner & outer gains to the gods so that they by their activity in him & his concerns may repay him, as is their habit, a thousandfold. [16/590]; The oblation signifies always action (karma) and each action of mind or body is regarded as a giving of our plenty into the cosmic being and the cosmic intention. [15/281]

17 adanti - The gods eat or enjoy the offering cast into Agni, into the pure tapas. In other words, speaking psychologically, all the faculties are strengthened by the surrender of actions, thoughts, feelings into the hands of the pure energy which distributes them to the proper centres. [16/590]

त्वे अग्ने विश्वे अमृतासो अद्रुह आसा देवा हविरदंत्याहुतं ।

त्वया मर्तासः स्वदंत आसुतिं त्वं गर्भो वीरुधां जज्ञिषे शुचिः ॥2.1.14॥

त्वे1 अग्ने2 विश्वे3 अमृतासः4 अद्रुहः5 आसा6 देवाः7 हविः8 अदन्ति9 आऽहुतम्10 ।

त्वया11 मर्तासः12 स्वदन्ते13 आऽसुतिम्14 त्वम्15 गर्भः16 वीरुधाम्17 जज्ञिषे18 शुचिः19 ॥
tve^1 agne^2 viśve^3 amṛtāsaḥ^4 adruhaḥ^5 āsā^6 devāḥ^7 haviḥ^8 adanti^9 ā’hutam^10 ।
tvayā^11 martāsaḥ^12 svadante^13 ā’sutim^14 tvam^15 garbhaḥ^16 vīrudhām^17 jajñiṣe^18 śuciḥ^19 ।।

14. 2O Fire, 3all 7the Gods, 4the Immortals 5unhurtful to man, 9eat 1in thee and 6by thy mouth 8the offering 10cast before them; 11by thee 12mortal men 13taste 14of the libation. 19Pure 18aart 15thou 18bborn, 16a child 17of the growths of the earth.

त्वं तान्सं च प्रति चासि मज्मनाग्ने सुजात प्र च देव रिच्यसे ।

पृक्षो यदत्र महिना वि ते भुवदनु द्यावापृथिवी रोदसी उभे ॥2.1.15॥

त्वम्1 तान्2 सम्3 च^4 प्रति5 च^6 असि7 मज्मना8 अग्ने9 सुऽजात^10 प्र^11 च^12 देव^13 रिच्यसे14 ।

पृक्षः15 यत्16 अत्र^17 महिना18 वि19 ते20 भुवत्21 अनु22 द्यावापृथिवी23 रोदसी24 उभे25 ॥

tvam^1 tān^2 sam^3 ca^4 prati^5 ca^6 asi^7 majmanā^8 agne^9 su’jāta^10 pra^11 ca^12 deva^13 ricyase^14 ।
pṛkṣaḥ^15 yat^16 atra^17 mahinā^18 vi^19 te^20 bhuvat^21 anu^22 dyāvāpṛthivī^23 rodasī^24 ubhe^25 ।।

15. 9O Fire 10that hast come to perfect birth, 1thou 7art 3with the Gods 4and 5,7thou frontest 2them 8in thy might 6and 11,14thou exceedest 2them 12too; 13O God, 16when 17here 15the satisfying fullness 20of thee 21becomes 19all-pervading 18in its greatness 22along 25both 24the continents, 23Earth and Heaven.

23 dyāvāpṛthivī 24rodasī 25ubhe - We must note that it is not Heaven the father and Earth the mother that are indicated, but the two sisters, Rodasi, feminine forms of heaven and earth, who symbolise the general energies of the mental and physical consciousness. [15/312]

ये स्तोतृभ्यो गोअग्रामश्वपेशसमग्ने रातिमुपसृजंति सूरयः ।

अस्मांच तांश्च प्र हि नेषि वस्य आ बृहद्वदेम विदथे सुवीराः ॥2.1.16॥

ये1 स्तोतृऽभ्यः2 गोऽअग्राम्3 अश्वऽपेशसम्4 अग्ने5 रातिम्6 उपऽसृजन्ति7 सूरयः8 ।

अस्मान्9 च^10 तान्11 च^12 प्र^13 हि14 नेषि15 वस्यः16 आ^17 बृहत्18 वदेम^19 विदथे20 सुऽवीराः21 ॥
ye^1 stotṛ’bhyaḥ^2 go’agrām^3 aśva’peśasam^4 agne^5 rātim^6 upa’sṛjanti^7 sūrayaḥ^8 ।
asmān^9 ca^10 tān^11 ca^12 pra^13 hi^14 neṣi^15 vasyaḥ^16 ā^17 bṛhat^18 vadema^19 vidathe^20 su’vīrāḥ^21 ।।

16.       When 2to those who chant thee, 1,8the luminous Wise Ones 7set free 6thy gift, 5O Fire, the wealth 3in whose front the Ray-Cow walks and 4its form is the Horse, 15thou leadest 9us 13on 10and [14indeed] 15leadest 11them 17to 16a world of greater riches. 21Strong with the strength of the heroes, 19may we voice 18the Vast 20in the coming of knowledge.

3,4 while the Cow (go) is the symbol of consciousness in the form of knowledge, the Horse (aśva) is the symbol of consciousness in the form of force. [15/119]

18 bṛhat - is the universal truth proceeding direct and undeformed out of the Infinite. The consciousness that corresponds to it is also infinite, bṛhat, large as opposed to the consciousness of the sense-mind which is founded upon limitation. [15/65]

Sukta 2

यज्ञेन वर्धत जातवेदसमग्निं यजध्वं हविषा तना गिरा ।

समिधानं सुप्रयसं स्वर्णरं द्युक्षं होतारं वृजनेषु धूर्षदं ॥2.2.1॥

यज्ञेन^1 वर्धत^2 जातऽवेदसम्3 अग्निम्4 यजध्वम्5 हविषा6 तना7 गिरा8 ।

सम्ऽइधानम्9 सुऽप्रयसम्10 स्वःऽनरम्11 द्युक्षम्12 होतारम्13 वृजनेषु14 धूःऽसदम्15 ॥
yajñena^1 vardhata^2 jāta’vedasam^3 agnim^4 yajadhvam^5 haviṣā^6 tanā^7 girā^8 ।
sam’idhānam^9 su’prayasam^10 svaḥ’naram^11 dyukṣam^12 hotāram^13 vṛjaneṣu^14 dhūḥ’sadam^15 ।।

1.       2aMake 4the Fire, 3that knows all things born, 2bto grow 1by your sacrifice; 5worship him 6with thy offering and 7thy body and 8thy speech. 5Worship 9in his kindling 4Fire, 10with whom are his strong delights, 11the male of the sun-world, 13the Priest of the Call, 12the inhabitant of Heaven, 15who sits at the chariot yoke 14in our battles.

3 jāta’vedasam - He knows entirely the five worlds - the worlds in which, respectively, Matter, Life-Energy, Mind, Truth and Beatitude are the essential energies. They are called respectively Bhur, Bhuvar, Swar, Mahas and Jana or Mayas.[ 15/284]

10 prayasam - the delight and pleasure of the soul in objects and beings. [15/510]

12 dyukṣam - who dwells in the Light. [16/35 fn 4]

अभि त्वा नक्तीरुषसो ववाशिरेऽग्ने वत्सं न स्वसरेषु धेनवः ।

दिव इवेदरतिर्मानुषा युगा क्षपो भासि पुरुवार संयतः ॥2.2.2॥

अभि1 त्वा2 नक्तीः3 उषसः4 ववाशिरे5 अग्ने6 वत्सम्7 न^8 स्वसरेषु9 धेनवः10 ।

दिवःऽ11a इव11b इत्12 अरतिः13 मानुषा14 युगा15 आ^16 क्षपः17 भासि18 पुरुऽवार^19 सम्ऽयतः20 ॥
abhi^1 tvā^2 naktīḥ^3 uṣasaḥ^4 vavāśire^5 agne^6 vatsam^7 na^8 svasareṣu^9 dhenavaḥ^10 ।
divaḥ’11a iva11b it^12 aratiḥ^13 mānuṣā^14 yugā^15 ā^16 kṣapaḥ^17 bhāsi^18 puru’vāra^19 sam’yataḥ^20 ।।

2.       3The Nights and 4the Dawns 1,5have lowed to 2thee, 6O Fire, 8as 10the milch-cows low 7towards a calf 9in their lairs of rest. 19O Fire of many blessings, 12,13thou art [11bas if] the traveller 11aof Heaven 15through the ages 14of man and 16,18thou shinest 20self-gathered 17through his nights.

3,4 Night (naktīḥ) and Day (uṣasaḥ), symbols of the alternation of the divine and human consciousness in us. The Night of our ordinary consciousness holds and prepares all that the Dawn brings out into conscious being. [15/410 fn 5]

1^6,18,20 self-gathered (sam’yataḥ) thou illuminest his nights (ā bhāsi). [16/35 fn 5]

तं देवा बुध्ने रजसः सुदंससं दिवस्पृथिव्योररतिं न्येरिरे ।

रथमिव वेद्यं शुक्रशोचिषमग्निं मित्रं न क्षितिषु प्रशंस्यं ॥2.2.3॥

तम्1 देवाः2 बुध्ने3 रजसः4 सुऽदंससम्5 दिवःपृथिव्योः6 अरतिम्7 नि8 एरिरे9 ।

रथम्ऽइव^9 वेद्यम्10 शुक्रऽशोचिषम्11 अग्निम्12 मित्रम्13 न^14 क्षितिषु15 प्रऽशंस्यम्16 ॥
tam^1 devāḥ^2 budhne^3 rajasaḥ^4 su’daṃsasam^5 divaḥpṛthivyoḥ^6 aratim^7 ni^8 erire^9 ।
ratham’iva^9 vedyam^10 śukra’śociṣam^11 agnim^12 mitram^13 na^14 kṣitiṣu^15 pra’śaṃsyam^16 ।।

3.       2The Gods 8,9have sent 3into the foundation 4of the middle world 1this 5great worker and 7pilgrim 6of earth and of heaven, 10whom we must know, 9like our chariot 11of white-flaming light, 12Fire 16whom we must voice with our lauds 14like 13a friend 15in the peoples.

9 The chariot symbolises movement of energy. [15/310]

तमुक्षमाणं रजसि स्व आ दमे चंद्रमिव सुरुचं ह्वार आ दधुः ।

पृश्न्याः पतरं चितयंतमक्षभिः पाथो न पायुं जनसी उभे अनु ॥2.2.4॥

तम्1 उक्षमाणम्2 रजसि3 स्वे4 आ^5 दमे6 चन्द्रम्ऽ7aइव7b सुऽरुचम्8 ह्वारे9 आ^10 दधुः11 ।

पृश्न्याः12 पतरम्13 चितयन्तम्14 अक्षऽभिः15 पाथः16 न^17 पायुम्18 जनसी19 उभे20 अनु21 ॥
tam^1 ukṣamāṇam^2 rajasi^3 sve^4 ā^5 dame^6 candram’7a iva7b su’rucam^8 hvāre^9 ā^10 dadhuḥ^11 ।
pṛśnyāḥ^12 pataram^13 citayantam^14 akṣa’bhiḥ^15 pāthaḥ^16 na^17 pāyum^18 janasī^19 ubhe^20 anu^21 ।।

4.       10,11They have set 1him (that Agni) 9in the crookedness, 3in the middle world and 4in his own 6home, 2pouring his rain 7blike 8gold 7ain the beauty of his light. 13The guardian 12of the dappled mother [Mother of the Maruts] 14who awakens us to knowledge 15with his eyes of vision, 18the protector 17of our 16path 21along 20either 19birth.

7 like (iva) a thing of delight in his shining beauty (candram) [16/36 fn 6].

candram — signifying also the lunar deity Soma, lord of the delight of immortality pouring into man, — means both luminous and blissful. [15/296]

9 hvāre - possibly the movements of our being winding through the obstructions of our mortal existence [15/425 fn 2]

12 pṛśnyāḥ - pṛśni, The dappled Cow, mental Nature, mother of the thought-gods by her light [14/287 fn 1]

16 pāthaḥ - The Path is a constant making and building of new truth, new powers, higher realisations, new worlds. [15/508]

स होता विश्वं परि भूत्वध्वरं तमु हव्यैर्मनुष ऋंजते गिरा ।

हिरिशिप्रो वृधसानासु जर्भुरद्द्यौर्न स्तृभिश्चितयद्रोदसी अनु ॥2.2.5॥

सः1 होता2 विश्वम्3 परि4 भूतु5 अध्वरम्6 तम्7 ऊं8 हव्यैः9 मनुषः10 ऋञ्जते11 गिरा12 ।

हिरिऽशिप्रः13 वृधसानासु14 जर्भुरत्15 द्यौः16 न^17 स्तृऽभिः18 चितयत्19 रोदसी20 अनु21 ॥
saḥ^1 hotā^2 viśvam^3 pari^4 bhūtu^5 adhvaram^6 tam^7 ūṃ^8 havyaiḥ^9 manuṣaḥ^10 ṛñjate^11 girā^12 ।
hiri’śipraḥ^13 vṛdhasānāsu^14 jarbhurat^15 dyauḥ^16 na^17 stṛ’bhiḥ^18 citayat^19 rodasī^20 anu^21 ।।

5.       5Let Fire be 2the priest of your call, 5let his presence be 4around 3every 6pilgrim-rite; 7this is he whom 10men 11crown 9with the offering and the word. 15He shall play in 14his growing fires 13wearing his tiara of golden light; 17like 16heaven 18with its stars 19he shall give us knowledge of our steps 2^1along 2^0both the continent-worlds.

स नो रेवत्समिधानः स्वस्तये संददस्वान्रयिमस्मासु दीदिहि ।

आ नः कृणुष्व सुविताय रोदसी अग्ने हव्या मनुषो देव वीतये ॥2.2.6॥

सः1 नः2 रेवत्3 सम्ऽइधानः4 स्वस्तये5 सम्ऽददस्वान्6 रयिम्7 अस्मासु8 दीदिहि9 ।

आ^10 नः11 कृणुष्व^12 सुविताय^13 रोदसी14 अग्ने15 हव्या16 मनुषः17 देव^18 वीतये19 ॥
saḥ^1 naḥ^2 revat^3 sam’idhānaḥ^4 svastaye^5 sam’dadasvān^6 rayim^7 asmāsu^8 dīdihi^9 ।
ā^10 naḥ^11 kṛṇuṣva^12 suvitāya^13 rodasī^14 agne^15 havyā^16 manuṣaḥ^17 deva^18 vītaye^19 ।।

6.       15O Fire, 3opulently 4kindling 5afor 2our 5bpeace, 9let thy light arise 8in us and 6bring its gift 7of riches. 10,12Make 14Earth and Heaven 13aways for 11our 13bhappy journeying and 16the offerings 17of man 19a means for the coming of 18the Gods.

13 suvitāya – suvitam means happy going, felicity, the path of Ananda. [15/304]

19 vītaye - for the manifestation of (the Gods) or for the eating (of the oblation). [15/463 fn 1]

दा नो अग्ने बृहतो दाः सहस्रिणो दुरो न वाजं श्रुत्या अपा वृधि ।

प्राची द्यावापृथिवी ब्रह्मणा कृधि स्वर्ण शुक्रमुषसो वि दिद्युतः ॥2.2.7॥

दाः1 नः2 अग्ने3 बृहतः4 दाः5 सहस्रिणः6 दुरः7 न^8 वाजम्9 श्रुत्यै10 अप^11 वृधि12 ।

प्राची13 द्यावापृथिवी14 ब्रह्मणा15 कृधि16 स्वः17 न^18 शुक्रम्19 उषसः20 वि21 दिद्युतः22 ॥
dāḥ^1 naḥ^2 agne^3 bṛhataḥ^4 dāḥ^5 sahasriṇaḥ^6 duraḥ^7 na^8 vājam^9 śrutyai^10 apa^11 vṛdhi^12 ।
prācī^13 dyāvāpṛthivī^14 brahmaṇā^15 kṛdhi^16 svaḥ^17 na^18 śukram^19 uṣasaḥ^20 vi^21 didyutaḥ^22 ।।

7.       3O Fire, 1give 2us 4the vast possessions, 6the thousandfold riches; 11,12open 10to inspiration 8like 7gates 9the plenitude; 16make 14Earth and Heaven 13turned to the Beyond 15by the Word. 20The Dawns 21,22have broken into splendor 18as if 19there shone 17the brilliant world of the Sun.

6 sahasriṇaḥ - सहस्रं means “a thousand”; if that be its only significance, सहस्रिणः must mean, myriad, thousandfold, infinitely numerous or varied. I am convinced, however, that सहस्र meant originally as an as an adjective plentiful or forceful, or as a noun, plenty or force; in force” सहस्रिणः would then mean “abundantly plentiful” or rich in force”. [14/382]

स इधान उषसो राम्या अनु स्वर्ण दीदेदरुषेण भानुना ।

होत्राभिरग्निर्मनुषः स्वध्वरो राजा विशामतिथिश्चारुरायवे ॥2.2.8॥

सः1 इधानः2 उषसः3 राम्याः4 अनु5 स्वः6 न^7 दीदेत्8 अरुषेण^9 भानुना10 ।

होत्राभिः11 अग्निः12 मनुषः13 सुऽअध्वरः14 राजा15 विशाम्16 अतिथिः17 चारुः18 आयवे19 ॥
saḥ^1 idhānaḥ^2 uṣasaḥ^3 rāmyāḥ^4 anu^5 svaḥ^6 na^7 dīdet^8 aruṣeṇa^9 bhānunā^10 ।
hotrābhiḥ^11 agniḥ^12 manuṣaḥ^13 su’adhvaraḥ^14 rājā^15 viśām^16 atithiḥ^17 cāruḥ^18 āyave^19 ।।

8.       2Kindled 5in the procession of 4the beautiful 3Dawns, 1he 8ashall break into 9roseate 8bsplendour 7like 6the world of the Sun. 12O Fire, 14making effective the pilgrim-rite 13by man’s 11voices of offering, 15thou art the King 16of the peoples and 17the Guest 18delightful 19to the human being.

एवा नो अग्ने अमृतेषु पूर्व्य धीष्पीपाय बृहद्दिवेषु मानुषा ।

दुहाना धेनुर्वृजनेषु कारवे त्मना शतिनं पुरुरूपमिषणि ॥2.2.9॥

एव^1 नः2 अग्ने3 अमृतेषु4 पूर्व्य^5 धीः6 पीपाय^7 बृहत्ऽदिवेषु8 मानुषा9 ।

दुहाना10 धेनुः11 वृजनेषु12 कारवे13 त्मना14 शतिनम्15 पुरुऽरूपम्16 इषणि17 ॥
eva^1 naḥ^2 agne^3 amṛteṣu^4 pūrvya^5 dhīḥ^6 pīpāya^7 bṛhat’diveṣu^8 mānuṣā^9 ।
duhānā^10 dhenuḥ^11 vṛjaneṣu^12 kārave^13 tmanā^14 śatinam^15 puru’rūpam^16 iṣaṇi^17 ।।

9.       5O pristine 3Fire, 1even thus, 6the Thought 7has nourished 2our 9human things 4in the immortals, 8in the great Heavens. 6The Thought is 2our 11milch-cow, 14of herself 10she milks 13for the doer of works 12in his battles and 17in his speed to the journey 16the many forms and 15the hundreds of the Treasure.

12 vṛjaneṣu - the Gods are in constant battle with the Vritras and Panis to give to man (16 puru’rūpam – the many forms of treasures -) the herds, the waters and the Sun or the solar world, gā, apaḥ, svaḥ. [15/109]

वयमग्ने अर्वता वा सुवीर्यं ब्रह्मणा वा चितयेमा जनाँ अति ।

अस्माकं द्युम्नमधि पंच कृष्टिषूच्चा स्वर्ण शुशुचीत दुष्टरं ॥2.2.10॥

वयम्1 अग्ने2 अर्वता3 वा4 सुऽवीर्यम्5 ब्रह्मणा6 वा7 चितयेम^8 जनान्9 अति10 ।

अस्माकम्11 द्युम्नम्12 अधि13 पञ्च^14 कृष्टिषु15 उच्चा16 स्वः17 न^18 शुशुचीत^19 दुस्तरम्20 ॥
vayam^1 agne^2 arvatā^3 vā^4 su’vīryam^5 brahmaṇā^6 vā^7 citayema^8 janān^9 ati^10 ।
asmākam^11 dyumnam^12 adhi^13 pañca^14 kṛṣṭiṣu^15 uccā^16 svaḥ^17 na^18 śuśucīta^19 dustaram^20 ।।

10. 2O Fire, 8alet 1us 8bconquer 5a hero-strength 3by the War-Horse, 4/7or 8alet 1us 8bawake to knowledge 10beyond 9men 6by the Word; 19alet 11our 12light 19bshine out 13in 14the Five 15Nations 16high and 20inviolable 18like 17the world of the Sun.

8 wake 1 in ourselves 5 a strength of heroes 10 beyond 9 men’s scope 3 by the powers of the War-Horse 4/7 or 6 by the Word [16/37 fn 7]

14 pañca 15 kṛṣṭiṣu - five births for man, five worlds of creatures where works are done [15/118].

The aspiring material creature becomes the straining vital man; he in turn transmutes himself into the subtle mental and psychical being; this subtle thinker grows into the wide, multiple and cosmic man open on all sides of him to all the multitudinous inflowings of the Truth; the cosmic soul rising in attainment strives as the spiritual man for a higher peace, joy and harmony. These are the five Aryan types, each of them a great people occupying its own province or state of the total human nature. [15/376]

The (five) worlds in which, Matter, Life-Energy, Mind, Truth and Beatitude are the essential energies, are called respectively Bhur, Bhuvar, Swar, Mahas and Jana or Mayas. [15/284 fn 8]

स नो बोधि सहस्य प्रशंस्यो यस्मिन्त्सुजाता इषयंत सूरयः ।

यमग्ने यज्ञमुपयंति वाजिनो नित्ये तोके दीदिवांसं स्वे दमे ॥2.2.11॥

सः1 नः2 बोधि3 सहस्य^4 प्रऽशंस्यः5 यस्मिन्6 सुऽजाताः7 इषयन्त^8 सूरयः9 ।

यम्10 अग्ने11 यज्ञम्12 उपऽयन्ति13 वाजिनः14 नित्ये15 तोके16 दीदिऽवांसम्17 स्वे18 दमे19 ॥
saḥ^1 naḥ^2 bodhi^3 sahasya^4 pra’śaṃsyaḥ^5 yasmin^6 su’jātāḥ^7 iṣayanta^8 sūrayaḥ^9 ।
yam^10 agne^11 yajñam^12 upa’yanti^13 vājinaḥ^14 nitye^15 toke^16 dīdi’vāṃsam^17 sve^18 dame^19 ।।

11. 3Awake, 4O forceful 11Fire, 1one 5to be voiced 2by our lauds; for thou art 1he 6in whom 9the luminous seers 7come to perfect birth and 8speed on their way. 11O Fire, thou art 12the sacrifice and 10to thee 14the Horses of swiftness 13come there 17where thou shinest with light 15in the eternal 16son and 18in thy own 19home.

9 sūrayaḥ - Gods, conscious psychological powers, our “luminous seers”. They conduct the sacrifice in their human capacity (manuṣvat) as well as receive it in their high divine being. All the gods are born by the sacrifice, grow and out of their human action assume their divine bodies. [15/493]

14 vājinaḥ - the steed of the journey which brings us in the plenty of our spiritual wealth. [15/413 fn 1]

उभयासो जातवेदः स्याम ते स्तोतारो अग्ने सूरयश्च शर्मणि ।

वस्वो रायः पुरुश्चंद्रस्य भूयसः प्रजावतः स्वपत्यस्य शग्धि नः ॥2.2.12॥

उभयासः1 जातऽवेदः2 स्याम^3 ते4 स्तोतारः5 अग्ने6 सूरयः7 च^8 शर्मणि9 ।

वस्वः10 रायः11 पुरुऽचन्द्रस्य^12 भूयसः13 प्रजाऽवतः14 सुऽअपत्यस्य^15 शग्धि16 नः17 ॥
ubhayāsaḥ^1 jāta’vedaḥ^2 syāma^3 te^4 stotāraḥ^5 agne^6 sūrayaḥ^7 ca^8 śarmaṇi^9 ।
vasvaḥ^10 rāyaḥ^11 puru’candrasya^12 bhūyasaḥ^13 prajā’vataḥ^14 su’apatyasya^15 śagdhi^16 naḥ^17 ।।

12. 6O Fire, 2O God who knowest all things born, 3amay 1we both 3babide 4in thy 9peace, 5those who hymn thee 8and 7the luminous seers. 16Be forceful for (giving us^17) 11the opulence 10of the Treasure 13with the multitude of its riches and 12its many delights and 14its issue and 15the offspring of the Treasure.

9 śarma - The peace, joy and full satisfaction in the mental, vital and physical being [15/407 fn 6].

śam and śarma in the Veda express the idea of peace and joy, the joy that comes of the accomplished labour, śamī, or work of the sacrifice: the toil of the battle and the journey find their rest, a foundation of beatitude is acquired which is already free from the pain of strife and effort. [15/420 fn 11]

14 prajā’vataḥ - प्रजा seems not to be अपत्य in the technical vedic sense, but to refer to all fruits of the sacrifice [16/579]; The sons or children are the new soul-formations which constitute the divine Personality, the new births within us. [15/408 fn 9]

ये स्तोतृभ्यो गोअग्रामश्वपेशसमग्ने रातिमुपसृजंति सूरयः ।

अस्मांच तांश्च प्र हि नेषि वस्य आ बृहद्वदेम विदथे सुवीराः ॥2.2.13॥

ये1 स्तोतृऽभ्यः2 गोऽअग्राम्3 अश्वऽपेशसम्4 अग्ने5 रातिम्6 उपऽसृजन्ति7 सूरयः8 ।

अस्मान्9 च^10 तान्11 च^12 प्र^13 हि14 नेषि15 वस्यः16 आ^17 बृहत्18 वदेम^19 विदथे20 सुऽवीराः21 ॥
ye^1 stotṛ’bhyaḥ^2 go’agrām^3 aśva’peśasam^4 agne^5 rātim^6 upa’sṛjanti^7 sūrayaḥ^8 ।
asmān^9 ca^10 tān^11 ca^12 pra^13 hi^14 neṣi^15 vasyaḥ^16 ā^17 bṛhat^18 vadema^19 vidathe^20 su’vīrāḥ^21 ।।

13. When 2to those who hymn thee 1,8the luminous Wise 7set free, 5O Fire, 6the gift 3in whose front the Ray-Cow walks and 4whose form is the Horse, [14indeed] 15thou leadest 9us 13on 10/12and 15leadest 11them 17to 16a world of greater riches. 21Strong with the strength of the Heroes, 19may we voice 18the Vast 20in the coming of the knowledge.

Sukta 3

समिद्धो अग्निर्निहितः पृथिव्यां प्रत्यङ् विश्वानि भुवनान्यस्थात् ।

होता पावकः प्रदिवः सुमेधा देवो देवान्यजत्वग्निरर्हन् ॥2.3.1॥

सम्ऽइद्धः1 अग्निः2 निऽहितः3 पृथिव्याम्4 प्रत्यङ्5 विश्वानि6 भुवनानि7 अस्थात्8 ।

होता9 पावकः10 प्रऽदिवः11 सुऽमेधाः12 देवः13 देवान्14 यजतु15 अग्निः16 अर्हन्17 ॥
sam’iddhaḥ^1 agniḥ^2 ni’hitaḥ^3 pṛthivyām^4 pratyaṅ^5 viśvāni^6 bhuvanāni^7 asthāt^8 ।

hotā^9 pāvakaḥ^10 pra’divaḥ^11 su’medhāḥ^12 devaḥ^13 devān^14 yajatu^15 agniḥ^16 arhan^17 ।।

1.       2The Fire 3that was set inward 4in the earth 1is kindled and 8has arisen 5fronting 6all 7the worlds. 8He has arisen, 10the purifying Flame, 9the priest of the call, 12the wise of understanding, 11the Ancient of Days. Today 15alet 16the Fire 17in the fullness of his powers, 13a god 14to the gods 15bdo sacrifice.

नराशंसः प्रति धामान्यंजन् तिस्रो दिवः प्रति मह्ना स्वर्चिः ।

घृतप्रुषा मनसा हव्यमुंदन्मूर्धन्यज्ञस्य समनक्तु देवान् ॥2.3.2॥

नराशंसः1 प्रति2 धामानि3 अञ्जन्4 तिस्रः5 दिवः6 प्रति7 मह्ना8 सुऽअर्चिः9 ।

घृतऽप्रुषा10 मनसा11 हव्यम्12 उन्दन्13 मूर्धन्14 यज्ञस्य^15 सम्16 अनक्तु17 देवान्18 ॥
narāśaṃsaḥ^1 prati^2 dhāmāni^3 añjan^4 tisraḥ^5 divaḥ^6 prati^7 mahnā^8 su’arciḥ^9 ।
ghṛta’pruṣā^10 manasā^11 havyam^12 undan^13 mūrdhan^14 yajñasya^15 sam^16 anaktu^17 devān^18 ।।

2.       Fire 1who voices the godhead, 4shines revealing 3the planes, 2each and each; 9high of ray 4he reveals, 7each and each, 5the triple 6heavens 8by his greatness. 13Let him flood 12the oblation 11with a mind 10that diffuses the light and 16,17manifest 18the gods 14on the head 15of the sacrifice.

5 tisraḥ 6 divaḥ - There are three successive worlds of mentality one superimposed on the other, — the sensational, aesthetic and emotional mind, the pure intellect and the divine intelligence. The fullness and perfection of these triple worlds of mind exists only in the pure mental plane of being, where they shine above the three heavens, tisro divah, as their three luminosities, trini rocanani. [15/287]

ईळितो अग्ने मनसा नो अर्हंदेवान्यक्षि मानुषात्पूर्वो अद्य ।

स आ वह मरुतां शर्धो अच्युतमिंद्रं नरो बर्हिषदं यजध्वं ॥2.3.3॥

ईळितः1 अग्ने2 मनसा3 नः4 अर्हन्5 देवान्6 यक्षि7 मानुषात्8 पूर्वः9 अद्य^10 ।

सः11 आ^12 वह^13 मरुताम्14 शर्धः15 अच्युतम्16 इन्द्रम्17 नरः18 बर्हिऽसदम्19 यजध्वम्20 ॥
īḻitaḥ^1 agne^2 manasā^3 naḥ^4 arhan^5 devān^6 yakṣi^7 mānuṣāt^8 pūrvaḥ^9 adya^10 ।
saḥ^11 ā^12 vaha^13 marutām^14 śardhaḥ^15 acyutam^16 indram^17 naraḥ^18 barhi’sadam^19
yajadhvam^20 ।।

3.       2O Fire, 1aspired to 4by our 3mind, 5aputting forth 10today 5bthy power 7do sacrifice 6to the gods, 9O thou who wast of old before 8aught that is human. 12,13Bring to us 16the unfallen 15host 14of the Life-Gods [Maruts]; and 18you, O Powers, 20sacrifice 17to Indra 19where he sits on the seat of our altar.

14 marutām – The Maruts, nervous or vital forces of our being which attain to conscious expression in the thought, singers of the hymn to Indra, the God-Mind. [15/412 fn 13]

देव बर्हिर्वर्धमानं सुवीरं स्तीर्णं राये सुभरं वेद्यस्यां ।

घृतेनाक्तं वसवः सीदतेदं विश्वे देवा आदित्या यज्ञियासः ॥2.3.4॥

देव^1 बर्हिः2 वर्धमानम्3 सुऽवीरम्4 स्तीर्णम्5 राये6 सुऽभरम्7 वेदी8 अस्याम्9।

घृतेन^10 अक्तम्11 वसवः12 सीदत^13 इदम्14 विश्वे15 देवाः16 आदित्याः17 यज्ञियासः18 ॥
deva^1 barhiḥ^2 vardhamānam^3 su’vīram^4 stīrṇam^5 rāye^6 su’bharam^7 vedī^8 asyām^9।
ghṛtena^10 aktam^11 vasavaḥ^12 sīdata^13 idam^14 viśve^15 devāḥ^16 ādityāḥ^17 yajñiyāsaḥ^18 ।।

4.       1O Godhead, 5strewn is 2the seat 9on this 8altar, 4the hero-guarded 2seat 3that ever grows, 2the seat 7well-packed 6for the riches, 11anointed 10with the Light. 15O all 16Gods, 13sit 14on this 8altar-2seat, 12princes of the treasure, 17sons of the indivisible Mother (Aditi), 18kings of sacrifice.

1 deva - The Deva, the supreme Deity, of whom all the gods are different Names and Powers. [15/404 fn 15]

7 made strong to bear 6 for the riches. [16/39 fn 8]

वि श्रयंतामुर्विया हूयमाना द्वारो देवीः सुप्रायणा नमोभिः ।

व्यचस्वतीर्वि प्रथंतामजुर्या वर्णं पुनाना यशसं सुवीरं ॥2.3.5॥

वि1 श्रयन्ताम्2 उर्विया3 हूयमानाः4 द्वारः5 देवीः6 सुप्रऽअयनाः7 नमःऽभिः8 ।

व्यचस्वतीः9 वि10 प्रथन्ताम्11 अजुर्याः12 वर्णम्13 पुनानाः14 यशसम्15 सुऽवीरम्16 ॥
vi^1 śrayantām^2 urviyā^3 hūyamānāḥ^4 dvāraḥ^5 devīḥ^6 supra’ayanāḥ^7 namaḥ’bhiḥ^8 ।
vyacasvatīḥ^9 vi^10 prathantām^11 ajuryāḥ^12 varṇam^13 punānāḥ^14 yaśasam^15 su’vīram^16 ।।

5.       2aMay 6the divine 5Doors 2bswing 1open, 3wide 4to our call, 7easy of approach 8with our prostrations of surrender; 11may they stretch 10wide 9opening into vastnesses, 12the imperishable 5Doors 14purifying 15the glorious and 16heroic 13kind.

6 devīḥ 5 dvāraḥ - Man’s sacrifice is his labour and aspiration Godwards and is represented as travelling through the opening doors of the concealed heavenly realms, kingdoms conquered in succession by the expanding soul. [15/410 fn 4]

साध्वपांसि सनता न उक्षिते उषासानक्ता वय्येव रण्विते ।

तंतुं ततं संवयंती समीची यज्ञस्य पेशः सुदुघे पयस्वती ॥2.3.6॥

साधु1 अपांसि2 सनता3 नः4 उक्षिते5 उषसानक्ता6 वय्याऽइव^7 रण्विते8 ।

तन्तुम्9 ततम्10 संवयन्ती11 समीची12 यज्ञस्य^13 पेशः14 सुदुघे15 पयस्वती16 ॥
sādhu^1 apāṃsi^2 sanatā^3 naḥ^4 ukṣite^5 uṣasānaktā^6 vayyā’iva^7 raṇvite^8 ।
tantum^9 tatam^10 saṃvayantī^11 samīcī^12 yajñasya^13 peśaḥ^14 sudughe^15 payasvatī^16 ।।

6.       16Milch-cows [cows full of milk], 15good milkers [yielding abundance of milk], 5pouring out 4on us may 6Night and Dawn, 3the eternal and 12equal sisters, come 7like weaving women 8full of gladness, 11weaving out 9the [10stretched] weft that is spun, 9the weft of our 1perfected 2works 14into a shape 13of sacrifice.

दैव्या होतारा प्रथमा विदुष्टर ऋजु यक्षतः समृचा वपुष्टरा ।

देवान्यजंतावृतुथा समंजतो नाभा पृथिव्या अधि सानुषु त्रिषु ॥2.3.7॥

दैव्या1 होतारा2 प्रथमा3 विदुःऽतरा4 ऋजु5 यक्षतः6 सम्7 ऋचा8 वपुःऽतरा9 ।

देवान्10 यजन्तौ11 ऋतुऽथा12 सम्13 अञ्जतः14 नाभा15 पृथिव्याः16 अधि17 सानुषु18 त्रिषु19 ॥
daivyā^1 hotārā^2 prathamā^3 viduḥ’tarā^4 ṛju^5 yakṣataḥ^6 sam^7 ṛcā^8 vapuḥ’tarā^9 ।
devān^10 yajantau^11 ṛtu’thā^12 sam^13 añjataḥ^14 nābhā^15 pṛthivyāḥ^16 adhi^17 sānuṣu^18 triṣu^19 ।।

7.       1The two divine 2Priests of the call, 3the first, the 4full in wisdom and 9[full in] stature, 7,6offer 8by the illumining Word 5the straight things in us. 11Sacrificing 10to the Gods 12in season, 13,14they reveal them in light 15in the navel 16of the Earth and 17on 19the three 18peaks of Heaven.

8 ṛcā - Ṛk, connected with the word arka which means light or illumination, is the Word considered as a power of realisation in the illuminating consciousness. [15/322]

12 ṛtu - The periods, sometimes described as years, sometimes as the twelve symbolic months of the progress of the sacrifice. [15/434 fn 5]; This great work is to be done according to the ordered gradations of the Truth, in its fixed seasons, by the twelve months of the sacrifice, by the divine years of Surya Savitri. [15/482]

सरस्वती साधयंती धियं न इळा देवी भारती विश्वतूर्तिः ।

तिस्रो देवीः स्वधया बर्हिरेदमच्छिद्रं पांतु शरणं निषद्य ॥2.3.8॥

सरस्वती1 साधयन्ती2 धियम्3 नः4 इळा5 देवी6 भारती7 विश्वऽतूर्तिः8 ।

तिस्रः9 देवीः10 स्वधया11 बर्हिः12 आ^13 इदम्14 अच्छिद्रम्15 पान्तु16 शरणम्17 निऽसद्य^18 ॥
sarasvatī^1 sādhayantī^2 dhiyam^3 naḥ^4 iḻā^5 devī^6 bhāratī^7 viśva’tūrtiḥ^8 ।
tisraḥ^9 devīḥ^10 svadhayā^11 barhiḥ^12 ā^13 idam^14 acchidram^15 pāntu^16 śaraṇam^17 ni’sadya^18 ।।

8.       18aMay 1Saraswati 2effecting 4our 3thought and 6goddess 5Ila and 7Bharati 8who carries all to their goal, 9the three 10goddesses, 18bsit 14on our 12altar-seat and 13,16guard 11by the self-law of things 4our 15gapless 17house of refuge.

3 dhiyam - धि is that operation of the intellect which fixes, arranges and retains, the buddhi or discerning and judging intellect. [16/505]

पिशंगरूपः सुभरो वयोधाः श्रुष्टी वीरो जायते देवकामः ।

प्रजां त्वष्टा वि ष्यतु नाभिमस्मे अथा देवानामप्येतु पाथः ॥2.3.9॥

पिशङ्गऽरूपः1 सुऽभरः2 वयःऽधाः3 श्रुष्टी4 वीरः5 जायते6 देवऽकामः7 ।

प्रऽजाम्8 त्वष्टा9 वि10 स्यतु11 नाभिम्12 अस्मे13 अथ^14 देवानाम्15 अपि15 एतु16 पाथः17 ॥
piśaṅga’rūpaḥ^1 su’bharaḥ^2 vayaḥ’dhāḥ^3 śruṣṭī^4 vīraḥ^5 jāyate^6 deva’kāmaḥ^7 ।
pra’jām^8 tvaṣṭā^9 vi^10 syatu^11 nābhim^12 asme^13 atha^14 devānām^15 api^15 etu^16 pāthaḥ^17 ।।

9.       4Soon 6there is born 5a Hero 1of golden-red form, 7an aspirant to the Godheads, 2a mighty bringer of riches and 3founder of our growth to wideness. 11aLet 9the Maker of forms (Twashtri) 10,11bloosen 11the knot of the navel 13in us, 10,11let him set free 8the issue of our works; 14,15then 16let him walk 17on the way 15of the Gods.

16a let 17 the way 15 of the Gods 16b come to us. [16/40 fn 9]

वनस्पतिरवसृजन्नुप स्थादग्निर्हविः सूदयाति प्र धीभिः ।

त्रिधा समक्तं नयतु प्रजानंदेवेभ्यो दैव्यः शमितोप हव्यं ॥2.3.10॥

वनस्पतिः1 अवऽसृजन्2 उप^3 स्थात्4 अग्निः5 हविः6 सूदयाति7 प्र^8 धीभिः9 ।

त्रिधा10 सम्ऽअक्तम्11 नयतु12 प्रऽजानन्13 देवेभ्यः14 दैव्यः15 शमिता16 उप^17 हव्यम्18 ॥
vanaspatiḥ^1 ava’sṛjan^2 upa^3 sthāt^4 agniḥ^5 haviḥ^6 sūdayāti^7 pra^8 dhībhiḥ^9 ।
tridhā^10 sam’aktam^11 nayatu^12 pra’jānan^13 devebhyaḥ^14 daivyaḥ^15 śamitā^16 upa^17 havyam^18 ।।

10. 1The Plant [Soma] 3,4is with us 2streaming out the Wine. 5Fire 8,7speeds 6the oblation 9by our thoughts. 12aLet 15the divine 16Achiever of works, 13understanding, 17,12blead 18the offering 10triply 11revealed in his light 14on its way to the Godheads.

1 vanaspatiḥ - in its double sense, the trees, the lords of the forest, growths of the earth, our material existence, and lords of delight. Soma, producer of the immortalising wine, is the typical Vanaspati. [15/418 fn 3]

10 triply 11 anointed. [16/41 fn 10]

18 havyam 10 tridhā 11 sam’aktam - the triple ghṛtam (havyam) is the triple clarity of the liberated sensation finding its secret of delight, of the thought-mind attaining to light and intuition and of the truth itself, the ultimate supramental vision. “One Indra produced, one Surya, one the gods fashioned by natural development out of Vena” (4.58.4); for Indra is the Master of the thought-mind, Surya of the supramental light, Vena is Soma, the master of mental delight of existence, creator of the sense-mind. [15/104]

घृतं मिमिक्षे घृतमस्य योनिर्घृते श्रितो घृतम्वस्य धाम ।

अनुष्वधमा वह मादयस्व स्वाहाकृतं वृषभ वक्षि हव्यं ॥2.3.11॥

घृतम्1 मिमिक्षे2 घृतम्3 अस्य^4 योनिः5 घृते6 श्रितः7 घृतम्8 ऊं9 अस्य^10 धाम^11 ।

अनुऽस्वधम्12 आ^13 वह^14 मादयस्व^15 स्वाहाऽकृतम्16 वृषभ^17 वक्षि18 हव्यम्19 ॥
ghṛtam^1 mimikṣe^2 ghṛtam^3 asya^4 yoniḥ^5 ghṛte^6 śritaḥ^7 ghṛtam^8 ūṃ^9 asya^10 dhāma^11 ।
anu’svadham^12 ā^13 vaha^14 mādayasva^15 svāhā’kṛtam^16 vṛṣabha^17 vakṣi^18 havyam^19 ।।

11. 2I pour on him 1the running light; for 3the light is 4his 5native lair, 7he is lodged 6in the light, 8the light is 10his 11plane. 12According to thy self-nature, 13,14bring the Gods and 15fll them with rapture. 17O Male of the herd, 18carry to them 19our offering 16blessed with svāhā.

16 svāhā’kṛtam - made into svāhā. [16/41 fn 11]

[Explanation] There are always two aspects of Agni’s embassy which seem to be inconsistent with each other, one the bringing of the gods to eat of the oblations in the house of the sacrificer, the other the taking of the oblations to be eaten by the gods in mid-air or heaven. Psychologically, the sense is clear enough. The Seer-Will first bears man’s activities to the higher planes by his purified consecration of them to the Godhead. This is the first part of the embassy. Then comes the time for the descent of the divine Powers into the human mind & body, at first temporary, to enjoy there the activities offered to them, each activity to its proper god, then permanent by the creation, birth, growth (ताति:, वीति:, अव:) of the divinities in the human being, each conducting his own proper activity first मनुष्वत् in the human type, then in the human divine, as Usha is described देवि मानुषि, O divine and human. In all these stages it is Will-with-Knowledge that leads. That summons and brings, in a way carries the gods in their descent, supports them in their workings. [16/566-7]

Sukta 4

हुवे वः सुद्योत्मानं सुवृक्तिं विशामग्निमतिथिं सुप्रयसं ।

मित्र इव यो दिधिषाय्यो भूद्देव आदेवे जने जातवेदाः ॥2.4.1॥

हुवे1 वः2 सुऽद्योत्मानम्3 सुऽवृक्तिम्4 विशाम्5 अग्निम्6 अतिथिम्7 सुऽप्रयसम्8 ।

मित्रः9aऽइव9b यः10 दिधिषाय्यः11 भूत्12 देवः13 आऽदेवे14 जने15 जातऽवेदाः16 ॥
huve^1 vaḥ^2 su’dyotmānam^3 su’vṛktim^4 viśām^5 agnim^6 atithim^7 su’prayasam^8 ।
mitraḥ^9a’iva^9b yaḥ^10 didhiṣāyyaḥ^11 bhūt^12 devaḥ^13 ā’deve^14 jane^15 jāta’vedāḥ^16 ।।

1.       1I call 2to you 6the Fire 8with his strong delights and 3his splendours of light, 6Fire 4who strips all sin from us, 7the guest 5of the peoples. 10He 12becomes 9blike 11a supporting 9afriend, 12he becomes 13the God 16who knows all things born 15in the man 14with whom are the Gods.

[Alt] 2For you 1I call 6on the God-Will, 7guest 5of the peoples 3with his perfect light, 4his perfect energy, 8his perfect pleasures, 10he who 12becomes 9as the Lord of Love & Harmony [Mitra], and 11has to be held in man 13as the god 15in the creature born 14who reflects in him the godhead and 16knows all his births. [16/604]

4 su’vṛktim - The word Suvrikti corresponds to the Katharsis of the Greek mystics—the clearance, riddance or rejection of all perilous and impure stuff from the consciousness. It is Agni Pavaka, the purifying Fire who brings to us this riddance or purification, "Suvrikti". [16/71 fn 9]

13 devaḥ 14 ā’deve 15 jane - Divine in man who reflects the divinity. This is the sense of आ as applied to the gods who are formed or become in mortals; that is to say, they throw there their reflected image or being which is shaped in himself by man. [16/604]

15 in all from men 14 to the Gods. [16/41 fn 12]

[Explanation] All these expressions must be taken in sequence. Agni is a force of will resident (अतिथिम्) in man (विशाम्) that gives a perfect light (सुद्योत्मानं) and therefore perfect energy of light (वर्च: = तेज:) and therefore perfect pleasure (सुप्रयसं); because he has these three qualities he is like Mitra (मित्र इव), the Friend of Creatures, the lord of light, love & harmony, who has the capacity of holding (दिधिषाय्यो) all things in their proper place & relation, & this he does on each plane of man because he is जातवेदाः, knower of all the planes of the soul on which it is successively born. [16/603]

इमं विधंतो अपां सधस्थे द्वितादधुर्भृगवो विक्ष्वायोः ।

एष विश्वान्यभ्यस्तु भूमा देवानामग्निररतिर्जीराश्वः ॥2.4.2॥

इमम्1 विधन्तः2 अपाम्3 सधऽस्थे4 द्विता5 अदधुः6 भृगवः7 विक्षु8 आयोः9 ।

एषः10 विश्वानि11 अभि12 अस्तु13 भूम^14 देवानाम्15 अग्निः16 अरतिः17 जीरऽअश्वः18 ॥

imam^1 vidhantaḥ^2 apām^3 sadha’sthe^4 dvitā^5 adadhuḥ^6 bhṛgavaḥ^7 vikṣu^8 āyoḥ^9 ।
eṣaḥ^10 viśvāni^11 abhi^12 astu^13 bhūma^14 devānām^15 agniḥ^16 aratiḥ^17 jīra’aśvaḥ^18 ।।

2.       7The Bhrigus 2worshipping 4in the session 3of the Waters 6set 1him 5a twofold Light 8in the peoples 9of Man. 12,13May he master 11all 14planes 12,13prevailing vastly, 16Fire 17the traveller 15of the Gods 16with his rapid horses.

[Alt] 1Him 2setting in the order of the sacrifice 7the Shining Ancestors [Bhrigus] 6established 4in the session 3of the waters and 5doubly in 8the peoples 9of man. 13aMay 10this (flame) 18with his rapid steeds, 17the toiler 15for the gods, 12,13btake possession 11of all 14the vast worlds. [16/605]

4 sadha’sthe - place of session & is used in the sense of world. This सधस्थ is the world or seat of the waters and may refer either to the upper or lower ocean. Here, however, it must necessarily indicate the upper ocean. [16/604]

5 dvitā – doubly, in their manifest human & their secret divine parts [16/604]

Dwita, the god or Rishi of the second plane of the human ascent. It is that of the Life-force, the plane of fulfilled force, desire, free range of the vital powers which are no longer limited by the strict limitations of this mould of Matter. Trita is the god or Rishi of the third plane, full of luminous mental kingdoms unknown to the physical mind. [15/447 fn 2]

11 viśvāni 14 bhūma - all the worlds or all the largenesses, that is the divine worlds from महस् upwards. [16/604]

[Explanation] The sense is that 7the Ancestors who incarnated or typified the powers of the luminous Truth 6have established him 2,4in his right place in the sacrifice in such a way that 3he pervades the upper ocean, to the superconscient existence, and 5occupies two places 8,9in man, his conscious mortal being and his secret divine being. In the mortal man 17he drives 18the rapid swiftnesses of the vital strength upwards to the ocean of the superconscient, for he is 17the aspiring toiler set here to that end by the gods. 12,13Let him then so rise and take possession for man 11of all 14the vastnesses, the different worlds of the divine existence. [16/605]

अग्निं देवासो मानुषीषु विक्षु प्रियं धुः क्षेष्यंतो न मित्रं ।

स दीदयदुशतीरूर्म्या आ दक्षाय्यो यो दास्वते दम आ ॥2.4.3॥

अग्निम्1 देवासः2 मानुषीषु3 विक्षु4 प्रियम्5 धुः6 क्षेष्यन्तः7 न^8 मित्रम्9 ।

सः10 दीदयत्11 उशतीः12 ऊर्म्याः13 आ^14 दक्षाय्यः15 यः16 दास्वते17 दमे18 आ^19 ॥
agnim^1 devāsaḥ^2 mānuṣīṣu^3 vikṣu^4 priyam^5 dhuḥ^6 kṣeṣyantaḥ^7 na^8 mitram^9 ।
saḥ^10 dīdayat^11 uśatīḥ^12 ūrmyāḥ^13 ā^14 dakṣāyyaḥ^15 yaḥ^16 dāsvate^17 dame^18 ā^19 ।।

3.       8As 7men who would settle in a home bring into it 5a beloved 9friend, 2the Gods 6have set 1the Fire 3in these human 4peoples. 11aLet 10him 14,11billumine 12the desire 13of the billowing nights, 16let him be one 15full of discerning mind 18in the house 19,17for the giver of sacrifice.

[Alt] 1Agni 2the gods 6have set 3in the human 4peoples, 5a satisfying 9friend, 8as 7aseeking to bring 9Mitra 7bto his home; 10he 14,11illumines 12the desire 13of the billowing Nights, 16he who 17for the giver of the sacrifice 19,18dwells in his house 15as a power of discernment. [16/606]

[Explanation] The purpose of the gods and the action of Agni thus expressed explain verse 2. The vast worlds (2.4.2) are the home of Mitra; in taking possession of them Agni is fulfilling the purpose of the gods in setting him here as well as the arrangement made by the Bhrigus; he is bringing Mitra to his home. And he is able to do this because he has the light & joy of those worlds in him; he is the intermediary who brings that light from the divine into the human; he shines illumining with it our dark states of ignorance and for the sacrificer who makes him his envoy to the gods, he bridges the gulf and turns this light of obscurity into the very divine discernment even here in this mortal body (दमे). [16/606-7]

अस्य रण्वा स्वस्येव पुष्टिः संदृष्टिरस्य हियानस्य दक्षोः ।

वि यो भरिभ्रदोषधीषु जिह्वामत्यो न रथ्यो दोधवीति वारान् ॥2.4.4॥

अस्य^1 रण्वा2 स्वस्यऽइव^3 पुष्टिः4 सम्ऽदृष्टिः5 अस्य^6 हियानस्य^7 दक्षोः8 ।

वि9 यः10 भरिभ्रत्11 ओषधीषु12 जिह्वाम्13 अत्यः14 न^15 रथ्यः16 दोधवीति17 वारान्18 ॥
asya^1 raṇvā^2 svasya’iva^3 puṣṭiḥ^4 sam’dṛṣṭiḥ^5 asya^6 hiyānasya^7 dakṣoḥ^8 ।
vi^9 yaḥ^10 bharibhrat^11 oṣadhīṣu^12 jihvām^13 atyaḥ^14 na^15 rathyaḥ^16 dodhavīti^17 vārān^18 ।।

4.       2Delightful is 1his 4growth 3as if one’s own 4increase, 2rapturous is 6his 5vision 7as he gallops 8burning on his way. 10He 9,11darts about 13his tongue 12mid the growths of the forest and 17tosses 18his mane 15like 16a chariot 14courser.

[Alt] 2Delightful is 1his 4increasing and is 3as that of one’s own being and 6he has 5the vision 7of one hastening (on his path) and 8seeking to discern; when 10he 9,11darts to & fro 13his tongue 12upon the growths of earth (lit. heat-holders) 15he is as 14,16the galloping chariot-horse and 17is running 18towards the supreme boons. [16/608]

[Explanation] The sense is that the growth of the Force is a delight & is as if the growth of one’s own being; his light, his vision is that of a power in us hastening like a horse towards a goal, — the kshaya of Mitra, the viśvāni bhūma, — and seeking to discern. This force is constantly satisfying our desires & increasing its own heat by enjoying the objects of our material life imaged as the growths of earth, the plants that hold the heat of life and by eating which we get that vital heat & force into us; but in all this action of devouring desire the Force acts as the Steed of Life yoked to our chariot and is hastening always towards the supreme boons, the objects of a higher desire. This mortal enjoyment is to be strengthened & purified till the Strength is ready to convert it into the immortal. [16/608]

आ यन्मे अभ्वं वनदः पनंतोशिग्भ्यो नामिमीत वर्णं ।

स चित्रेण चिकिते रंसु भासा जुजुर्वाँ यो मुहुरा युवा भूत् ॥2.4.5॥

आ^1 यत्2 मे3 अभ्वम्4 वनदः5 पनन्त^6 उशिक्ऽभ्यः7 न^8 अमिमीत^9 वर्णम्10 ।

सः11 चित्रेण^12 चिकिते13 रम्ऽसु14 भासा15 जुजुर्वान्16 यः17 मुहुः18 आ^19 युवा20 भूत्21 ॥
ā^1 yat^2 me^3 abhvam^4 vanadaḥ^5 pananta^6 uśik’bhyaḥ^7 na^8 amimīta^9 varṇam^10 ।
saḥ^11 citreṇa^12 cikite^13 ram’su^14 bhāsā^15 jujurvān^16 yaḥ^17 muhuḥ^18 ā^19 yuvā^20 bhūt^21 ।।

5.       2When 3my thoughts 5enjoying him 1,6chant 4his mightiness, 9he shapes 10hue of kind 8as if 7to our desire. 11He 13awakes to knowledge 14in men that have the ecstasy 12by the rich diversity 15of his Light; 16old and outworn 17he 19,21grows 20young 18again and again.

[Alt] 2Because or when 5the seekers of delight 1,6laboured 4at my chaotic being, 9he forms (in it) 7according to their desire 10its supreme desirable state. 11He comes 13to knowledge 14of that which is delightful 12by his varied 15light….. [16/608]

आ यो वना तातृषाणो न भाति वार्ण पथा रथ्येव स्वानीत् ।

कृष्णाध्वा तपू रण्वश्चिकेत द्यौरिव स्मयमानो नभोभिः ॥2.4.6॥

आ^1 यः2 वना3 ततृषाणः4 न^5 भाति6 वाः7 न^8 पथा9 रथ्याऽइव^10 स्वानीत्11 ।

कृष्णऽअध्वा12 तपुः13 रण्वः14 चिकेत^15 द्यौःऽइव^16 स्मयमानः17 नभःऽभिः18 ॥
ā^1 yaḥ^2 vanā^3 tatṛṣāṇaḥ^4 na^5 bhāti^6 vāḥ^7 na^8 pathā^9 rathyā’iva^10 svānīt^11 ।
kṛṣṇa’adhvā^12 tapuḥ^13 raṇvaḥ^14 ciketa^15 dyauḥ’iva^16 smayamānaḥ^17 nabhaḥ’bhiḥ^18 ।।

6.       5Like 4one who thirsts 2he 6lifts his light 1on 3the forests; 11his roar is 8like 11the cry 7of waters 9on their path, 11he neighs 8like 10a chariot war-horse. 12Black is his trail, 13burning his heat; 14he is full of rapture and 15awakes to knowledge: 16he is like Father Heaven 17smiling 18with his starry spaces.

स यो व्यस्थादभि दक्षदुर्वीं पशुर्नैति स्वयुरगोपाः ।

अग्निः शोचिष्माँ अतसान्युष्णन्कृष्णव्यथिरस्वदयन्न भूम ॥2.4.7॥

सः1 यः2 वि3 अस्थात्4 अभि5 दक्षत्6 उर्वीम्7 पशुः8 न^9 एति10 स्वऽयुः11 अगोपाः12 ।

अग्निः13 शोचिष्मान्14 अतसानि15 उष्णन्16 कृष्णऽव्यथिः17 अस्वदयत्18 न^19 भूम^20 ॥
saḥ^1 yaḥ^2 vi^3 asthāt^4 abhi^5 dakṣat^6 urvīm^7 paśuḥ^8 na^9 eti^10 sva’yuḥ^11 agopāḥ^12 ।
agniḥ^13 śociṣmān^14 atasāni^15 uṣṇan^16 kṛṣṇa’vyathiḥ^17 asvadayat^18 na^19 bhūma^20 ।।

7.       1He 3,4starts on his journey 5,6to burn through 7all wide earth and 10moves 9like 8a beast 10that wanders 11at will and 12has no keeper; 13Fire 14with his blazing light and 17his black affliction 15assails the dry trunks 16with his heat 19as if 18he tasted 20the vastness.

नू ते पूर्वस्यावसो अधीतौ तृतीये विदथे मन्म शंसि ।

अस्मे अग्ने संयद्वीरं बृहंतं क्षुमंतं वाजं स्वपत्यं रयिं दाः ॥2.4.8॥

नु1 ते2 पूर्वस्य^3 अवसः4 अधिऽइतौ5 तृतीये6 विदथे7 मन्म^8 शंसि9 ।

अस्मे10 अग्ने11 संयत्ऽवीरम्12 बृहन्तम्13 क्षुऽमन्तम्14 वाजम्15 सुऽअपत्यम्16 रयिम्17 दाः18 ॥
nu^1 te^2 pūrvasya^3 avasaḥ^4 adhi’itau^5 tṛtīye^6 vidathe^7 manma^8 śaṃsi^9 ।
asme^10 agne^11 saṃyat’vīram^12 bṛhantam^13 kṣu’mantam^14 vājam^15 su’apatyam^16 rayim^17
dāḥ^18 ।।

8.       1Now 5in our mind’s return 2on thy 3former 4safeguarding, 8our thought 9has been spoken 6in the third session 7of the knowledge. 11O Fire, 18give 10us 17the treasure 16with its children; 18give 10us 13a vast and 14opulent 15plenitude 12where the heroes assemble.

16 su’apatyam - अपत्य must be spiritual offspring of अपस् children of our works. [14/473]; Divine works and their results. [15/207]

त्वया यथा गृत्समदासो अग्ने गुहा वन्वंत उपराँ अभि ष्युः ।

सुवीरासो अभिमातिषाहः स्मत्सूरिभ्यो गृणते तद्वयो धाः ॥2.4.9॥

त्वया1 यथा2 गृत्सऽमदासः3 अग्ने4 गुहा5 वन्वन्तः6 उपरान्7 अभि8 स्युः9 ।

सुऽवीरासः10 अभिमातिऽसहः11 स्मत्12 सूरिऽभ्यः13 गृणते14 तत्15 वयः16 धाः17 ॥
tvayā^1 yathā^2 gṛtsa’madāsaḥ^3 agne^4 guhā^5 vanvantaḥ^6 uparān^7 abhi^8 syuḥ^9 ।
su’vīrāsaḥ^10 abhimāti’sahaḥ^11 smat^12 sūri’bhyaḥ^13 gṛṇate^14 tat^15 vayaḥ^16 dhāḥ^17 ।।

9.       13To the luminous Wise Ones and 14to him who voices thee, 4O Fire, 17be the founder 16of their growth and expansion, 15that 3the Gritsamadas 10strong with the strength of the Heroes and 11overcoming the hostile forces 8,9may conquer [12at once] 7the higher worlds 1by thy force and 6take delight 5of the secret inner spaces.

6 win [16/43 fn 13]

Sukta 5

होताजनिष्ट चेतनः पिता पितृभ्य ऊतये ।

प्रयक्षंजेन्यं वसु शकेम वाजिनो यमं ॥2.5.1॥

होता1 अजनिष्ट^2 चेतनः3 पिता4 पितृऽभ्यः5 ऊतये6 ।

प्रऽयक्षन्7 जेन्यम्8 वसु9 शकेम^10 वाजिनः11 यमम्12 ॥
hotā^1 ajaniṣṭa^2 cetanaḥ^3 pitā^4 pitṛ’bhyaḥ^5 ūtaye^6 ।
pra’yakṣan^7 jenyam^8 vasu^9 śakema^10 vājinaḥ^11 yamam^12 ।।

1.       3A conscious 1Priest of the call 2is born to us; 4a father 2is born 5to his fathers 6for their safeguard. 10May we avail to achieve 7by sacrifice 9the wealth 8that is for the victor, and 12to rein 11the Horse of swiftness.

9 the wealth 8 that has to be conquered. [16/43 fn 14]

आ यस्मिन्त्सप्त रश्मयस्तता यज्ञस्य नेतरि ।

मनुष्वद्दैव्यमष्टमं पोता विश्वं तदिन्वति ॥2.5.2॥

आ^1 यस्मिन्2 सप्त^3 रश्मयः4 तताः5 यज्ञस्य^6 नेतरि7 ।

मनुष्वत्8 दैव्यम्9 अष्टमम्10 पोता11 विश्वम्12 तत्13 इन्वति14 ॥
ā^1 yasmin^2 sapta^3 raśmayaḥ^4 tatāḥ^5 yajñasya^6 netari^7 ।
manuṣvat^8 daivyam^9 aṣṭamam^10 potā^11 viśvam^12 tat^13 invati^14 ।।

2.       3The seven 4rays 1,5are extended 2in this 7leader 6of sacrifice; 9there is a divine 10eighth 8that carries with it the human. 11The Priest of the purification 14takes possession of 13That 12All.

3 sapta 4raśmayaḥ - seven psychological principles or forms of existence, Sat, Chit, Ananda, Vijnana, Manas, Prana and Anna. [15/45]; The seven rays are Aditi the infinite Mother, supreme Nature or infinite Consciousness, pristine source of the later idea of Prakriti or Shakti, the Mother of things taking form on the seven planes of her world-action as energy of conscious being. [15/98]

8 manuṣvat –The godhead descending into man assumes the veil of humanity. The god is eternally perfect, unborn, fixed in the Truth and Joy; descending, he is born in man, grows, gradually manifests his completeness, attains as if by battle and difficult progress to the Truth and Joy. The Divine veils his seerhood in the forms of thought and life to assist the development of the mortal into immortality. [15/453 fn 1]

10 aṣṭamam - We are told that there are eight sons of the cosmic Aditi who are born from her body; by seven [3seven 4rays] she moves to the gods, but the eighth [10aṣṭamam] son is Martanda, of the mortal creation [8manuṣvat], whom she casts away from her; with the seven she moves to the supreme life, the original age of the gods, but Martanda is brought back out of the Inconscient into which he had been cast to preside over mortal birth and death. [15/478]

14 travels to or reaches. [16/44 fn 15]

दधन्वे वा यदीमनु वोचद्ब्रह्माणि वेरु तत् ।

परि विश्वानि काव्या नेमिश्चक्रमिवाभवत् ॥2.5.3॥

दधन्वे1 वा2 यत्3 ईम्4 अनु5 वोचत्6 ब्रह्माणि7 वेः8 ऊं9 तत्10 ।

परि11 विश्वानि12 काव्या13 नेमिः14 चक्रम्ऽइव^15 अभवत्16 ॥
dadhanve^1 vā^2 yat^3 īm^4 anu^5 vocat^6 brahmāṇi^7 veḥ^8 ūṃ^9 tat^10 ।
pari^11 viśvāni^12 kāvyā^13 nemiḥ^14 cakram’iva^15 abhavat^16 ।।

3.       3When 1a man has firmly established 4this Fire, 5,6he echoes 7the Words of knowledge and 8comes to 10That: 11,16for he embraces 12all 13seer-wisdoms 15aas 14the rim 11,16surrounds 15ba wheel.

8 comes to know [16/44 fn 16]

साकं हि शुचिना शुचिः प्रशास्ता क्रतुनाजनि ।

विद्वाँ अस्य व्रता ध्रुवा वया इवानु रोहते ॥2.5.4॥

साकम्1 हि2 शुचिना3 शुचिः4 प्रऽशास्ता5 क्रतुना6 अजनि7 ।

विद्वान्8 अस्य^9 व्रता10 ध्रुवा11 वयाःऽइव^12 अनु13 रोहते14 ॥
sākam^1 hi^2 śucinā^3 śuciḥ^4 pra’śāstā^5 kratunā^6 ajani^7 ।
vidvān^8 asya^9 vratā^10 dhruvā^11 vayāḥ’iva^12 anu^13 rohate^14 ।।

4.       4Pure, 5the Priest of the annunciation 7is born 1,2,3along with the pure 6will. 8The man who knows 10athe laws 9of his 10bworkings 11that are steadfast for ever, 14climbs them 13one by one 12like branches.

6 kratunā क्रतुना - Kratu means in Sanskrit work or action and especially work in the sense of the sacrifice; but it means also power or strength (the Greek kratos) effective of action. Psychologically this power effective of action is the will. [15/63]

ता अस्य वर्णमायुवो नेष्टुः सचंत धेनवः ।

कुवित्तिसृभ्य आ वरं स्वसारो या इदं ययुः ॥2.5.5॥

ताः1 अस्य^2 वर्णम्3 आयुवः4 नेष्टुः5 सचन्त^6 धेनवः7 ।

कुवित्8 तिसृऽभ्यः9 आ^10 वरम्11 स्वसारः12 याः13 इदम्14 ययुः15 ॥

tāḥ^1 asya^2 varṇam^3 āyuvaḥ^4 neṣṭuḥ^5 sacanta^6 dhenavaḥ^7 ।
kuvit^8 tisṛ’bhyaḥ^9 ā^10 varam^11 svasāraḥ^12 yāḥ^13 idam^14 yayuḥ^15 ।।

5.       7The milch-cows 4come to and 6cleave to 3the hue of Light 2of this 5Priest of the lustration, 12the Sisters 13who 10,15have gone once and again 14to that 8,11Supreme 9over the three.

3 varṇam - the hue of kind [16/44 fn 17]; In this ancient symbolism colour (varṇam) is the sign of quality, of character, of temperament. [15/296]

9-11 fourth world, Turiyam above (ā^10 varam^11) the three (tisṛ’bhyaḥ^9), so called in the Rigveda, turīyaṁ svid [16/44 fn 18]

12 svasāraḥ - “Dawn and Night,” runs an impressive Vedic verse, “two sisters of different forms but of one mind, suckle the same divine Child.” [15/365]

1^0 ā 15 yayuḥ - Dawn alternates with her sister Night; these come with constant alternation. [15/482]

यदी मातुरुप स्वसा घृतं भरंत्यस्थित ।

तासामध्वर्युरागतौ यवो वृष्टीव मोदते ॥2.5.6॥

यदि1 मातुः2 उप^3 स्वसा4 घृतम्5 भरन्ती6 अस्थित^7 ।

तासाम्8 अध्वर्युः9 आऽगतौ10 यवः11 वृष्टीऽइव^12 मोदते13 ॥
yadi^1 mātuḥ^2 upa^3 svasā^4 ghṛtam^5 bharantī^6 asthita^7 ।
tāsām^8 adhvaryuḥ^9 ā’gatau^10 yavaḥ^11 vṛṣṭī’iva^12 modate^13 ।।

6.       1When 4the sister 2of the Mother 3,7comes to him 6bringing 5the yield of the Light, 9the Priest of the pilgrim-sacrifice 13rejoices 8in her 10advent 12aas 11a field of barley 13revels 12bin the rain.

4 ,2 Dawn alternates with her sister (4 svasā) Night; but that darkness itself is a mother (2 mātuḥ) of light and always Dawn comes to reveal what the black-browed Mother has prepared. [15/274]

स्वः स्वाय धायसे कृणुतामृत्विगृत्विजं ।

स्तोमं यज्ञं चादरं वनेमा ररिमा वयं ॥2.5.7॥

स्वः1 स्वाय^2 धायसे3 कृणुताम्4 5 ऋत्विजम्6 ।

स्तोमम्7 यज्ञम्8 च^9 आत्10 अरम्11 वनेम^12 ररिम^13 वयम्14 ॥
svaḥ^1 svāya^2 dhāyase^3 kṛṇutām^4 ṛtvik^5 ṛtvijam^6 ।
stomam^7 yajñam^8 ca^9 āt^10 aram^11 vanema^12 rarima^13 vayam^14 ।।

7.       1Himself 2for his own 3confirming 4alet 5the Priest of the rite 4bcreate 6the priest; 12let us take joy 7of the laud 9and 8the sacrifice, 10for then 11it is complete, 13,14what we have given.

5 ṛtvik – the drashta, seer or rishi, the one who has vision of spiritual truth. [16/468]

This word is taken in the ceremonial interpretation of the Veda in the later sense of Ritwik, a sacrificial priest, and it is explained by separating as ऋतु + इज् one who sacrifices seasonably. In reality, ऋत्विज् is a very old word compounded in ancient Sanskrit before the creation of the modern rules of Sandhi, and is composed of ऋत् truth and विज्, ecstasy or ecstatic. It means one who has the ecstasy of the truth or satyam. [16/480]

7 stomam - or stubh is the Word considered as a power which affirms and confirms in the settled rhythm of things. [15/322]

From stu to establish firmly. Stoma is the psalm, the hymn of praise; it is the expression in the potency of speech of those qualities in the Lord of Mental Force — or whatever other Master of being is praised, — which the sadhaka is either calling to his aid or aspires to bring out in his own being and activity. The expression of a quality in inspired & rhythmic speech tends by the essential nature of mantra to bring forward & establish in habitual action that which was formerly latent or vague in the nature. For this reason the psalm is stoma, that which establishes or confirms. [14/374]

10 for then 11 it is complete, 14 we 13 have moved on the way [16/45 fn 19]

12 let us take full joy 7 of the laud 9 and 8 the sacrifice; for 14 we 13 have given [16/45 fn 19]

यथा विद्वाँ अरं करद्विश्वेभ्यो यजतेभ्यः ।

अयमग्ने त्वे अपि यं यज्ञं चकृमा वयं ॥2.5.8॥

यथा1 विद्वान्2 अरम्3 करत्4 विश्वेभ्यः5 यजतेभ्यः6 ।

अयम्7 अग्ने8 त्वे9 अपि10 यम्11 यज्ञम्12 चकृम^13 वयम्14 ॥
yathā^1 vidvān^2 aram^3 karat^4 viśvebhyaḥ^5 yajatebhyaḥ^6 ।
ayam^7 agne^8 tve^9 api^10 yam^11 yajñam^12 cakṛma^13 vayam^14 ।।

8.       1Even as 2one who has the knowledge 3,4let him work out the rite 5for all 6the lords of the sacrifice. 9On thee, 8O Fire, 7is this 12sacrifice 11that 14we 13have made.

Sukta 6

इमां मे अग्ने समिधमिमामुपसदं वनेः ।

इमा उ षु श्रुधी गिरः ॥2.6.1॥

इमाम्1 मे2 अग्ने3 सम्ऽइधम्4 इमाम्5 उपऽसदम्6 वनेः7 ।

इमाः8 ऊं9 सु10 श्रुधि11 गिरः12 ॥
imām^1 me^2 agne^3 sam’idham^4 imām^5 upa’sadam^6 vaneḥ^7 ।
imāḥ^8 ūṃ^9 su^10 śrudhi^11 giraḥ^12 ।।

1.       3O Fire, 7mayst thou rejoice 4in the fuel I bring thee, 7rejoice in 2my 6session of sacrifice. 10Deeply 11lend ear to 2my 12words.

अया ते अग्ने विधेमोर्जो नपादश्वमिष्टे ।

एना सूक्तेन सुजात ॥2.6.2॥

अया1 ते2 अग्ने3 विधेम^4 ऊर्जः5 नपात्6 अश्वम्ऽइष्टे7 ।

एना8 सुऽउक्तेन^9 सुऽजात^10 ॥
ayā^1 te^2 agne^3 vidhema^4 ūrjaḥ^5 napāt^6 aśvam’iṣṭe^7 ।
enā^8 su’uktena^9 su’jāta^10 ।।

2.       3O Fire, 10who art brought to perfect birth, 6Child 5of Energy, 7Impeller of the Horse, 4we would worship 2thee 1with this oblation, 4we would worship 2thee 8with this 9Word well-spoken.

तं त्वा गीर्भिर्गिर्वणसं द्रविणस्युं द्रविणोदः ।

सपर्येम सपर्यवः ॥2.6.3॥

तम्1 त्वा2 गीःऽभिः3 गिर्वणसम्4 द्रविणस्युम्5 द्रविणःऽदः6 ।

सपर्येम^7 सपर्यवः8 ॥
tam^1 tvā^2 gīḥ’bhiḥ^3 girvaṇasam^4 draviṇasyum^5 draviṇaḥ’daḥ^6 ।
saparyema^7 saparyavaḥ^8 ।।

3.       7We would wait 3with our Words 4on thy joy in the Word; 6O Treasure-giver, 7we would wait 5on the seeker of the Treasure. 7Let us serve 2thee, 8all whose desire is thy service.

स बोधि सूरिर्मघवा वसुपते वसुदावन् ।

युयोध्यस्मद्द्वेषांसि ॥2.6.4॥

सः1 बोधि2 सूरिः3 मघवा4 वसुऽपते5 वसुऽदावन्6 ।

युयोधि7 अस्मत्8 द्वेषांसि9 ॥
saḥ^1 bodhi^2 sūriḥ^3 maghavā^4 vasu’pate^5 vasu’dāvan^6 ।
yuyodhi^7 asmat^8 dveṣāṃsi^9 ।।

4.       5O Wealth-Lord, 6Wealth-giver, 2awake, 3a seer and 4a Master of Treasures; 7put away 8from us 9the things that are hostile.

स नो वृष्टिं दिवस्परि स नो वाजमनर्वाणं ।

स नः सहस्रिणीरिषः ॥2.6.5॥

सः1 नः2 वृष्टिम्3 दिवः4 परि5 सः6 नः7 वाजम्8 अनर्वाणम्9 ।

सः10 नः11 सहस्रिणीः12 इषः13 ॥
saḥ^1 naḥ^2 vṛṣṭim^3 divaḥ^4 pari^5 saḥ^6 naḥ^7 vājam^8 anarvāṇam^9 ।
saḥ^10 naḥ^11 sahasriṇīḥ^12 iṣaḥ^13 ।।

5.       2For us, O Fire, 3the Rain 4of Heaven 5around us! 7for us, O Fire, 8the wealth 9immovable, 11for us, O Fire, 13the impulsions 12that bring their thousands.

9 free from all littleness [16/46 fn 20]

ईळानायावस्यवे यविष्ठ दूत नो गिरा ।

यजिष्ठ होतरा गहि ॥2.6.6॥

ईळानाय^1 अवस्यवे2 यविष्ठ^3 दूत^4 नः5 गिरा6 ।

यजिष्ठ^7 होतः8 आ^9 गहि10 ॥
īḻānāya^1 avasyave^2 yaviṣṭha^3 dūta^4 naḥ^5 girā^6 ।
yajiṣṭha^7 hotaḥ^8 ā^9 gahi^10 ।।

6.       4O Messenger, 3O youngest Power, 9,10come at 5our 6word 1for him who aspires to thee and 2craves for thy safeguard; 9,10arrive, 8O Priest of the call, 7strong for sacrifice.

8 hotaḥ होतः - he who calls and brings the gods and gives to them the offering. [16/689]

अंतर्ह्यग्न ईयसे विद्वांजन्मोभया कवे ।

दूतो जन्येव मित्र्यः ॥2.6.7॥

अन्तः1 हि2 अग्ने3 ईयसे4 विद्वान्5 जन्म^6 उभया7 कवे8 ।

दूतः9 जन्याऽइव^10 मित्र्यः11 ॥
antaḥ^1 hi^2 agne^3 īyase^4 vidvān^5 janma^6 ubhayā^7 kave^8 ।
dūtaḥ^9 janyā’iva^10 mitryaḥ^11 ।।

7.       3O Fire, 8O seer, 4thou movest 1,2within 5having knowledge 7of both 6the Births; thou art 10blike 9a messenger 11from a friendly 10apeople.

5 as one who has knowledge 7 between both 6 births [16/46 fn 21]

10b like 11 a friendly 10a universal 9 messenger [16/46 fn 22]

स विद्वाँ आ च पिप्रयो यक्षि चिकित्व आनुषक् ।

आ चास्मिन्त्सत्सि बर्हिषि ॥2.6.8॥

सः1 विद्वान्2 आ^3 च^4 पिप्रयः5 यक्षि6 चिकित्वः7 आनुषक्8 ।

आ^9 च^10 अस्मिन्11 सत्सि12 बर्हिषि13 ॥
saḥ^1 vidvān^2 ā^3 ca^4 piprayaḥ^5 yakṣi^6 cikitvaḥ^7 ānuṣak^8 ।
ā^9 ca^10 asmin^11 satsi^12 barhiṣi^13 ।।

8.       3Come 2with thy knowledge, 7O Conscious Fire, 4and 5fill us; 6aperform 8the unbroken order of 6bthe sacrifice. 12Take thy seat 9on the sacred 13agrass 11of our 13baltar.

8 ānuṣak - Without interruption or gap; As the Purohita, the representative priest in the sacrifice and the leader in the van of its march, He stands in front of our consciousness, leader of all our powers, to guide and carry on our Godward work, so that there shall be no interruption, no gap in the order of the sacrifice, the right stages of its march to the gods, the right placing of its works according to the times and seasons of the Truth. [15/442 fn 2]

Sukta 7

श्रेष्ठं यविष्ठ भारताग्ने द्युमंतमा भर ।

वसो पुरुस्पृहं रयिं ॥2.7.1॥

श्रेष्ठम्1 यविष्ठ^2 भारत^3 अग्ने4 द्युऽमन्तम्5 आ^6 भर^7 ।

वसो8 पुरुऽस्पृहम्9 रयिम्10 ॥
śreṣṭham^1 yaviṣṭha^2 bhārata^3 agne^4 dyu’mantam^5 ā^6 bhara^7 ।
vaso^8 puru’spṛham^9 rayim^10 ।।

1.       4O Fire, 2O Youngest Power! 3Fire of the Bringers, 8Prince of the Treasure, 6,7bring to us 10a wealth, 1the best, 5made all of light and 9packed with our many desires.

मा नो अरातिरीशत देवस्य मर्त्यस्य च ।

पर्षि तस्या उत द्विषः ॥2.7.2॥

मा1 नः2 अरातिः3 ईशत^4 देवस्य^5 मर्त्यस्य^6 च^7 ।

पर्षि8 तस्याः9 उत^10 द्विषः11 ॥
mā^1 naḥ^2 arātiḥ^3 īśata^4 devasya^5 martyasya^6 ca^7 ।
parṣi^8 tasyāḥ^9 uta^10 dviṣaḥ^11 ।।

2.       1Let not 3the Force that wars against 2us 4master 5the God 7and 6the mortal; 8carry us beyond 9that 11hostile power.

1 Let not 3 the Force that wars against 2 us, 5 God and 6 mortal, 4 overmaster us [16/47 fn 23]

विश्वा उत त्वया वयं धारा उदन्या इव ।

अति गाहेमहि द्विषः ॥2.7.3॥

विश्वाः1 उत^2 त्वया3 वयम्4 धाराः5 उदन्याःऽइव^6 ।

अति7 गाहेमहि8 द्विषः9 ॥
viśvāḥ^1 uta^2 tvayā^3 vayam^4 dhārāḥ^5 udanyāḥ’iva^6 ।
ati^7 gāhemahi^8 dviṣaḥ^9 ।।

3.       2And 3so by thee 8amay 4we 8bplunge and pass 7beyond 1all 9hostile forces, 6aas through 5streams 6bof rushing water.

शुचिः पावक वंद्योऽग्ने बृहद्वि रोचसे ।

त्वं घृतेभिराहुतः ॥2.7.4॥

शुचिः1 पावक^2 वन्द्यः3 अग्ने4 बृहत्5 वि6 रोचसे7 ।

त्वम्8 घृतेभिः9 आऽहुतः10 ॥
śuciḥ^1 pāvaka^2 vandyaḥ^3 agne^4 bṛhat^5 vi^6 rocase^7 ।
tvam^8 ghṛtebhiḥ^9 ā’hutaḥ^10 ।।

4.       1O cleansing 4Fire, 8thou art 2pure and 3adorable; 5vast 6,7is the beauty of thy light 10fed 9with the clarities.

त्वं नो असि भारताग्ने वशाभिरुक्षभिः ।

अष्टापदीभिराहुतः ॥2.7.5॥

त्वम्1 नः2 असि3 भारत^4 अग्ने5 वशाभिः6 उक्षऽभिः7 ।

अष्टाऽपदीभिः8 आऽहुतः9 ॥
tvam^1 naḥ^2 asi^3 bhārata^4 agne^5 vaśābhiḥ^6 ukṣa’bhiḥ^7 ।
aṣṭā’padībhiḥ^8 ā’hutaḥ^9 ।।

5.       5O Fire 4of the Bringers, 1thou 9art called by 2our 7bulls and our 6heifers and 8by our eight-footed Kine.

9 fed with [16/47 fn 24]

7 by our bulls and by our 6 barren and 8 pregnant kine [16/47 fn 25]; The Bull is the Purusha, soul or conscious being; the Cow is the Prakriti, the power of consciousness. [15/539 fn 2]

द्र्वन्नः सर्पिरासुतिः प्रत्नो होता वरेण्यः ।

सहसस्पुत्रो अद्भुतः ॥2.7.6॥

द्रुऽअन्नः1 सर्पिःऽआसुतिः2 प्रत्नः3 होता4 वरेण्यः5 ।

सहसः6 पुत्रः7 अद्भुतः8 ॥
dru’annaḥ^1 sarpiḥ’āsutiḥ^2 pratnaḥ^3 hotā^4 vareṇyaḥ^5 ।
sahasaḥ^6 putraḥ^7 adbhutaḥ^8 ।।

6.       2This is the eater of the Tree 2for whom is poured the running butter of the Light; this is 5the Desirable, 3the ancient 4Priest of the call, 8the Wonderful, 7the son 6of Force.

Sukta 8

वाजयन्निव नू रथान्योगाँ अग्नेरुप स्तुहि ।

यशस्तमस्य मीळ्हुषः ॥2.8.1॥

वाजयन्ऽइव^1 नु2 रथान्3 योगान्4 अग्नेः5 उप^6 स्तुहि7 ।

यशःऽतमस्य^8 मीळ्हुषः9 ॥
vājayan’iva^1 nu^2 rathān^3 yogān^4 agneḥ^5 upa^6 stuhi^7 ।
yaśaḥ’tamasya^8 mīḻhuṣaḥ^9 ।।

1.       1As if to replenish him 6,7chant 2now 3the chariots 5of Fire and 4his yokings, Fire 9the lavish and 8glorious Godhead.

1 as one seeking for plenitude [16/48 fn 26]

यः सुनीथो ददाशुषेऽजुर्यो जरयन्नरिं ।

चारुप्रतीक आहुतः ॥2.8.2॥

यः1 सुऽनीथः2 ददाशुषे3 अजुर्यः4 जरयन्5 अरिम्6 ।

चारुऽप्रतीकः7 आऽहुतः8 ॥
yaḥ^1 su’nīthaḥ^2 dadāśuṣe^3 ajuryaḥ^4 jarayan^5 arim^6 ।
cāru’pratīkaḥ^7 ā’hutaḥ^8 ।।

2.       1He 2brings his perfect leading 3to the man who has given; 4he is invulnerable and 5wears out with wounds 6the foe. 7Fair is the front 8of him fed with the offerings.

य उ श्रिया दमेष्वा दोषोषसि प्रशस्यते ।

यस्य व्रतं न मीयते ॥2.8.3॥

यः1 ऊं2 श्रिया3 दमेषु4 आ^5 दोषा6 उषसि7 प्रऽशस्यते8 ।

यस्य^9 व्रतम्10 न^11 मीयते12 ॥
yaḥ^1 ūṃ^2 śriyā^3 dameṣu^4 ā^5 doṣā^6 uṣasi^7 pra’śasyate^8 ।
yasya^9 vratam^10 na^11 mīyate^12 ।।

3.       1He 8is voiced 3in his glory and beauty 6at dusk and 7dawn 5,4in our homes. 11Never 12impaired is 10athe law 9of his 10bworking.

6 doṣā 7uṣasi - In all states of consciousness, whether 7 illumined or 6 obscure [15/67]

आ यः स्वर्ण भानुना चित्रो विभात्यर्चिषा ।

अंजानो अजरैरभि ॥2.8.4॥

आ^1 यः2 स्वः3 न^4 भानुना5 चित्रः6 विऽभाति7 अर्चिषा8 ।

अञ्जानः9 अजरैः10 अभि11 ॥
ā^1 yaḥ^2 svaḥ^3 na^4 bhānunā^5 citraḥ^6 vi’bhāti^7 arciṣā^8 ।
añjānaḥ^9 ajaraiḥ^10 abhi^11 ।।

4.       1He 7shines 6rich with diverse 8lustres 4like 3the heavens 5of the Sun, 7shines wide 8with his ray, 11putting forth on us 9a revealing light 10with his ageless fires.

4 like 3 the Sun [16/48 fn 27]

अत्रिमनु स्वराज्यमग्निमुक्थानि वावृधुः ।

विश्वा अधि श्रियो दधे ॥2.8.5॥

अत्रिम्1 अनु2 स्वऽराज्यम्3 अग्निम्4 उक्थानि5 ववृधुः6 ।

विश्वाः7 अधि8 श्रियः9 दधे10 ॥
atrim^1 anu^2 sva’rājyam^3 agnim^4 ukthāni^5 vavṛdhuḥ^6 ।
viśvāḥ^7 adhi^8 śriyaḥ^9 dadhe^10 ।।

5.       5Our words 6ahave made 4the Fire 6bto grow, 6amade 1the Traveller 6bto grow 2in the way 3of self-empire; 8,10he holds in himself 7all 9glory and beauty.

1 atri – devourer (6.16.28); literally, eater; the word may also mean Traveller. [15/535 fn 2]

3 sva’rājyam – Swarajya and Samrajya (6.7.1), perfect empire within and without, rule of our inner being and mastery of our environment and circumstances, was the ideal of the Vedic sages, attainable only by ascending beyond our mortal mentality to the luminous Truth of our being, the supramental infinities on the spiritual plane of our existence. [15/533 fn 4]

अग्नेरिंद्रस्य सोमस्य देवानामूतिभिर्वयं ।

अरिष्यंतः सचेमह्यभि ष्याम पृतन्यतः ॥2.8.6॥

अग्नेः1 इन्द्रस्य^2 सोमस्य^3 देवानाम्4 ऊतिऽभिः5 वयम्6 ।

अरिष्यन्तः7 सचेमहि8 अभि9 स्याम^10 पृतन्यतः11 ॥
agneḥ^1 indrasya^2 somasya^3 devānām^4 ūti’bhiḥ^5 vayam^6 ।
ariṣyantaḥ^7 sacemahi^8 abhi^9 syāma^10 pṛtanyataḥ^11 ।।

6.       8aMay 6we 8bcleave to 5the safeguardings 1of the Fire and 3Soma and 2Indra and 4of the Gods, 7meeting with no hurt 9,10overcome 11those that are embattled against us.

3 soma - Soma is the representative deity of the highest Beatitude. The wine of his ecstasy is concealed in the growths of earth, in the waters of existence; even here in our physical being are his immortalising juices and they have to be pressed out and offered to all the gods; for in that strength these shall increase and conquer. [16/27]

7 ariṣyantaḥ - unpierced by the “harms” of the powers of Death and Darkness [15/447 fn 3]

Sukta 9

नि होता होतृषदने विदानस्त्वेषो दीदिवाँ असदत्सुदक्षः ।

अदब्धव्रतप्रमतिर्वसिष्ठः सहस्रंभरः शुचिजिह्वो अग्निः ॥2.9.1॥

नि1 होता2 होतृऽ^3 सदने4 विदानः5 त्वेषः6 दीदिऽवान्7 असदत्8 सुऽदक्षः9 ।

अदब्ध^10 व्रतऽ^11 प्रमतिः12 वसिष्ठः13 सहस्रम्ऽ^14 भरः15 शुचिऽ^16 जिह्वः17 अग्निः18 ॥
ni^1 hotā^2 hotṛ’3 sadane^4 vidānaḥ^5 tveṣaḥ^6 dīdi’vān^7 asadat^8 su’dakṣaḥ^9 ।
adabdha^10 vrata’11 pramatiḥ^12 vasiṣṭhaḥ^13 sahasram’14 bharaḥ^15 śuci’16 jihvaḥ^17 agniḥ^18 ।।

1.       2The Priest of the call 1,8has taken his seat 4in the house 3of his priesthood; 7he is ablaze with light and 6vivid in radiance, 5he is full of knowledge and 9perfect in judgment. 12He has a mind of wisdom 11whose workings 10are invincible and 13is most rich in treasures: 18Fire with 17his tongue 16of purity 15is a bringer 14of the thousand.

त्वं दूतस्त्वमु नः परस्पास्त्वं वस्य आ वृषभ प्रणेता ।

अग्ने तोकस्य नस्तने तनूनामप्रयुच्छंदीद्यद्बोधि गोपाः ॥2.9.2॥

त्वम्1 दूतः2 त्वम्3 ऊं नः4 परःऽपाः5 त्वम्6 वस्यः7 आ^8 वृषभ^9 प्रऽनेता10 ।

अग्ने11 तोकस्य^12 नः13 तने14 तनूनाम्15 अप्रऽयुच्छन्16 दीद्यत्17 बोधि18 गोपाः19 ॥
tvam^1 dūtaḥ^2 tvam^3 ūṃ naḥ^4 paraḥ’pāḥ^5 tvam^6 vasyaḥ^7 ā^8 vṛṣabha^9 pra’netā^10 ।
agne^11 tokasya^12 naḥ^13 tane^14 tanūnām^15 apra’yucchan^16 dīdyat^17 bodhi^18 gopāḥ^19 ।।

2.       1Thou 2art the Messenger, 3thou art 4our 5protector who takest us to the other side; 9O Bull of the herds, 6thou art 8,10our leader on the way to a world 7of greater riches. 14For the shaping 12of the Son and 14the building 15of the bodies 18awake 17in thy light, 19a guardian, and 16turn not from thy work, 11O Fire.

14 in the offspring 12 of the son 13 of our 15 bodies [16/49 fn 28]

12 Of the Son, the godhead created within the humanity [15/539 fn 4]

15 tanūnām – Not only the physical body, but the vital and mental sheaths, all the embodied states or forms of the soul. [15/407 fn 7]

विधेम ते परमे जन्मन्नग्ने विधेम स्तोमैरवरे सधस्थे ।

यस्माद्योनेरुदारिथा यजे तं प्र त्वे हवींषि जुहुरे समिद्धे ॥2.9.3॥

विधेम^1 ते2 परमे3 जन्मन्4 अग्ने5 विधेम^6 स्तोमैः7 अवरे8 सधऽस्थे9 ।

यस्मात्10 योनेः11 उत्ऽआरिथ^12 यजे13 तम्14 प्र^15 त्वे16 हवींषि17 जुहुरे18 सम्ऽइद्धे19 ॥
vidhema^1 te^2 parame^3 janman^4 agne^5 vidhema^6 stomaiḥ^7 avare^8 sadha’sthe^9 ।
yasmāt^10 yoneḥ^11 ut’āritha^12 yaje^13 tam^14 pra^15 tve^16 havīṃṣi^17 juhure^18 sam’iddhe^19 ।।

3.       1May we worship thee 2in thy 3supreme 4Birth, 5O Fire; 6may we worship thee 7with our chants 9ain the world of thy 8lower 9bsession: 13I adore with sacrifice 11thy native lair 10from which 12thou hast arisen. 17The offerings 18have been cast 16into thee 19when thou wert kindled and ablaze.

3,8,9 supramental beyond (parame) the three lower (avare) sessions (sadha’sthe), Dyaus, Antariksha and Prithivi [15/176]

अग्ने यजस्व हविषा यजीयांछ्रुष्टी देष्णमभि गृणीहि राधः ।

त्वं ह्यसि रयिपती रयीणां त्वं शुक्रस्य वचसो मनोता ॥2.9.4॥

अग्ने1 यजस्व^2 हविषा3 यजीयान्4 श्रुष्टी5 देष्णम्6 अभि7 गृणीहि8 राधः9 ।

त्वम्10 हि11 असि12 रयिऽपतिः13 रयीणाम्14 त्वम्15 शुक्रस्य^16 वचसः17 मनोता18 ॥
agne^1 yajasva^2 haviṣā^3 yajīyān^4 śruṣṭī^5 deṣṇam^6 abhi^7 gṛṇīhi^8 rādhaḥ^9 ।
tvam^10 hi^11 asi^12 rayi’patiḥ^13 rayīṇām^14 tvam^15 śukrasya^16 vacasaḥ^17 manotā^18 ।।

4.       1O Fire, 4be strong for sacrifice, 2do worship 3with my oblation; 5swiftly 8voice my thought 7towards 6the gift 9of the Treasure [achievement]. 11For 10thou 12art 13the wealth-master who hast power 14over the riches, 15thou art 18the thinker 16of the brilliant 17Word.

उभयं ते न क्षीयते वसव्यं दिवेदिवे जायमानस्य दस्म ।

कृधि क्षुमंतं जरितारमग्ने कृधि पतिं स्वपत्यस्य रायः ॥2.9.5॥

उभयम्1 ते2 न^3 क्षीयते4 वसव्यम्5 दिवेऽदिवे6 जायमानस्य^7 दस्म^8 ।

कृधि9 क्षुऽमन्तम्10 जरितारम्11 अग्ने12 कृधि13 पतिम्14 सुऽअपत्यस्य^15 रायः16 ॥
ubhayam^1 te^2 na^3 kṣīyate^4 vasavyam^5 dive’dive^6 jāyamānasya^7 dasma^8 ।
kṛdhi^9 kṣu’mantam^10 jaritāram^11 agne^12 kṛdhi^13 patim^14 su’apatyasya^15 rāyaḥ^16 ।।

5.       1Both kinds of 5wealth 2are thine, 8O potent Godhead and 7because thou art born 6from day to day, 1,3neither 4can waste and perish. 12O Fire, 9make 11thy adorer 10one full of possessions; 13make him 14a master 16of the Treasure and 16of wealth 15rich in progeny.

1 ubhayam 5 vasavyam - two chief fruits of the Vedic sacrifice, wealth of cows and wealth of horses, symbolic of richness of mental illumination and abundance of vital energy. [15/44]

सैनानीकेन सुविदत्रो अस्मे यष्टा देवाँ आयजिष्ठः स्वस्ति ।

अदब्धो गोपा उत नः परस्पा अग्ने द्युमदुत रेवद्दिदीहि ॥2.9.6॥

सः1 एना2 अनीकेन^3 सुऽविदत्रः4 अस्मे5 यष्टा6 देवान्7 आऽयजिष्ठः8 स्वस्ति9 ।

अदब्धः10 गोपाः11 उत^12 नः13 परः14 पाः15 अग्ने16 द्युऽमत्17 उत^18 रेवत्19 दिदीहि20 ॥
saḥ^1 enā^2 anīkena^3 su’vidatraḥ^4 asme^5 yaṣṭā^6 devān^7 ā’yajiṣṭhaḥ^8 svasti^9 ।
adabdhaḥ^10 gopāḥ^11 uta^12 naḥ^13 paraḥ^14 pāḥ^15 agne^16 dyu’mat^17 uta^18 revat^19 didīhi^20 ।।

6.       16O Fire, shine forth 2with this 3force of thine 5in us, 4one perfect in knowledge, 6one who worships 7the Gods and 8is strong for sacrifice. Be our 10indomitable 11guardian 12and 13our 15protector 14to take us to the other side; 20flame in us 17with thy light, 20flame in us 19with thy opulence.

3 form [16/50 fn 29]

Sukta 10

जोहूत्रो अग्निः प्रथमः पितेवेळस्पदे मनुषा यत्समिद्धः ।

श्रियं वसानो अमृतो विचेता मर्मृजेन्यः श्रवस्यः स वाजी ॥2.10.1॥

जोहूत्रः1 अग्निः2 प्रथमः3 पिता4 इव^5 इळः6 पदे7 मनुषा8 यत्9 सम्ऽइद्धः10 ।

श्रियम्11 वसानः12 अमृतः13 विऽचेताः14 मर्मृजेन्यः15 श्रवस्यः16 सः17 वाजी18 ॥
johūtraḥ^1 agniḥ^2 prathamaḥ^3 pitā^4 iva^5 iḻaḥ^6 pade^7 manuṣā^8 yat^9 sam’iddhaḥ^10 ।
śriyam^11 vasānaḥ^12 amṛtaḥ^13 vi’cetāḥ^14 marmṛjenyaḥ^15 śravasyaḥ^16 saḥ^17 vājī^18 ।।

1.       2Fire is to us 5as 3our first 4father and 1to him must rise our call 9when 10he is kindled 8by man 7in the seat 6of his aspiration. 12aHe puts on 11glory and beauty 12blike a robe; 17he is 18our Horse of swiftness 16full of inspiration 15to be groomed by us, 17he is 13the immortal 14wide in knowledge.

18 vājī - the symbol of the dynamic energies, life-powers, etc., by which our will and works and aspiration proceed. [15/529 fn 2]

श्रूया अग्निश्चित्रभानुर्हवं मे विश्वाभिर्गीर्भिरमृतो विचेताः ।

श्यावा रथं वहतो रोहिता वोतारुषाह चक्रे विभृत्रः ॥2.10.2॥

श्रुयाः1 अग्निः2 चित्रऽभानुः3 हवम्4 मे5 विश्वाभिः6 गीःऽभिः7 अमृतः8 विऽचेताः9 ।

श्यावा10 रथम्11 वहतः12 रोहिता13 वा14 उत^15 अरुषा16 अह^17 चक्रे18 विऽभृत्रः19 ॥
śruyāḥ^1 agniḥ^2 citra’bhānuḥ^3 havam^4 me^5 viśvābhiḥ^6 gīḥ’bhiḥ^7 amṛtaḥ^8 vi’cetāḥ^9 ।
śyāvā^10 ratham^11 vahataḥ^12 rohitā^13 vā^14 uta^15 aruṣā^16 aha^17 cakre^18 vi’bhṛtraḥ^19 ।।

2.       1aMay 2Fire 3in the rich diversity of his lights, 8the immortal 9wide in knowledge, 1bhearken to 5my 4cry 6in all 7its words. 10Two tawny horses 12bear him [his 11chariot] 14or 13two that are red 15or 16ruddy in glow. 17Oh, 19one widely borne 18has been created.

16 aruṣā - The rose-red horses of Agni are physically the red flames, psychically the movements of love. [16/599]

उत्तानायामजनयन्त्सुषूतं भुवदग्निः पुरुपेशासु गर्भः ।

शिरिणायां चिदक्तुना महोभिरपरीवृतो वसति प्रचेताः ॥2.10.3॥

उत्तानायाम्1 अजनयन्2 सुऽसूतम्3 भुवत्4 अग्निः5 पुरुऽपेशासु6 गर्भः7 ।

शिरिणायाम्8 चित्9 अक्तुना10 महःऽभिः11 अपरिऽवृतः12 वसति13 प्रऽचेताः14 ॥
uttānāyām^1 ajanayan^2 su’sūtam^3 bhuvat^4 agniḥ^5 puru’peśāsu^6 garbhaḥ^7 ।
śiriṇāyām^8 cit^9 aktunā^10 mahaḥ’bhiḥ^11 apari’vṛtaḥ^12 vasati^13 pra’cetāḥ^14 ।।

3.       2They have given him birth 1in one laid supine 3who with happy delivery bore him; 5the Fire 4became 7a child 6in mothers of many forms. 14This thinker and knower 11by the greatness of his lights 13dwells 9even 8in the destroying Night 12unenveloped 10by the darkness.

6,7 Some poetical images of a symbolic character which describe the many births (6puru’peśāsu) of the divine Flame; sometimes Heaven and Earth are called his two mothers, when the figure is more explicitly symbolic of the pure mental and psychical and the physical consciousness. He is also hymned as the child (7garbhaḥ) of the seven Mothers — for his complete birth is a result of the manifestation of seven principles which constitute our conscious existence — three spiritual of the infinite, three temporal of the finite, and one intermediate — and which are, respectively, the foundation of the seven worlds. [15/391]

13 vasati - shines [16/51 fn 30]

जिघर्म्यग्निं हविषा घृतेन प्रतिक्षियंतं भुवनानि विश्वा ।

पृथुं तिरश्चा वयसा बृहंतं व्यचिष्ठमन्नै रभसं दृशानं ॥॥2.10.4॥

जिघर्मि1 अग्निम्2 हविषा3 घृतेन^4 प्रति5 क्षियन्तम्6 भुवनानि7 विश्वा8 ।

पृथुम्9 तिरश्चा10 वयसा11 बृहन्तम्12 व्यचिष्ठम्13 अन्नैः14 रभसम्15 दृशानम्16 ॥
jigharmi^1 agnim^2 haviṣā^3 ghṛtena^4 prati^5 kṣiyantam^6 bhuvanāni^7 viśvā^8 ।
pṛthum^9 tiraścā^10 vayasā^11 bṛhantam^12 vyaciṣṭham^13 annaiḥ^14 rabhasam^15 dṛśānam^16 ।।

4.       1I anoint 2the Fire 3with my oblation 4of light, 6where he dwells 5fronting 8all 7the worlds; 9wide 10in his horizontal expansion and 12vast, 13he is most open and manifest 14by all he has fed on, 16seen 15in the impetuosity of his force.

15 rabhasam - in the violence of his rapture [16/51 fn 31]

आ विश्वतः प्रत्यंचं जिघर्म्यरक्षसा मनसा तज्जुषेत ।

मर्यश्रीः स्पृहयद्वर्णो अग्निर्नाभिमृशे तन्वा जर्भुराणः ॥2.10.5॥

आ^1 विश्वतः2 प्रत्यञ्चम्3 जिघर्मि4 अरक्षसा5 मनसा6 तत्7 जुषेत^8 ।

मर्यऽश्रीः9 स्पृहयत्10 वर्णः11 अग्निः12 न^13 अभिऽमृशे14 तन्वा15 जर्भुराणः16 ॥
ā^1 viśvataḥ^2 pratyañcam^3 jigharmi^4 arakṣasā^5 manasā^6 tat^7 juṣeta^8 ।
marya’śrīḥ^9 spṛhayat^10 varṇaḥ^11 agniḥ^12 na^13 abhi’mṛśe^14 tanvā^15 jarbhurāṇaḥ^16 ।।

5.       4I anoint 3him where he moves fronting 2all things 1on every side; 8let him rejoice 7in That 6with a mind 5that withholds not the riches. 13None 14can touch 15the body 12of the Fire 16where he plays 10in his desire 11of the hues of light, , 9in his strong and glorious beauty.

6 with a mind 5 without the will to injure [16/52 fn 32]

10 with his desire-waking 11 hue [16/52 fn 33]

ज्ञेया भागं सहसानो वरेण त्वादूतासो मनुवद्वदेम ।

अनूनमग्निं जुह्वा वचस्या मधुपृचं धनसा जोहवीमि ॥2.10.6॥

ज्ञेयाः1 भागम्2 सहसानः3 वरेण^4 त्वा5 दूतासः6 मनु7 वत्8 वदेम^9 ।

अनूनम्10 अग्निम्12 जुह्वा13 वचस्या14 मधु15 पृचम्16 धनऽसाः17 जोहवीमि18 ॥
jñeyāḥ^1 bhāgam^2 sahasānaḥ^3 vareṇa^4 tvā^5 dūtāsaḥ^6 manu^7 vat^8 vadema^9 ।
anūnam^10 agnim^12 juhvā^13 vacasyā^14 madhu^15 pṛcam^16 dhana’sāḥ^17 johavīmi^18 ।।

6.       1Mayst thou take knowledge 2of thy portion 3putting forth thy force 5with thy 4supreme flame; 9may we speak 8as 7the thinking human being 6with thee for Messenger. 17I am one who would conquer the Treasure and 18I call 12to the Fire 14with my power of speech and 13my flame of offering, 10Fire in whom is no insufficiency and 16he brings to us the touch 15of the sweetness.

16 he fills us 15 with the wine of sweetness [16/52 fn 34]

2 bhāgam – part (1.73.5); The sacrifice is essentially an arrangement, a distribution of the human activities and enjoyments among the different cosmic Powers to whose province they by right belong. Therefore the hymns repeatedly speak of the portions of the gods. [15/279]

Hymns of Bhardwaja

MANDALA SIX

Sukta 1

त्वं ह्यग्ने प्रथमो मनोतास्या धियो अभवो दस्म होता ।

त्वं सीं वृषन्नकृणोर्दुष्टरीतु सहो विश्वस्मै सहसे सहध्यै ॥6.1.1॥

त्वम्1 हि2 अग्ने3 प्रथमः4 मनोता5 अस्याः6 धियः7 अभवः8 दस्म^9 होता10 ।

त्वम्11 सीम्12 वृषन्13 अकृणोः14 दुस्तरीतु15 सहः16 विश्वस्मै17 सहसे18 सहध्यै19 ॥
tvam^1 hi^2 agne^3 prathamaḥ^4 manotā^5 asyāḥ^6 dhiyaḥ^7 abhavaḥ^8 dasma^9 hotā^10 ।
tvam^11 sīm^12 vṛṣan^13 akṛṇoḥ^14 dustarītu^15 sahaḥ^16 viśvasmai^17 sahase^18 sahadhyai^19 ।।

1.       9O potent 3Fire, 1thou [2indeed] 8wert 4the first 5thinker 6of this 7thought and 10the priest of the call. 13O Male, 11thou 14hast created 12everywhere around thee 16a force 15invulnerable 19to overpower 17every 18force.

[Alt] 1Thou, 3O Agni, 8art 4the supreme (or first) 5thinker (or giver of thought); and 8art 10the priest of invocation 6of this 7thinking, 9O doer of works (or, O Puissant); 11thou 14hast made 15an impassable 16strength 12for thyself to every side, 13O bull, 19that thou mayst overpower 17every 18force. [16/731]

[Explanation] This godhead of divine active Force is the supreme thinker or the first mentaliser of things. He is then an immortal flame of Power that makes for knowledge. As this thinker, this active Puissance, दस्म, he has become the Hotri of this thought, अस्याः धियः होता. It is as the supreme thinker that he works in the sacrifice, and the sense therefore is that it is by his power of thought that he conducts the sacrifice, brings into it the other gods and gives its fruit. The Hotri is the priest of invocation and also the priest who gives the offering. This divine Power of the sacrificial thought and action brings in the powers of the other gods into the sacrifice and conducts the sacrificial action. Is this spoken of the inner or only of the outer ritual sacrifice?

And the Flame is a flame not of effective thought, but of invincible and inviolable Power. It is the Vrishan, the Bull, the Leader of the Herds, the Strong and Mighty One. In the abundance of its strength [it] makes all around it and us and the sacrifice a force which is hard to pierce or whose defences none can pass, and this invulnerable force is not only defensive but aggressive; it overpowers every force. This may mean that the force of this flame of the divine Will in the sacrificial thought and action overcomes every other hostile force or, more simply and generally, it dominates all surrounding powers and makes the sacrifice master of a movement which nothing can resist, degrade or violate. [16/735-6]

अधा होता न्यसीदो यजीयानिळस्पद इषयन्नीड्यः सन् ।

तं त्वा नरः प्रथमं देवयंतो महो राये चितयंतो अनु ग्मन् ॥6.1.2॥

अध^1 होता2 नि3 असीदः4 यजीयान्5 इळः6 पदे7 इषयन्8 ईड्यः9 सन्10 ।

तम्11 त्वा12 नरः13 प्रथमम्14 देवऽयन्तः15 महः16 राये17 चितयन्तः18 अनु19 ग्मन्20 ॥
adha^1 hotā^2 ni^3 asīdaḥ^4 yajīyān^5 iḻaḥ^6 pade^7 iṣayan^8 īḍyaḥ^9 san^10 ।
tam^11 tvā^12 naraḥ^13 prathamam^14 deva’yantaḥ^15 mahaḥ^16 rāye^17 citayantaḥ^18 anu^19 gman^20 ।।

2.       1And now 5strong for sacrifice, 3,4thou hast taken thy session 7in the seat 6of aspiration, 9,10one aspired to, 2a flamen [priest] of the call, 8an imparter of the impulse. 13Men, 15building the godheads, 18have grown conscious 11of thee, 14the chief and first, and 19,20 followed 16to a mighty 17treasure.

[Alt.] 1Then 3,4didst thou take up thy seat 7in the place 6of revelation 2as the priest of invocation 5mighty for the sacrifice, 9adorable of men, thence 8impelling them to their journey (or to the work). 13The Strong Ones (of old) 15seeking the godhead, 18turning to knowledge, 20followed 19after 12thee, 14the first and supreme, 16to the great 17felicity. [16/731]

[Alt.] 1Then 3,4didst thou take thy seat, 2a priest of the invocation 5very mighty for sacrifice, 7in the seat 6of knowledge (or, of adoration), 8impelling, 9one desirable (or, adorable). 13The strong ones (of old) 15seeking godhead, 18growing in knowledge, 20followed 19after 12thee, 11even that 14supreme (thinker) 16to great 17riches. [16/739]

[Explanation] The Rishi then takes up again and expands the expression of the second pada of the first verse in order to restore the sequence of the idea. It is when he has made around him an invulnerable force to secure the sacrifice and its progress that the divine Flame takes up, as now, his seat as the priest of the invocation and offering and in that fulfilled strength he is very mighty for the works of sacrifice. He sits in the seat of knowledge as the supreme thinker — the Seer Will, may we not say, in the plane of revelatory thought and seeing, इळस्पदे from there he gives the impulsion to the works and the journey of the sacrifice. This is the desirable Godhead, the Flame that men pray for which by its power of knowledge lifts them to immortality. And the Rishi takes up the suggestion of the word “impelling”, इषयन् and indicates the nature of the great journey on whose paths the Flame of the divine Force marches himself and impels the human being. It is the great march which was undertaken by the strong semi-divine men of old. They found this supreme Thinker within, awakened by him to knowledge and growing constantly in knowledge they followed after him to divinise themselves in the planes of immortal being, their objective a felicity of vast riches, an immense wealth of spiritual being. [16/739-40]; The ancient Rishis pursued the leading divine Power on its ways, with a full wakefulness of the mind of knowledge, चितयन्तः, not falling into error or deviating from the path (this psychological sense is extremely frequent in all Vedic literature, it does not mean keeping lively and awake during the sacrifice) and attained in that Power those great riches, — that is to say, in the full flame of the divine Force and Knowledge on its own divine plane देवस्य पदम्. This plane, we find elsewhere, is the home of the Truth सत्यं ऋतं बृहत्. I take it to be the symbol of the supramental plane of existence बृहद् द्यौ:. [16/741]

वृतेव यंतं बहुभिर्वसव्यैस्त्वे रयिं जागृवांसो अनु ग्मन् ।

रुशंतमग्निं दर्शतं बृहंतं वपावंतं विश्वहा दीदिवांसं ॥6.1.3॥

वृता1 इव^2 यन्तम्3 बहुऽभिः4 वसव्यैः5 त्वे6 रयिम्7 जागृऽवांसः8 अनु9 ग्मन्10

रुशन्तम्11 अग्निम्12 दर्शतम्13 बृहन्तम्14 वपाऽवन्तम्15 विश्वहा16 दीदिऽवांसम्17 ॥

vṛtā^1 iva^2 yantam^3 bahu’bhiḥ^4 vasavyaiḥ^5 tve^6 rayim^7 jāgṛ’vāṃsaḥ^8 anu^9 gman^10
ruśantam^11 agnim^12 darśatam^13 bṛhantam^14 vapā’vantam^15 viśvahā^16 dīdi’vāṃsam^17 ।।

3.       6In thee 8awake, 10they followed 9after 7the Treasure 2as 9in the wake of 3one who walks 1on a path 4with many 5possessions, 9in the wake of 14the vast 11glowing 13visioned 15embodied 12Fire 17that casts its light 16always and for ever.

[Alt.] 8They with wakeful hearts 9,10followed thee, and 3thou travelledst 2as 1on a path 4with thy many 5colonists, and 10they attained 7to felicity 6in thee; 9,10yea they followed 11the blazing 12Flame 13which is visioned and 14vast and 15full of substance, and 17ashines with 16all manner of 17blustres. [16/732]

[Alt.] 9In thy wake 3as thou travelledst 2as 1on a path 4with thy many 5colonists (or lords of riches) 10they followed 8wakeful 9after thee and 10came in thee 7to (those) riches, — (9in the wake of) 12Agni 11blazing, 13visible (or, full of sight), 14vast, 15full of substance, 16ever 17luminous (or, 17ashining 16in all ways of 17blight). [16/741]

[Explanation] The divine Flame marches as if on a path; the oft-mentioned path of Truth by which the Rishis, we are told, attained to immortality. He goes surrounded by the souls that aspire to transcend the two firmaments [of heaven and earth] and have to be lodged in that supreme dwelling place, क्षय: क्षेत्रं etc. He is bright and vast, a visible or a seeing might of the divine force and consciousness, full of the body and substance वपाऽवन्तम् of its light and flame, always lifting up its lustres or else shining with a manifold and universal light of knowledge. [16/742]

पदं देवस्य नमसा व्यंतः श्रवस्यवः श्रव आपन्नमृक्तं ।

नामानि चिद्दधिरे यज्ञियानि भद्रायां ते रणयंत संदृष्टौ ॥6.1.4॥

पदम्1 देवस्य^2 नमसा3 व्यन्तः4 श्रवस्यवः5 श्रवः6 आपन्7 अमृक्तम्8 ।

नामानि9 चित्10 दधिरे11 यज्ञियानि12 भद्रायाम्13 ते14 रणयन्त^15 सम्ऽदृष्टौ16॥
padam^1 devasya^2 namasā^3 vyantaḥ^4 śravasyavaḥ^5 śravaḥ^6 āpan^7 amṛktam^8 ।
nāmāni^9 cit^10 dadhire^11 yajñiyāni^12 bhadrāyām^13 te^14 raṇayanta^15 sam’dṛṣṭau^16।।

4.       4Travellers 3with surrender 1to the plane 2of the godhead, 5seekers of inspired knowledge, 7they won 8an inviolate 6inspiration, 11they held 12the sacrificial 9Names and 15had delight in 14thy 13happy 16vision.

[Alt.] 4They came 3by adoration 1to the seat 2of the godhead; 5they desired inspired knowledge and 7they attained 8to an inviolate 6knowledge; 10yea, even, 11they held in them 12the sacrificial 9Names; 15they took delight in 14thy 13blissful 16power of vision. [ 16/732]

3 namasā - literally “bending down” and is applied to the act of adoring submission to the deity rendered physically by the prostration of the body. When therefore the Rishi speaks of “bearing obeisance to Agni” we can hardly doubt that he gives to namas the psychological sense of the inward prostration, the act of submission or surrender to the deity. [15/63]

त्वां वर्धंति क्षितयः पृथिव्यां त्वां राय उभयासो जनानां ।

त्वं त्राता तरणे चेत्यो भूः पिता माता सदमिन्मानुषाणां ॥6.1.5॥

त्वाम्1 वर्धन्ति2 क्षितयः3 पृथिव्याम्4 त्वाम्5 रायः6 उभयासः7 जनानाम्8 ।

त्वम्9 त्राता10 तरणे11 चेत्यः12 भूः13 पिता14 माता15 सदम्16 इत्17 मानुषाणाम्18 ॥
tvām^1 vardhanti^2 kṣitayaḥ^3 pṛthivyām^4 tvām^5 rāyaḥ^6 ubhayāsaḥ^7 janānām^8 ।
tvam^9 trātā^10 taraṇe^11 cetyaḥ^12 bhūḥ^13 pitā^14 mātā^15 sadam^16 it^17 mānuṣāṇām^18 ।।

5.       3The peoples 2increase 1thee 4on the earth; 7both kinds 6of riches 8of men 2increase 5thee. O Fire, 11our pilot through the battle, 9thou 13art 10the deliverer 12whom we must know, 16ever 14a father and 15mother 18to human beings.

सपर्येण्यः स प्रियो विक्ष्वग्निर्होता मंद्रो नि षसादा यजीयान् ।

तं त्वा वयं दम आ दीदिवांसमुप ज्ञुबाधो नमसा सदेम ॥6.1.6॥

सपर्येण्यः1 सः2 प्रियः3 विक्षु4 अग्निः5 होता6 मन्द्रः7 नि8 ससाद^9 यजीयान्10 ।

तम्11 त्वा12 वयम्13 दमे14 आ^15 दीदिऽवांसम्16 उप^17 ज्ञुऽबाधः18 नमसा19 सदेम^20॥
saparyeṇyaḥ^1 saḥ^2 priyaḥ^3 vikṣu^4 agniḥ^5 hotā^6 mandraḥ^7 ni^8 sasāda^9 yajīyān^10 ।
tam^11 tvā^12 vayam^13 dame^14 ā^15 dīdi’vāṃsam^16 upa^17 jñu’bādhaḥ^18 namasā^19 sadema^20।।

6.       3Dear and 1servable is 2this 5Fire 4in men; 7a rapturous 6priest of the call 8,9has taken up his session, 10strong for sacrifice. 18Pressing the knee 20amay 13we 17,15,20come to [11that] 12thee 19with obeisance of surrender 16when thou flamest alight 14in the house.

तं त्वा वयं सुध्यो नव्यमग्ने सुम्नायव ईमहे देवयंतः

त्वं विशो अनयो दीद्यानो दिवो अग्ने बृहता रोचनेन ॥6.1.7॥

त्वम्1 त्वा2 वयम्3 सुऽध्यः4 नव्यम्5 अग्ने6 सुम्नऽयवः7 ईमहे8 देवऽयन्तः9 ।

त्वम्10 विशः11 अनयः12 दीद्यानः13 दिवः14 अग्ने15 बृहता16 रोचनेन^17 ॥
tvam^1 tvā^2 vayam^3 su’dhyaḥ^4 navyam^5 agne^6 sumna’yavaḥ^7 īmahe^8 deva’yantaḥ^9 ।
tvam^10 viśaḥ^11 anayaḥ^12 dīdyānaḥ^13 divaḥ^14 agne^15 bṛhatā^16 rocanena^17 ।।

7.       6O Fire, 3we 8desire 2thee, the god 5to whom must rise our cry, 3we 4the right thinkers, 7the seekers of bliss, 9the builders of the godheads. 15O Fire, 13shining with light 10thou 12leadest 11men 16through the vast 17luminous 14world of heaven.

विशां कविं विश्पतिं शश्वतीनां नितोशनं वृषभं चर्षणीनां ।

प्रेतीषणिमिषयंतं पावकं राजंतमग्निं यजतं रयीणां ॥6.1.8॥

विशाम्1 कविम्2 विश्पतिम्3 शश्वतीनाम्4 निऽतोशनम्5 वृषभम्6 चर्षणीनाम्7 ।

प्रेति8 इषणिम्9 इषयन्तम्10 पावकम्11 राजन्तम्12 अग्निम्13 यजतम्14 रयीणाम्15 ॥
viśām^1 kavim^2 viśpatim^3 śaśvatīnām^4 ni’tośanam^5 vṛṣabham^6 carṣaṇīnām^7 ।
preti^8 iṣaṇim^9 iṣayantam^10 pāvakam^11 rājantam^12 agnim^13 yajatam^14 rayīṇām^15 ।।

8.       2To the seer, 3the Master of creatures who rules over 4the eternal 1generations of peoples, 5the Smiter, 6the Bull 7of those that see, 9the mover to the journey 8beyond 10who drives us, 11the purifying Flame, 14the Power in the sacrifice, 13Fire 12the Regent 15of the Treasures!

सो अग्न ईजे शशमे च मर्तो यस्त आनट् समिधा हव्यदातिं ।

य आहुतिं परि वेदा नमोभिर्विश्वेत्स वामा दधते त्वोतः ॥6.1.9॥

सः1 अग्ने2 ईजे3 शशमे4 च^5 मर्तः6 यः7 ते8 आनट्9 सम्ऽइधा10 हव्य^11 दातिम्12 ।

यः13 आऽहुतिम्14 परि15 वेद^16 नमःऽभिः17 विश्वा18 इत्19 सः20 वामा21 दधते22 त्वा23 ऊतः24 ॥
saḥ^1 agne^2 īje^3 śaśame^4 ca^5 martaḥ^6 yaḥ^7 te^8 ānaṭ^9 sam’idhā^10 havya^11 dātim^12 ।
yaḥ^13 ā’hutim^14 pari^15 veda^16 namaḥ’bhiḥ^17 viśvā^18 it^19 saḥ^20 vāmā^21 dadhate^22 tvā^23 ūtaḥ^24 ।।

9.       2O Fire, 6the mortal 3has done his sacrifice 5and 4achieved his labour 7who 9has worked out 12the gift 11of the oblation 10with the fuel 8of thy flame and 15wholly 16learned 14the way of the offering 17by his prostrations of surrender; 20he lives in 23thy 24guard and 22holds in himself 18all 21desirable things.

अस्मा उ ते महि महे विधेम नमोभिरग्ने समिधोत हव्यैः ।

वेदी सूनो सहसो गीर्भिरुक्थैरा ते भद्रायां सुमतौ यतेम ॥6.1.10॥

अस्मै1 ऊं2 ते3 महि4 महे5 विधेम^6 नमःऽभिः7 अग्ने8 सम्ऽइधा9 उत^10 हव्यैः11 ।

वेदी12 सूनो13 सहसः1^4 गीःऽभिः1^5 उक्थैः1^6 आ^1^7 ते1^8 भद्रायाम्19 सुऽमतौ2^0 यतेम^2^1॥
asmai^1 ūṃ^2 te^3 mahi^4 mahe^5 vidhema^6 namaḥ’bhiḥ^7 agne^8 sam’idhā^9 uta^10 havyaiḥ^11 ।
vedī^12 sūno^13 sahasaḥ^14 gīḥ’bhiḥ^15 ukthaiḥ^16 ā^17 te^18 bhadrāyām^19 su’matau^20 yatema^21।।

10. 8O Fire, 13O Son 1^4of Force, 6may we offer to 3thy 5greatness 4that which is great, 7worshipping thee with the obeisance and 9the fuel 10and 11the offering, 12the altar and 1^5the word and 1^6the utterance. 1^7,2^1For we would work and strive in 1^8thy 19happy 2^0right thinking, 8O Fire.

आ यस्ततंथ रोदसी वि भासा श्रवोभिश्च श्रवस्यस्तरुत्रः ।

बृहद्भिर्वाजैः स्थविरेभिरस्मे रेवद्भिरग्ने वितरं वि भाहि ॥6.1.11 ॥

आ^1 यः2 ततन्थ^3 रोदसी4 वि5 भासा6 श्रवःऽभिः7 च^8 श्रवस्यः9 तरुत्रः10 ।

बृहत्ऽभिः11 वाजैः12 स्थविरेभिः13 अस्मे14 रेवत्ऽभिः15 अग्ने16 विऽतरम्17 विभाहि18॥
ā^1 yaḥ^2 tatantha^3 rodasī^4 vi^5 bhāsā^6 śravaḥ’bhiḥ^7 ca^8 śravasyaḥ^9 tarutraḥ^10 ।
bṛhat’bhiḥ^11 vājaiḥ^12 sthavirebhiḥ^13 asme^14 revat’bhiḥ^15 agne^16 vi’taram^17 vibhāhi^18।।

11. 2O thou who 9art filled with inspiration 8and 10a passer of barriers, 2O thou 1,3who hast extended 4earth and heaven 5,6by the wideness of thy light 8and 7thy inspired discoveries of knowledge, 18shine 17wider yet 14in us 11with thy large and 13solid and 15opulent 12amassings, 16O Fire.

नृवद्वसो सदमिद्धेह्यस्मे भूरि तोकाय तनयाय पश्वः ।

पूर्वीरिषो बृहतीरारेअघा अस्मे भद्रा सौश्रवसानि संतु ॥6.1.12॥

नृऽवत्1 वसो2 सदम्3 इत्4 धेहि5 अस्मे6 भूरि7 तोकाय^8 तनयाय^9 पश्वः10 ।

पूर्वीः11 इषः12 बृहतीः13 आरे14 अघाः15 अस्मे16 भद्रा17 सौश्रवसानि18 सन्तु19 ॥
nṛ’vat^1 vaso^2 sadam^3 it^4 dhehi^5 asme^6 bhūri^7 tokāya^8 tanayāya^9 paśvaḥ^10 ।
pūrvīḥ^11 iṣaḥ^12 bṛhatīḥ^13 āre^14 aghāḥ^15 asme^16 bhadrā^17 sauśravasāni^18 santu^19 ।।

12. 2O Prince of Riches, 5fix 3always 6in us 1that in which are the Gods, 5settle 4here 7many 10herds 8,9for the begotten son. 16In us 19may there be 17the happy 18things of true inspiration and 11the multitude 13of the large 12impulsions from which 15evil is 14far.

10 paśvaḥ - The herds are the illuminations that come to us from the supramental Truth, herding rays of the sun of Light. [15/408 fn 9]

17 bhadrā - Bhadram means anything good, auspicious, happy…. equivalent to suvitam, right going, which means all good and felicity belonging to the state of the Truth, the Ritam [15/67]

पुरूण्यग्ने पुरुधा त्वाया वसूनि राजन्वसुता ते अश्यां ।

पुरूणि हि त्वे पुरुवार संत्यग्ने वसु विधते राजनि त्वे ॥6.1.13॥

पुरूणि1 अग्ने2 पुरुधा3 त्वाऽया4 वसूनि5 राजन्6 वसुता7 ते8 अश्याम्9 ।

पुरूणि10 हि11 त्वे12 पुरुऽवार^13 सन्ति14 अग्ने15 वसु16 विधते17 राजनि18 त्वे19 ॥
purūṇi^1 agne^2 purudhā^3 tvā’yā^4 vasūni^5 rājan^6 vasutā^7 te^8 aśyām^9 ।
purūṇi^10 hi^11 tve^12 puru’vāra^13 santi^14 agne^15 vasu^16 vidhate^17 rājani^18 tve^19 ।।

13. 6O King, 2O Fire, 9let me enjoy 4by thee and 8thy 7princehood of the riches 1many 5riches 3in many ways; 11for, 15O Fire 13of many blessings, 14there are 10many 16treasures 17for thy worshipper 19in thee, 18the King.

Sukta 2

त्वं हि क्षैतवद् यशोऽग्ने मित्रो न पत्यसे ।
त्वं विचर्षणे श्रवो वसो पुष्टिं न पुष्यसि ॥6.2.1॥

त्वम्1 हि2 क्षैतऽवत्3 यशः4 अग्ने5 मित्रः6 न^7 पत्यसे8 ।
त्वम्9 विऽचर्षणे10 श्रवः11 वसो12 पुष्टिम्13 न^14 पुष्यसि15 ॥
tvam^1 hi^2 kṣaita’vat^3 yaśaḥ^4 agne^5 mitraḥ^6 na^7 patyase^8 ।
tvam^9 vi’carṣaṇe^10 śravaḥ^11 vaso^12 puṣṭim^13 na^14 puṣyasi^15 ।।

1.       5O Fire, 1thou 8travellest 7like 6a friend 4to the glory 3where is our home. 10O wide-seeing 12Prince of the Treasure, 15thou nurturest 11our inspiration and 13our growth.

त्वां हि ष्मा चर्षणयो यज्ञेभिर्गीर्भिरीळते ।
त्वां वाजी यात्यवृको रजस्तूर्विश्वचर्षणिः ॥6.2.2॥

त्वाम्1 हि2 स्म^3 चर्षणयः4 यज्ञेभिः5 गीःऽभिः6 ईळते7 ।

त्वाम्8 वाजी9 याति10 अवृकः11 रजःऽतूः12 विश्वऽचर्षणिः13 ॥
tvām^1 hi^2 sma^3 carṣaṇayaḥ^4 yajñebhiḥ^5 gīḥ’bhiḥ^6 īḻate^7 ।
tvām^8 vājī^9 yāti^10 avṛkaḥ^11 rajaḥ’tūḥ^12 viśva’carṣaṇiḥ^13 ।।

2.       4Men who see 7aspire 1to thee 6with the word and 5the sacrifice. 8To thee 10comes 13the all-seeing 9Horse 12that crosses the mid-world, 11the Horse that no wolf tears.

सजोषस्त्वा दिवो नरो यज्ञस्य केतुमिन्धते ।
यद्ध स्य मानुषो जनः सुम्नायुर्जुह्वे अध्वरे ॥6.2.3॥

सऽजोषः1 त्वा2 दिवः3 नरः4 यज्ञस्य^5 केतुम्6 इन्धते7 ।

यत्8 ह^9 स्यः10 मानुषः11 जनः12 सुम्नऽयुः13 जुह्वे14 अध्वरे15 ॥
sa’joṣaḥ^1 tvā^2 divaḥ^3 naraḥ^4 yajñasya^5 ketum^6 indhate^7 ।
yat^8 ha^9 syaḥ^10 mānuṣaḥ^11 janaḥ^12 sumna’yuḥ^13 juhve^14 adhvare^15 ।।

3.       4The Men 3of Heaven 1with a single joy 7aset 2thee 7balight 6to be the eye of intuition 5of the sacrifice 8,9when 10this 11human 12being, 13this seeker of bliss, 14casts his offering 15in the pilgrim Rite.

6 ketuḥ means perception, a perceptive vision in the mental consciousness, a faculty of knowledge. [15/134]

ऋधद् यस्ते सुदानवे धिया मर्तः शशमते ।
ऊती ष बृहतो दिवो द्विषो अंहो न तरति ॥6.2.4॥

ऋधत्1 यः2 ते3 सुऽदानवे4 धिया5 मर्तः6 शशमते7 ।

ऊती8 सः9 बृहतः10 दिवः11 द्विषः12 अंहः13 न^14 तरति15 ॥
ṛdhat^1 yaḥ^2 te^3 su’dānave^4 dhiyā^5 martaḥ^6 śaśamate^7 ।
ūtī^8 saḥ^9 bṛhataḥ^10 divaḥ^11 dviṣaḥ^12 aṃhaḥ^13 na^14 tarati^15 ।।

4.       6The mortal 1should grow in riches 2who 7achieves the work 5by the Thought 3for thee, 4the great giver; 9he 8is in the keeping 10of the Vast 11Heaven and 15crosses beyond 12the hostile powers and 1^3their evil.

13 aṃhaḥ - sin (6.11.6); the narrowness full of suffering and evil, is the unenlightened state of our limited mentality [15/530 fn 3]

समिधा यस्त आहुतिं निशितिं मर्त्यो नशत् ।
वयावन्तं स पुष्यति क्षयमग्ने शतायुषम् ॥6.2.5॥

सम्ऽइधा1 यः2 ते3 आऽहुतिम्4 निऽशितिम्5 मर्त्यः6 नशत्7 ।

वयाऽवन्तम्8 सः9 पुष्यति10 क्षयम्11 अग्ने12 शतऽआयुषम्13 ॥
sam’idhā^1 yaḥ^2 te^3 ā’hutim^4 ni’śitim^5 martyaḥ^6 naśat^7 ।
vayā’vantam^8 saḥ^9 puṣyati^10 kṣayam^11 agne^12 śata’āyuṣam^13 ।।

5.       12O Fire, when 6mortal man 7arrives 1by the fuel of thy flame 4to the way of the oblation and 5the sharpening of thy intensities, 9he 10increases 8his branching 11house, his house 13of the hundred of life.

11 kṣayam - The house in the Veda is the constant image for the bodies that are dwelling-places of the soul. [15/197]; क्षय is established dwelling or habitation in a fixed condition of consciousness or that condition so fixed and inhabited. [16/588]

त्वेषस्ते धूम ऋण्वति दिवि षञ्छुक्र आततः ।
सूरो न हि द्युता त्वं कृपा पावक रोचसे ॥6.2.6॥

त्वेषः1 ते2 धूमः3 ऋण्वति4 दिवि5 सन्6 शुक्रः7 आऽततः8 ।

सूरः9 न^10 हि11 द्युता12 त्वम्13 कृपा14 पावक^15 रोचसे16 ॥
tveṣaḥ^1 te^2 dhūmaḥ^3 ṛṇvati^4 divi^5 san^6 śukraḥ^7 ā’tataḥ^8 ।
sūraḥ^9 na^10 hi^11 dyutā^12 tvam^13 kṛpā^14 pāvaka^15 rocase^16 ।।

6.       3The smoke 2from thy 1blaze 4journeys and 5in heaven 6is 8outstretched 7brilliant-white. 15O purifying Fire, 13thou 16shinest 14with a flame 10like 12the light 9of the sun.

3 dhūmaḥ - Our passions and obscure emotions are the smoke of Agni’s burning. [15/278]

अधाहि विक्ष्वीड्योऽसि प्रियो नो अतिथिः ।
रण्वः पुरीव जूर्यः सूनुर्न त्रययाय्यः ॥6.2.7॥

अध^1 हि2 विक्षु3 ईड्यः4 असि5 प्रियः6 नः7 अतिथिः8 ।

रण्वः9 पुरिऽइव^10 जूर्यः11 सूनुः12 न^13 त्रययाय्यः14 ॥
adha^1 hi^2 vikṣu^3 īḍyaḥ^4 asi^5 priyaḥ^6 naḥ^7 atithiḥ^8 ।
raṇvaḥ^9 puri’iva^10 jūryaḥ^11 sūnuḥ^12 na^13 trayayāyyaḥ^14 ।।

7.       1Now 5art thou here 3in men, 4one to be aspired to and a 6beloved 8guest [7for us]; for thou art like one 9delightful and 11adorable 10in the city and 13as if 12our son and 14a traveller of the triple world.

10 puri - The “seats” or homes of the soul, which progresses from plane to plane and makes of each a habitation. They are sometimes called the cities. There are seven such planes each with its seven provinces and one additional above. Usually we hear of a hundred cities, the double number perhaps representing the downward gaze in each, of the Soul upon Nature and the upward aspiration of Nature to the Soul. [15/458]

14 trayayāyyaḥ - The Godhead has built this universe in a complex system of worlds which we find both within us and without, subjectively cognised and objectively sensed. The seers often image it in a series of trios; there are three earths and three heavens. More, there is a triple world below, Heaven, Earth and the intervening mid-region; a triple world between, the shining heavens of the Sun; a triple world above, the supreme and rapturous abodes of the Godhead. [15/370-1]

क्रत्वा हि द्रोणे अज्यसेऽग्ने वाजी न कृत्व्यः ।
परिज्मेव स्वधा गयोऽत्यो न ह्वार्यः शिशुः ॥6.2.8॥

क्रत्वा1 हि2 द्रोणे3 अज्यसे4 अग्ने5 वाजी6 न^7 कृत्व्यः8 ।

परिज्माऽइव^9 स्वधा10 गयः11 अत्यः12 न^13 ह्वार्यः14 शिशुः15 ॥
kratvā^1 hi^2 droṇe^3 ajyase^4 agne^5 vājī^6 na^7 kṛtvyaḥ^8 ।
parijmā’iva^9 svadhā^10 gayaḥ^11 atyaḥ^12 na^13 hvāryaḥ^14 śiśuḥ^15 ।।

8.       5O Fire, 4thou art driven 1by the will 3in our gated house 7like 6a horse 8apt for our work; thou art 10by thy nature 9like a far-spreading 11mansion and 13like 12a galloper 14of winding ways and 15a little child.

14 hvāryaḥ - the ways of the lower being are crooked windings beset with pits and stumbling-blocks over a rugged and uneven ground. [15/476]

त्वं त्या चिदच्युताऽग्ने पशुर्न यवसे ।
धामा ह यत् अजर वना वृश्चन्ति शिक्वसः ॥6.2.9॥

त्वम्1 त्या2 चित्3 अच्युता4 अग्ने5 पशुः6 न^7 यवसे8 ।

धाम^9 ह^10 यत्11 ते12 अजर^13 वना14 वृश्चन्ति15 शिक्वसः16 ॥
tvam^1 tyā^2 cit^3 acyutā^4 agne^5 paśuḥ^6 na^7 yavase^8 ।
dhāma^9 ha^10 yat^11 te^12 ajara^13 vanā^14 vṛścanti^15 śikvasaḥ^16 ।।

9.       5O Fire, 1thou art 7like 6a beast 8in thy pasture and devourest 3even 2the 4unfallen things; 9the lustres 12of thy 16blaze 15tear to pieces 14the woodlands, 13O ageless Flame.

[Explanation] When Agni emerges, he is outwardly obscure in his workings. He becomes, first, not a pure Will, though really he is always pure, but a vital Will, the desire of the Life in us, 6a Beast 8grazing in its pasture, a force of devouring desire that feeds upon earth’s growths, 15tears and ravages all upon which it feeds and leaves a black and charred line to mark its path where there was the joy and glory of 14earth’s woodlands. [15/389; 5.9.6 – 15/425]

वेषि ह्यध्वरीयतामग्ने होता दमे विशाम् ।
समृधो विश्पते कृणु जुषस्व हव्यमङ्गिरः ॥6.2.10॥

वेषि1 हि2 अध्वरिऽयताम्3 अग्ने4 होता5 दमे6 विशाम्7 ।

सम्ऽऋधः8 विश्पते9 कृणु10 जुषस्व^11 हव्यम्12 अङ्गिरः13 ॥
veṣi^1 hi^2 adhvari’yatām^3 agne^4 hotā^5 dame^6 viśām^7 ।
sam’ṛdhaḥ^8 viśpate^9 kṛṇu^10 juṣasva^11 havyam^12 aṅgiraḥ^13 ।।

10. 4O Fire, 1thou comest 5a Priest of the call 6into the house 7of men 3that do the Rite of the Path. 10Make us 8complete in the treasure, 9O Master of men! 13O Angiras flame-seer, 11rejoice 12in our oblation.

अच्छा नो मित्रमहो देव देवानग्ने वोचः सुमतिं रोदस्योः ।
वीहि स्वस्तिं सुक्षितिं दिवो नृन् द्विषो अंहांसि दुरिता तरेम ता तरेम तवावसा तरेम ॥6.2.11॥

अच्छ^1 नः2 मित्रऽमहः3 देव^4 देवान्5 अग्ने6 वोचः7 सुऽमतिम्8 रोदस्योः9 ।

वीहि10 स्वस्तिम्11 सुऽक्षितिम्12 दिवः13 नॄन्14 द्विषः15 अंहांसि16 दुःऽइता17 तरेम^18 ता19 तरेम^20 तव^21 अवसा22 तरेम^23 ॥
accha^1 naḥ^2 mitra’mahaḥ^3 deva^4 devān^5 agne^6 vocaḥ^7 su’matim^8 rodasyoḥ^9 ।
vīhi^10 svastim^11 su’kṣitim^12 divaḥ^13 nṝn^14 dviṣaḥ^15 aṃhāṃsi^16 duḥ’itā^17 tarema^18 tā^19 tarema^20 tava^21 avasā^22 tarema^23 ।।

11. 6O Fire, 3O friendly Light, 4O Godhead, 1turn 5to the Godheads, 7mayst thou speak 2for us 8the true thought 9of Earth and Heaven; 10move 11to the peace and 12the happy abode and 14the men 13of Heaven. 18Let us pass beyond 15the foe and 16the sin and 17the stumbling; 20let us pass beyond 19these things, 23apass 21in thy 22akeeping 23bthrough them 22bsafe.

8 su’matim - Mati means any activity of the mind; right thoughts in the intellect, right feelings in the heart, right perceptions in the sensational mind, sumati may embrace any or all of these associations; in another context, by a different turn of the prefix, it may express kindly thoughts, friendly feelings, happy perceptions. [14/134]

Right thoughts, right sensibilities, — this is the full sense of the word sumati; for the Vedic mati includes not only the thinking, but also the emotional parts of mentality. Sumati is a light in the thoughts; it is also a bright gladness and kindness in the soul. [15/262]

12 su’kṣitim - to our home in the world of Truth, the superconscient plane, own home of Agni. It is reached by an ascent from plane to plane opened in succession by the power of the divine illumining Word. [15/415 fn 5]

17 duḥ’itā - duritam error or stumbling, sin and perversion. Duritam is calamity, suffering, all ill result of error and ill doing. All that is evil, viśvāni duritāni, belongs to the evil dream that has to be turned away from us. [15/304]; Duritam means literally stumbling or wrong going, figuratively all that is wrong and evil, all sin, error, calamity. [15/134]

Sukta 3

अग्ने स क्षेषदृतपा ऋतेजा उरु ज्योतिर्नशते देवयुष्टे ।
यं त्वं मित्रेण वरुणः सजोषा देव पासि त्यजसा मर्तमंहः ॥6.3.1॥

अग्ने1 सः2 क्षेषत्3 ऋतऽपाः4 ऋतेऽजाः5 उरु6 ज्योतिः7 नशते8 देवऽयुः9 ते10 ।

यम्11 त्वम्12 मित्रेण^13 वरुणः14 सऽजोषाः15 देव^16 पासि17 त्यजसा18 मर्तम्19 अंहः20 ॥
agne^1 saḥ^2 kṣeṣat^3 ṛta’pāḥ^4 ṛte’jāḥ^5 uru^6 jyotiḥ^7 naśate^8 deva’yuḥ^9 te^10 ।
yam^11 tvam^12 mitreṇa^13 varuṇaḥ^14 sa’joṣāḥ^15 deva^16 pāsi^17 tyajasā^18 martam^19 aṃhaḥ^20 ।।

1.       9The mortal who longs for the Godhead 3shall take up his home with thee, 1O Fire, 2he 5is born into the Truth and 4a guardian of the Truth and 8comes to 10thy 6wide 7Light,—11he in whom 12thou 14being Varuna 15atakest 13with Mitra 15ba common delight and 12thou 17guardest 19that mortal, 16O God, 18by thy casting away from him 20of evil.

6 uru - equivalent to brhat, the Vast, and indicates the infinite freedom of the Truth-consciousness. [15/77]

ईजे यज्ञेभिः शशमे शमीभिर्ऋधद्वारायाग्नये ददाश ।
एवा चन तं यशसामजुष्टिनाँहो मर्तं नशते न प्रदृप्तिः ॥6.3.2॥

ईजे1 यज्ञेभिः2 शशमे3 शमीभिः4 ऋधत्ऽवाराय^5 अग्नये6 ददाश^7 ।

एव^8 चन^9 तम्10 यशसाम्11 अजुष्टिः12 न^13 अंहः14 मर्तम्15 नशते16 न^17 प्रऽदृप्तिः18 ॥
īje^1 yajñebhiḥ^2 śaśame^3 śamībhiḥ^4 ṛdhat’vārāya^5 agnaye^6 dadāśa^7 ।
eva^8 cana^9 tam^10 yaśasām^11 ajuṣṭiḥ^12 na^13 aṃhaḥ^14 martam^15 naśate^16 na^17 pra’dṛptiḥ^18 ।।

2.       1He has sacrificed 2with sacrifices, 3he has achieved his labour 4by his works, 7he has given 6to the Fire 5whose boons grew ever in opulence. 8,9And so 16there befalls 10him 13not 12the turning away 11of the Glorious Ones; 14evil 16comes 17not 10to him 17nor 18the insolence of the adversary.

सूरो न यस्य दृशतिररेपा भीमा यदेति शुचतस्त आ धीः ।
हेषस्वतः शुरुधो नायमक्तोः कुत्रा चिद् रण्वो वसतिर्वनेजाः ॥6.3.3॥

सूरः1 न^2 यस्य^3 दृशतिः4 अरेपाः5 भीमा6 यत्7 एति8 शुचतः9 ते10 आ^11 धीः12 ।

हेषस्वतः13 शुरुधः14 न^15 अयम्16 अक्तोः17 कुत्र^18 चित्19 रण्वः20 वसतिः21 वनेऽजाः22 ॥
sūraḥ^1 na^2 yasya^3 dṛśatiḥ^4 arepāḥ^5 bhīmā^6 yat^7 eti^8 śucataḥ^9 te^10 ā^11 dhīḥ^12 ।
heṣasvataḥ^13 śurudhaḥ^14 na^15 ayam^16 aktoḥ^17 kutra^18 cit^19 raṇvaḥ^20 vasatiḥ^21 vane’jāḥ^22 ।।

3.       5Faultless is 10thy 4seeing 2like 1the sun's; 6terrible 11,8marches 10thy 12thought 7when 9blazing with light 13thou neighest aloud 15like 14a force of battle. 16This Fire 22was born in the pleasant woodland and 20is a rapturous 21dweller 18,19somewhere 17in the night.

तिग्मं चिदेम महि वर्पो अस्य भसदश्वो न यमसान आसा ।
विजेहमानः परशुर्न जिह्वां द्रविर्न द्रावयति दारु धक्षत् ॥6.3.4॥

तिग्मम्1 चित्2 एम^3 महि4 वर्पः5 अस्य^6 भसत्7 अश्वः8 न^9 यमसानः10 आसा11 ।

विऽजेहमानः12 परशुः13 न^14 जिह्वाम्15 द्रविः16 न^17 द्रवयति18 दारु19 धक्षत्20 ॥
tigmam^1 cit^2 ema^3 mahi^4 varpaḥ^5 asya^6 bhasat^7 aśvaḥ^8 na^9 yamasānaḥ^10 āsā^11 ।
vi’jehamānaḥ^12 paraśuḥ^13 na^14 jihvām^15 draviḥ^16 na^17 dravayati^18 dāru^19 dhakṣat^20 ।।

4.       1Fiery-sharp is 6his 3march and 4great 6his 5body, — 9he is like 8a horse 7that eats and 10champs 11with his mouth: 12ahe casts 15his tongue 14like 13an axe 12bto every side, 17like 16a smelter 18he melts 19the log 20that he burns.

स इदस्तेव प्रति धादसिष्यञ्छिशीत तेजोऽयसो न धाराम् ।
चित्रध्रजतिररतिर्यो अक्तोर्वेर्न द्रुषद्वा रघुपत्मजंहाः ॥6.3.5॥

सः1 इत्2 अस्ताऽइव^3 प्रति4 धात्5 असिष्यन्6 शिशीत^7 तेजः8 अयसः9 न^10 धाराम्11 ।

चित्रऽध्रजतिः12 अरतिः13 यः14 अक्तोः15 वेः16 न^17 द्रुऽसद्वा18 रघुपत्मऽजंहाः19 ॥
saḥ^1 it^2 astā’iva^3 prati^4 dhāt^5 asiṣyan^6 śiśīta^7 tejaḥ^8 ayasaḥ^9 na^10 dhārām^11 ।
citra’dhrajatiḥ^12 aratiḥ^13 yaḥ^14 aktoḥ^15 veḥ^16 na^17 dru’sadvā^18 raghupatma’jaṃhāḥ^19 ।।

5.       1He 4,5sets 3like an archer 6his shaft for the shooting, 1he 7sharpens 8his powers of light 10like 11an edge 9of steel. 1He 13is the traveller 15of the night 12with rich rapid movements; 1he 19has thighs of swift motion and is 17like 16a bird 18that settles on a tree.

स ईं रेभो न प्रति वस्त उस्राः शोचिषा रारपीति मित्रमहाः ।
नक्तं य ईमरुषो यो दिवा नृनमर्त्यो अरुषो यो दिवा नृन् ॥6.3.6॥

सः1 ईम्2 रेभः3 न^4 प्रति5 वस्ते6 उस्राः7 शोचिषा8 ररपीति9 मित्रऽमहाः10 ।

नक्तम्11 यः12 ईम्13 अरुषः14 यः15 दिवा16 नॄन्17 अमर्त्यः18 अरुषः19 यः20 दिवा21 नॄन्22 ॥
saḥ^1 īm^2 rebhaḥ^3 na^4 prati^5 vaste^6 usrāḥ^7 śociṣā^8 rarapīti^9 mitra’mahāḥ^10 ।
naktam^11 yaḥ^12 īm^13 aruṣaḥ^14 yaḥ^15 divā^16 nṝn^17 amartyaḥ^18 aruṣaḥ^19 yaḥ^20 divā^21 nṝn^22 ।।

6.       1,2This 10friendly Light is 4like 3a singer of the word and 5,6clothes himself 7with the Rays, 9he rhapsodises 8with his flame. 13This is 14the shining One 12who 11journeys by night and 16by day 17to the Gods, 19the shining 18Immortal 20who 21journeys through the day 22to the Gods.

दिवो न यस्य विधतो नवीनोद् वृषा रुक्ष ओषधीषु नूनोत् ।
घृणा ना यो ध्रजसा पत्मना यन्ना रोदसी वसुना दं सुपत्नी ॥6.3.7॥

दिवः1 न^2 यस्य^3 विधतः4 नवीनोत्5 वृषा6 रुक्षः7 ओषधीषु8 नूनोत्9 ।

घृणा10 न^11 यः12 ध्रजसा13 पत्मना14 यन्15 आ^16 रोदसी17 वसुना18 दम्19 सुपत्नी20 ॥
divaḥ^1 na^2 yasya^3 vidhataḥ^4 navīnot^5 vṛṣā^6 rukṣaḥ^7 oṣadhīṣu^8 nūnot^9 ।
ghṛṇā^10 na^11 yaḥ^12 dhrajasā^13 patmanā^14 yan^15 ā^16 rodasī^17 vasunā^18 dam^19 supatnī^20 ।।

7.       5The cry 3of him is 2like 5the voice 4of ordaining 1Heaven; 7he is the shining 6Bull 9that bellows aloud 8in the growths of the forest. 12He 15goes 10with his light and 13his race and 14his running and 16,19fills 17Earth and Heaven 18with his riches; 11they are like 20wives happy in their spouse.

5 the cry 3 of him 4 in his worship of sacrifice is 2 like 5 the voice 1 of Heaven [16/60 fn 1]

धायोभिर्वा यो युज्येभिरर्कैर्विद्युन्न दविद्योत् स्वेभिः शुष्मैः ।
शर्धो वा यो मरुतां ततक्ष ऋभुर्न त्वेषो रभसानो अद्यौत् ॥6.3.8॥

धायःऽभिः1 वा2 यः3 युज्येभिः4 अर्कैः5 विऽद्युत्6 न^7 दविद्योत्8 स्वेभिः9 शुष्मैः10 ।

शर्धः11 वा12 यः13 मरुताम्14 ततक्ष^15 ऋभुः16 न^17 त्वेषः18 रभसानः19 अद्यौत्20 ॥
dhāyaḥ’bhiḥ^1 vā^2 yaḥ^3 yujyebhiḥ^4 arkaiḥ^5 vi’dyut^6 na^7 davidyot^8 svebhiḥ^9 śuṣmaiḥ^10 ।
śardhaḥ^11 vā^12 yaḥ^13 marutām^14 tatakṣa^15 ṛbhuḥ^16 na^17 tveṣaḥ^18 rabhasānaḥ^19 adyaut^20 ।।

8.       3He 8flashes 7like 6the lightning 9with his own 10proper strength, 9his own 1founding 2and 4helpful 5illuminations. 17As if 16heaven's craftsman 13he 15has fashioned 11the army 14of the Life-Gods and 20lightens 18ablaze 19in his exultant speed.

Sukta 4

यथा होतर्मनुषो देवताता यज्ञेभिः सूनो सहसो यजासि ।
एवा नो अद्य समना समानानुशन्नग्न उशतो यक्षि देवान् ॥6.4.1॥

यथा1 होतः2 मनुषः3 देवऽताता4 यज्ञेभिः5 सूनो6 सहसः7 यजासि8 ।

एव^9 नः10 अद्य^11 समना12 समानान्13 उशन्14 अग्ने15 उशतः16 यक्षि17 देवान्18 ॥
yathā^1 hotaḥ^2 manuṣaḥ^3 deva’tātā^4 yajñebhiḥ^5 sūno^6 sahasaḥ^7 yajāsi^8 ।
eva^9 naḥ^10 adya^11 samanā^12 samānān^13 uśan^14 agne^15 uśataḥ^16 yakṣi^17 devān^18 ।।

1.       6O Son 7of Force, 2O Priest of the call, 1even as always 3in man's 4forming of the godhead 8thou sacrificest 5with his sacrifices, 17sacrifice 9so 10for us 18to the Gods 11today,15O Fire, 12an equal power 13to equal powers, 16one who desires 14to the Gods who desire.

14 uśan, 16 uśataḥ - The word is from the root उश् and must therefore mean “desire, wish, yearning out, aspiration”. But these words do not exactly express the Vedic idea. It is that state of the Yogin when existence reaches out after an effect or a fulfilment (lipsa); there is no corresponding word in English. The gods are often represented as ushatas, when they are called to the sacrifice. It is the movement towards a stronger existence or activity which we are conscious of in the faculties when the system has been brought into a fit state for the sacrificial action. [16/590-1]

स नो विभावा चक्षणिर्न वस्तोरग्निर्वन्दारु वेद्यश्चनो धात् ।
विश्वायुर्यो अमृतो मर्त्येषूषर्भुद् भूदतिथिर्जातवेदाः ॥6.4.2॥

सः1 नः2 विभाऽवा3 चक्षणिः4 न^5 वस्तोः6 अग्निः7 वन्दारु8 वेद्यः9 चनः10 धात्11 ।

विश्वऽआयुः12 यः13 अमृतः14 मर्त्येषु15 उषःऽभुत्16 भूत्17 अतिथिः18 जातऽवेदाः19 ॥
saḥ^1 naḥ^2 vibhā’vā^3 cakṣaṇiḥ^4 na^5 vastoḥ^6 agniḥ^7 vandāru^8 vedyaḥ^9 canaḥ^10 dhāt^11 ।
viśva’āyuḥ^12 yaḥ^13 amṛtaḥ^14 martyeṣu^15 uṣaḥ’bhut^16 bhūt^17 atithiḥ^18 jāta’vedāḥ^19 ।।

2.       1He is 3wide in his light 5like 4a seer 6of the Day; 1he is [7Agni,] 9the one we must know and 11founds 8an adorable 10joy. 13In him is 12universal life, 13he is 14the Immortal 15in mortals; 13he 17is 16the Waker in the Dawn, 2our 18Guest, 19the Godhead who knows all births that are.

द्यावो न यस्य पनयन्त्यभ्वं भासांसि वस्ते सूर्यो न शुकः ।
वि य इनोत्यजरः पावकोऽश्नस्य चिच्छिश्नथत् पूर्व्याणि ॥6.4.3॥

द्यावः1 न^2 यस्य^3 पनयन्ति4 अभ्वम्5 भासांसि6 वस्ते7 सूर्यः8 न^9 शुक्रः10 ।

वि11 यः12 इनोति13 अजरः14 पावकः15 अश्नस्य^16 चित्17 शिश्नथत्18 पूर्व्याणि19 ॥
dyāvaḥ^1 na^2 yasya^3 panayanti^4 abhvam^5 bhāsāṃsi^6 vaste^7 sūryaḥ^8 na^9 śukraḥ^10 ।
vi^11 yaḥ^12 inoti^13 ajaraḥ^14 pāvakaḥ^15 aśnasya^16 cit^17 śiśnathat^18 pūrvyāṇi^19 ।।

3.       1The heavens 2seem 4to praise 3his 5giant might; 7he is robed 6in lustre and 10brilliant 9like 8the Sun. 14Ageless 15the purifying Fire 13moves 11abroad and 18cuts down 17even 19the ancient things 16of the Devourer.

8 sūryaḥ - Surya is the Master of the supramental light [15/104]

16 Or, the Enjoyer [16/61 fn 2]

वद्मा हि सूनो अस्यद्यसद्वा चके अग्निर्जनुषाज्मान्नम् ।
स त्वं न ऊर्जसन ऊर्जं धा राजेव जेरवृके क्षेष्यन्तः ॥6.4.4॥

वद्मा1 हि2 सूनो3 असि4 अद्मऽसद्वा5 चक्रे6 अग्निः7 जनुषा8 अज्म^9 अन्नम्10 ।

सः11 त्वम्12 नः13 ऊर्जऽसने14 ऊर्जम्15 धाः16 राजाऽइव^17 जेः18 अवृके19 क्षेषि20 अन्तरिति21 ॥
vadmā^1 hi^2 sūno^3 asi^4 adma’sadvā^5 cakre^6 agniḥ^7 januṣā^8 ajma^9 annam^10 ।
saḥ^11 tvam^12 naḥ^13 ūrja’sane^14 ūrjam^15 dhāḥ^16 rājā’iva^17 jeḥ^18 avṛke^19 kṣeṣi^20 antariti^21 ।।

4.       3O Son, 4thou art 1the speaker, 5thy food is thy seat; 7Fire 8from his very birth 6has made 10his food 9the field of his race. 14O Strength-getter, 16found 15strength 13in us! 18Thou conquerest 17like a king and 20thy dwelling is 21within, 19there where there comes not any render [tearer, wolf].

नितिक्ति यो वारणमन्नमत्ति वायुर्न राष्ट्रद्यत्येत्यक्तून् ।
तुर्याम यस्त आदिशामरातीरत्यो न ह्रुतः पततः परिह्रुत् ॥6.4.5॥

निऽतिक्ति1 यः2 वारणम्3 अन्नम्4 अत्ति5 वायुः6 न^7 राष्ट्री8 अति9 एति10 अक्तून्11 ।

तुर्याम^12 यः13 ते14 आऽदिशाम्15 अरातीः16 अत्यः17 न^18 ह्रुतः19 पततः20 परिऽह्रुत्21 ॥
ni’tikti^1 yaḥ^2 vāraṇam^3 annam^4 atti^5 vāyuḥ^6 na^7 rāṣṭrī^8 ati^9 eti^10 aktūn^11 ।
turyāma^12 yaḥ^13 te^14 ā’diśām^15 arātīḥ^16 atyaḥ^17 na^18 hrutaḥ^19 patataḥ^20 pari’hrut^21 ।।

5.       2He 5eats 4his food and 1sharpens 3his sword of defence; 2he is 7like 6the Life-God 8a master of kingdoms and 10passes 9beyond 11the nights. O Fire, 12may we pierce through the foe, 13O thou who breakest 18like 17a galloping steed 16all that battle against 14thy 15appointings, 21hurting around thee 19our hurters 20as they fall upon us.

11 aktūn - Night in the Veda is the symbol of our obscure consciousness full of ignorance in knowledge and of stumblings in will and act, therefore of all evil, sin and suffering. [15/134]

आ सूर्यो न भानुमद्भिरर्कैरग्ने ततन्थ रोदसी वि भासा ।
चित्रो नयत् परि तमांस्यक्तः शोचिषा पत्मन्नौशिजो न दीयन् ॥6.4.6॥

आ^1 सूर्यः2 न^3 भानुमत्ऽभिः4 अर्कैः5 अग्ने6 ततन्थ^7 रोदसी8 वि9 भासा10 ।

चित्रः11 नयत्12 परि13 तमांसि14 अक्तः15 शोचिषा16 पत्मन्17 औशिजः18 न^19 दीयन्20 ॥
ā^1 sūryaḥ^2 na^3 bhānumat’bhiḥ^4 arkaiḥ^5 agne^6 tatantha^7 rodasī^8 vi^9 bhāsā^10 ।
citraḥ^11 nayat^12 pari^13 tamāṃsi^14 aktaḥ^15 śociṣā^16 patman^17 auśijaḥ^18 na^19 dīyan^20 ।।

6.       6O Fire, 3thou art like 2the Sun 4with thy splendid 5illuminations and 1,9,7hast wide extended 8Earth and Heaven 10with thy light. 15Smeared 16with lustre, 11rich in brilliance 13,12he shepherds away 14the darkness and 19like 18a son of the desire of the Gods 20rushes onward 17in his march.

15 anointed 16 with light [16/61 fn 3]

त्वां हि मन्द्तममर्कशोकैर्ववृमहे महि नः श्रोष्यग्ने ।
इन्द्रं न त्वा शवसा देवता वायुं पृणन्ति राधसा नृतमाः ॥6.4.7॥

त्वाम्1 हि2 मन्द्रऽतमम्3 अर्कऽशोकैः4 ववृमहे5 महि6 नः7 श्रोषि8 अग्ने9 ।

इन्द्रम्10 न^11 त्वा12 शवसा13 देवता14 वायुम्15 पृणन्ति16 राधसा17 नृऽतमाः18 ॥
tvām^1 hi^2 mandra’tamam^3 arka’śokaiḥ^4 vavṛmahe^5 mahi^6 naḥ^7 śroṣi^8 agne^9 ।
indram^10 na^11 tvā^12 śavasā^13 devatā^14 vāyum^15 pṛṇanti^16 rādhasā^17 nṛ’tamāḥ^18 ।।

7.       5We have chosen 1thee 3most rapturous 4with the flaming lights of thy illuminations; 9O Fire, 8hear 7for us 6that which is great. 14O Godhead of Fire, 18the most strong Gods 16fill 12thee 11like 10Indra 13with might and 11like 15the Life-God 17with riches.

17 rādhas - which may mean physically wealth or prosperity, and psychologically a felicity or enjoyment which consists in the abundance of certain forms of spiritual wealth [15/139]

नू नो अग्नेऽवृकेभिः स्वस्ति वेषि रायः पथिभिः पर्ष्यंहः ।
ता सूरिभ्यो गृणते रासि सुम्नं मदेम शतहिमाः सुवीराः ॥6.4.8॥

नु1 नः2 अग्ने3 अवृकेभिः4 स्वस्ति5 वेषि6 रायः7 पथिऽभिः8 पर्षि9 अंहः10 ।

ता11 सूरिऽभ्यः12 गृणते13 रासि14 सुम्नम्15 मदेम^16 शतऽहिमाः17 सुऽवीराः18 ॥
nu^1 naḥ^2 agne^3 avṛkebhiḥ^4 svasti^5 veṣi^6 rāyaḥ^7 pathi’bhiḥ^8 parṣi^9 aṃhaḥ^10 ।
tā^11 sūri’bhyaḥ^12 gṛṇate^13 rāsi^14 sumnam^15 madema^16 śata’himāḥ^17 su’vīrāḥ^18 ।।

8.       3O Fire, 6thou journeyest 5happily 7to the treasures 8by paths 4where the wolf rends not, and 9carriest us beyond 10all evils. 11These high things 14thou givest 12to the luminous wise; 14thou lavishest 15the bliss 13on him who voices thee with the word. 16May we revel in rapture, 18strong with the strength of the Heroes, 17living a hundred winters.

4 vṛkaḥ - the wolf, the troubler of our bliss who teaches us evil [15/488]

Sukta 5

हुवे वः सूनुं सहसो युवानमद्रोधवाचं मतिभिर्यविष्ठम् ।
य इन्वति द्रविणानि प्रचेता विश्ववाराणि पुरुवारो अध्रुक् ॥6.5.1॥

हुवे1 वः2 सूनुम्3 सहसः4 युवानम्5 अद्रोघऽवाचम्6 मतिऽभिः7 यविष्ठम्8 ।

यः9 इन्वति10 द्रविणानि11 प्रऽचेताः12 विश्वऽवाराणि13 पुरुऽवारः14 अध्रुक्15 ॥
huve^1 vaḥ^2 sūnum^3 sahasaḥ^4 yuvānam^5 adrogha’vācam^6 mati’bhiḥ^7 yaviṣṭham^8 ।
yaḥ^9 invati^10 draviṇāni^11 pra’cetāḥ^12 viśva’vārāṇi^13 puru’vāraḥ^14 adhruk^15 ।।

1.       1I call 2to you 7by my thoughts, Fire, 8the youngest of the gods 6in whose words is no bale, 5the Youth, 3the Son 4of Force. 9He is 12a mind of the knowledge 15free from all that hurts; 14his gifts are many and 10he journeys 11to the riches 13where all boons are.

6 adrogha’vācam - in whose words there is no harm (6.12.3); or betrayal (8.60.4).

15 adhruk - harmless (6.11.2)

त्वे वसूनि पुर्वणीक होतर्दोषा वस्तोरेरिरे यज्ञियासः ।
क्षामेव विश्वा भुवनानि यस्मिन्त्सं सौभगानि दधिरे पावके ॥6.5.2॥

त्वे1 वसूनि2 पुरुऽअनीक^3 होतः4 दोषा5 वस्तोः6 आ^7 ईरिरे8 यज्ञियासः9 ।

क्षामऽइव^10 विश्वा11 भुवनानि12 यस्मिन्13 सम्14 सौभगानि15 दधिरे16 पावके17 ॥
tve^1 vasūni^2 puru’anīka^3 hotaḥ^4 doṣā^5 vastoḥ^6 ā^7 īrire^8 yajñiyāsaḥ^9 ।
kṣāma’iva^10 viśvā^11 bhuvanāni^12 yasmin^13 sam^14 saubhagāni^15 dadhire^16 pāvake^17 ।।

2.       4O Priest of the call, Priest 3with thy many flame-forces, 5in the night and 5in the light 9the Lords of sacrifice 7,8cast 1on thee 2their treasures. 10As in earth 14,16are founded 11all 12the worlds, 14,16they founded 15all happinesses 17in the purifying Fire.

3 Or, forms of flame [16/62 fn 4]

त्वं विक्षु प्रदिवः सीद आसु कत्वा रथीरभवो वार्याणाम् ।
अत इनोषि विधते चिकित्वो व्यानुषग्जातवेदो वसूनि ॥6.5.3॥

त्वम्1 विक्षु2 प्रऽदिवः3 सीदः4 आसु5 क्रत्वा6 रथीः7 अभवः8 वार्याणाम्9 ।

अतः10 इनोषि11 विधते12 चिकित्वः13 वि14 आनुषक्15 जातऽवेदः16 वसूनि17 ॥

tvam^1 vikṣu^2 pra’divaḥ^3 sīdaḥ^4 āsu^5 kratvā^6 rathīḥ^7 abhavaḥ^8 vāryāṇām^9 ।
ataḥ^10 inoṣi^11 vidhate^12 cikitvaḥ^13 vi^14 ānuṣak^15 jāta’vedaḥ^16 vasūni^17 ।।

3.       1Thou 3art the Ancient of Days and 4hast taken thy seat 5in these 2peoples and 8becomest 6by the will 7their charioteer 9of desirable things. [10Hence – 10.1.4,] 13O Conscient, 16O thou who knowest all births that are, 11thou walkest 14wide 12for thy worshipper 15in unbroken order 17to the Treasures.

11 inoṣi - drive (4.10.7)

यो नः सनुत्यो अभिदासदग्ने यो अन्तरो मित्रमहो वनुष्यात् ।
तमजरेभिवृंषभिस्तव स्वैस्तपा तपिष्ठ तपसा तपस्वान् ॥6.5.4॥

यः1 नः2 सनुत्यः3 अभिऽदासत्4 अग्ने5 यः6 अन्तरः7 मित्रऽमहः8 वनुष्यात्9 ।

तम्10 अजरेभिः11 वृषऽभिः12 तव^13 स्वैः14 तप^15 तपिष्ठ^16 तपसा17 तपस्वान्18 ॥
yaḥ^1 naḥ^2 sanutyaḥ^3 abhi’dāsat^4 agne^5 yaḥ^6 antaraḥ^7 mitra’mahaḥ^8 vanuṣyāt^9 ।
tam^10 ajarebhiḥ^11 vṛṣa’bhiḥ^12 tava^13 svaiḥ^14 tapa^15 tapiṣṭha^16 tapasā^17 tapasvān^18 ।।

4.       5O Fire, 8O friendly Light, 16O most burning Power, 1,3the enemy who is hidden and 4would destroy 2us, 6,7the enemy who is within us and 9would conquer, leap 18fiery-forceful 13with thy 17affliction of flame and 15consume 10him 13with thy [14own – 1.68.4] 12male and 11ageless 17fires.

3 sanutyaḥ 7 antaraḥ - The divine knowledge is all the time flowing constantly behind our thoughts, but is kept from us by the internal (antaraḥ) enemies who limit our material of mind to the sense-action and sense-perception so that though the waves of our being beat on banks that border upon the superconscient, the infinite, they are limited by the nervous action of the sense-mind and cannot reveal their secret. [15/106]

यस्ते यज्ञेन समिधा य उक्थैरर्केभिः सूनो सहसो ददाशत् ।
स मर्त्येष्वमृत प्रचेता राया द्युम्नेन श्रवसा वि भाति ॥6.5.5॥

यः1 ते2 यज्ञेन^3 सम्ऽइधा4 यः5 उक्थैः6 अर्केभिः7 सूनो8 सहसः9 ददाशत्10 ।

सः11 मर्त्येषु12 अमृत^13 प्रऽचेताः14 राया15 द्युम्नेन^16 श्रवसा17 वि18 भाति19 ॥
yaḥ^1 te^2 yajñena^3 sam’idhā^4 yaḥ^5 ukthaiḥ^6 arkebhiḥ^7 sūno^8 sahasaḥ^9 dadāśat^10 ।
saḥ^11 martyeṣu^12 amṛta^13 pra’cetāḥ^14 rāyā^15 dyumnena^16 śravasā^17 vi^18 bhāti^19 ।।

5.       1When man 10gives 2to thee 3with the sacrifice and 4the fuel and 6with his spoken words and 7his chants of illumination, 11he becomes, 13O Immortal, 8O Son 9of Force, 14a mind of knowledge 12among mortals and 18,19shines 15with the riches and 17inspiration and 16light.

13 amṛta - The word is not अमृतं but अमृत:, used like अक्षर:, to connote the Divine Personality, the imperishable being who is not subject to life or death, who as eternal, unchangeable Sat is the source of the principle of Immortality in the world. [16/507]

स तत् कृधीषितस्तूयमग्ने स्पृधो बाघस्व सहसा सहस्वान् ।
यच्छस्यसे द्युभिरक्तो वचोभिस्तज्जुषस्व अरितुर्घोषि मन्म ॥6.5.6॥

सः1 तत्2 कृधि3 इषितः4 तूयम्5 अग्ने6 स्पृधः7 बाधस्व^8 सहसा9 सहस्वान्10 ।

यत्11 शस्यसे12 द्युऽभिः13 अक्तः14 वचःऽभिः15 तत्16 जुषस्व^17 जरितुः18 घोषि19 मन्म^20 ॥
saḥ^1 tat^2 kṛdhi^3 iṣitaḥ^4 tūyam^5 agne^6 spṛdhaḥ^7 bādhasva^8 sahasā^9 sahasvān^10 ।
yat^11 śasyase^12 dyu’bhiḥ^13 aktaḥ^14 vacaḥ’bhiḥ^15 tat^16 juṣasva^17 jarituḥ^18 ghoṣi^19 manma^20 ।।

6.       4Missioned 3create 2that [for which you are missioned] 5swiftly, 6O Fire. 10Force is thine, 8resist 9with thy force 7our confronters. 11When 14revealed 13by thy lights, 12thou art formulated 15by our words, 17rejoice 19in the far-sounding 20thought 18of thy adorer.

अश्याम तं काममग्ने तवोती अश्याम रयिं रयिवः सुवीरम् ।
अश्याम वाजमभि वाजयन्तोऽश्याम द्युम्नमजराजरं ते ॥6.5.7॥

अश्याम^1 तम्2 कामम्3 अग्ने4 तव^5 ऊती6 अश्याम^7 रयिम्8 रयिऽवः9 सुऽवीरम्10 ।

अश्याम^11 वाजम्12 अभि13 वाजयन्तः14 अश्याम^15 द्युम्नम्16 अजर^17 अजरम्18 ते19 ॥
aśyāma^1 tam^2 kāmam^3 agne^4 tava^5 ūtī^6 aśyāma^7 rayim^8 rayi’vaḥ^9 su’vīram^10 ।
aśyāma^11 vājam^12 abhi^13 vājayantaḥ^14 aśyāma^15 dyumnam^16 ajara^17 ajaram^18 te^19 ।।

7.       4O Fire, 1may we possess 5in thy 6guard 2that 3high desire, — 7possess, 9O Lord of the treasures, 2that 8Treasure and 10its heroes, 11possess 13,14replenishing thee 19thy 12plenitude, 15possess, 17O ageless Fire, 19thy 18ageless 16light.

Sukta 6

प्र नव्यसा सहसः सूनुमच्छा यज्ञेन गातुमव इच्छमानः ।
वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तं वीती होतारं दिव्यं जिगाति ॥6.6.1॥

प्र^1 नव्यसा2 सहसः3 सूनुम्4 अच्छ^5 यज्ञेन^6 गातुम्7 अवः8 इच्छमानः9 ।

वृश्चत्ऽवनम्10 कृष्णयामम्11 रुशन्तम्12 वीती13 होतारम्14 दिव्यम्15 जिगाति16 ॥
pra^1 navyasā^2 sahasaḥ^3 sūnum^4 accha^5 yajñena^6 gātum^7 avaḥ^8 icchamānaḥ^9 ।
vṛścat’vanam^10 kṛṣṇayāmam^11 ruśantam^12 vītī^13 hotāram^14 divyam^15 jigāti^16 ।।

1.       1,5aMan turns 2with a new 6sacrifice 5bto 4the Son 3of Force 9when he desires 7the Way and 8the guard. 16He arrives 13in his journeyings 15to the heavenly 14Priest of the call, the Priest 12shining with light, but 11black is his march 10through the forests he tears.

8 avaḥ - protection (3.17.3)

10 vanam - The forests or delightful growths of earth (vana means also pleasure) are the basis of the mid-world, the vital world in us which is the realm of Vayu, the Life-God. That is the world of the satisfaction of desires. [15/547 fn 7]

[Explanation] Even when Agni emerges, he is outwardly obscure in his workings. He becomes, first, not a pure Will, though really he is always pure, but a vital Will, the desire of the Life in us, a force of devouring desire that feeds upon earth’s growths, tears and ravages all upon which it feeds (10 vṛścat’vanam) and leaves a black and charred line to mark its path (11 kṛṣṇayāmam) where there was the joy and glory of earth’s woodlands. [15/389]

13 vītī - advent (6.16.46)

स श्वितानस्तन्यतू रोचनस्था अजरेभिर्नानदद्भिर्यविष्ठः ।
यः पावकः पुरुतमः पुरुणि पृथून्यग्निरनुयाति भर्वन् ॥6.6.2॥

सः1 श्वितानः2 तन्यतुः3 रोचनऽस्थाः4 अजरेभिः5 नानदत्ऽभिः6 यविष्ठः7 ।

यः8 पावकः9 पुरुऽतमः10 पुरूणि11 पृथूनि12 अग्निः13 अनुऽयाति14 भर्वन्15 ॥
saḥ^1 śvitānaḥ^2 tanyatuḥ^3 rocana’sthāḥ^4 ajarebhiḥ^5 nānadat’bhiḥ^6 yaviṣṭhaḥ^7 ।
yaḥ^8 pāvakaḥ^9 puru’tamaḥ^10 purūṇi^11 pṛthūni^12 agniḥ^13 anu’yāti^14 bharvan^15 ।।

2.       1He 2grows white and 3thunderous, 4he stands in a luminous world; 7he is most young 5with his imperishable 6clamouring fires. 8This is he 9that makes pure and 10is full of his multitudes and, 15even as he devours, 14goes after 11the things that are many, 12the things that are wide.

3 tanyatuḥ - Thunder is the outcrashing of the word of the Truth, the sabda, as the lightning is the outflashing of its sense. [15/524 fn 6]

वि ते विष्वग्वातजूतासो अग्ने भामासः शुचे शुचयश्चरन्ति ।
तुविम्रक्षासो दिव्या नवग्वा वना वनन्ति धृषता रुजन्तः ॥6.6.3॥

वि1 ते2 विष्वक्3 वातऽजूतासः4 अग्ने5 भामासः6 शुचे7 शुचयः8 चरन्ति9 ।

तुविऽम्रक्षासः10 दिव्याः11 नवऽग्वाः12 वना13 वनन्ति14 धृषता15 रुजन्तः16 ॥
vi^1 te^2 viṣvak^3 vāta’jūtāsaḥ^4 agne^5 bhāmāsaḥ^6 śuce^7 śucayaḥ^8 caranti^9 ।
tuvi’mrakṣāsaḥ^10 divyāḥ^11 nava’gvāḥ^12 vanā^13 vananti^14 dhṛṣatā^15 rujantaḥ^16 ।।

3.       5O Fire, 2thy 6lights 1,9range 4wind-impelled 3on every side, 8pure 7as thou art pure. 10Many things they violate and 16break 15in their rashness and 14enjoy 13the forests of their pleasure, 11heavenly lights, 12seers of the ninefold-ray.

[Alt.] 1Wide 3everywhere, 7O pure-shining 5Agni, 9range 4driven by the wind 2thy 8pure 6shining lustres (bhāmāsaḥ); 10forcefully overpowering 11the heavenly 12Nine-rayed ones (divyā navagvāḥ) 14enjoy 13the woods (vanā vananti, significantly conveying the covert sense, ‘enjoying the objects of enjoyment’) 16breaking them up 15violently. [15/163-4]

6 bhāmāsaḥ - Bhāma means both a light of knowledge and a flame of action. Agni is a Light as well as a Force. [15/280]

ये ते शुकासः शुचयः शुचिष्मः क्षां वपन्ति विषितासो अश्वाः ।
अध भ्रमस्त उर्विया वि भाति यातयमानो अधि सानु पृश्नेः ॥6.6.4॥

ये1 ते2 शुक्रासः3 शुचयः4 शुचिष्मः5 क्षाम्6 वपन्ति7 विऽसितासः8 अश्वाः9 ।

अध^10 भ्रमः11 ते12 उर्विया13 वि14 भाति15 यातयमानः16 अधि17 सानु18 पृश्नेः19 ॥
ye^1 te^2 śukrāsaḥ^3 śucayaḥ^4 śuciṣmaḥ^5 kṣām^6 vapanti^7 vi’sitāsaḥ^8 aśvāḥ^9 ।
adha^10 bhramaḥ^11 te^12 urviyā^13 vi^14 bhāti^15 yātayamānaḥ^16 adhi^17 sānu^18 pṛśneḥ^19 ।।

4.       5O Fire of the burning purities, 4pure and 3flaming-bright are 1these 2thy 9horses 8that loosed to the gallop 7raze 6the earth. 10Then 13wide is 12thy 11wandering and 14,15its light shines far 17,16as it drives them up 19to the dappled Mother's 18heights.

[Alt.] 5O thou of the pure light, 1they 3bright and 4pure 7assail (or overcome) 6all the earth, 1they are 2thy 9horses 8galloping in all directions. 10Then 12thy 11roaming 15shines 14widely 13vast 16directing their journey 17to the 18higher level 19of the Various-coloured (the cow, Prishni, mother of the Maruts). [15/164]

8 vi’sitāsaḥ - untethered (4.12.6)

अध जिह्वा पापतीति प्र वृष्णो गोषुयुधो नाशनिः सृजाना ।
शूरस्येव प्रसितिः क्षातिरग्नेर्दुर्वर्तुर्भीमो दयते वनानि ॥6.6.5॥

अध^1 जिह्वा2 पापतीति3 प्र^4 वृष्णः5 गोषुऽयुधः6 न^7 अशनिः8 सृजाना9 ।

शूरस्यऽइव^10 प्रऽसितिः11 क्षातिः12 अग्नेः13 दुःऽवर्तुः14 भीमः15 दयते16 वनानि17 ॥
adha^1 jihvā^2 pāpatīti^3 pra^4 vṛṣṇaḥ^5 goṣu’yudhaḥ^6 na^7 aśaniḥ^8 sṛjānā^9 ।
śūrasya’iva^10 pra’sitiḥ^11 kṣātiḥ^12 agneḥ^13 duḥ’vartuḥ^14 bhīmaḥ^15 dayate^16 vanāni^17 ।।

5.       1Then 2the tongue 5of the Bull 4,3leaps constantly 7like 8the thunder-bolt 9loosed 6of the God who fights for the herds of the Light [Indra]. 12The destruction 13of Fire 10bis like 11the charge 10aof a hero; 15he is terrible and 14irresistible, 16ahe hews 17the forests 16basunder.

[Alt.] 1Then 14doubly (in earth and heaven?) 2thy tongue 3leaps 4forward 7like 8the lightning 9loosed 5of the Bull 6that wars for the cows. [15/164]

5 vṛṣṇaḥ - The Fertiliser; “The shining Bull or Male”, but the latter word means also the rainer, fertiliser or diffuser of abundance and sometimes the strong and abundant, the former seems to bear also the sense of active or moving. [15/435 fn 7]

आ भानुना पार्थिवानि ज्रयांसि महस्तोदस्य धृषता ततन्थ ।
स बाधस्वाप भया सहोभिः स्पृधो वनुष्यन् वनुषो नि जूर्व ॥6.6.6॥

आ^1 भानुना2 पार्थिवानि3 ज्रयांसि4 महः5 तोदस्य^6 धृषता7 ततन्थ^8 ।

सः9 बाधस्व^10 अप^11 भया12 सहःऽभिः13 स्पृधः14 वनुष्यन्15 वनुषः16 नि17 जूर्व^18 ॥
ā^1 bhānunā^2 pārthivāni^3 jrayāṃsi^4 mahaḥ^5 todasya^6 dhṛṣatā^7 tatantha^8 ।
saḥ^9 bādhasva^10 apa^11 bhayā^12 sahaḥ’bhiḥ^13 spṛdhaḥ^14 vanuṣyan^15 vanuṣaḥ^16 ni^17 jūrva^18 ।।

6.       1,8Thou hast spread out 3the earthly 4speed-ranges 2by thy light and 7the violence 5of thy mighty 6scourge. 11,10Repel 13by thy forceful powers 12all dangerous things; 15turn to conquer 16those who would conquer us, 17,18shatter 14our confronters.

3 pārthivāni 4 jrayāṃsi - wide earth-spaces (5.8.7)

6 todasya – (of the) whip of swiftness (6.12.1)

स चित्र चित्रं चितयन्तमस्मे चित्रक्षत्र चित्रतमं वयोधाम् ।
चन्द्रं रयिं पुरुवीरं बृहन्तं चन्द्र चन्द्राभिर्गृणते युवस्व ॥6.6.7॥

सः1 चित्र^2 चित्रम्3 चितयन्तम्4 अस्मे5 चित्रऽक्षत्र^6 चित्रऽतमम्7 वयःऽधाम्8 ।

चन्द्रम्9 रयिम्10 पुरुऽवीरम्11 बृहन्तम्12 चन्द्र^13 चन्द्राभिः14 गृणते15 युवस्व^16 ॥
saḥ^1 citra^2 citram^3 citayantam^4 asme^5 citra’kṣatra^6 citra’tamam^7 vayaḥ’dhām^8 ।
candram^9 rayim^10 puru’vīram^11 bṛhantam^12 candra^13 candrābhiḥ^14 gṛṇate^15 yuvasva^16 ।।

7.       2O rich in thy brilliances, 6Fire with thy manifold luminous mights, 16rivet 5to us 3the rich and various 10treasure, 7most richly diverse, 4that awakens us to knowledge and 8founds our expanding growth. 13O delightful God, 15to him who voices thee 14with delightful words 12the vast 9delightful 10wealth and 11its many hero-keepers!

Sukta 7

मूर्धानं दिवो अरतिं पृथिव्या वैश्वानरमृत आ जातमग्निम् ।
कविं सम्राजमतिथिं जनानामासन्ना पात्रं जनयन्त देवाः ॥6.7.1॥

मूर्धानम्1 दिवः2 अरतिम्3 पृथिव्याः4 वैश्वानरम्5 ऋते6 आ^7 जातम्8 अग्निम्9 ।

कविम्10 सम्ऽराजम्11 अतिथिम्12 जनानाम्13 आसन्14 आ^15 पात्रम्16 जनयन्त^17 देवाः18 ॥
mūrdhānam^1 divaḥ^2 aratim^3 pṛthivyāḥ^4 vaiśvānaram^5 ṛte^6 ā^7 jātam^8 agnim^9 ।
kavim^10 sam’rājam^11 atithim^12 janānām^13 āsan^14 ā^15 pātram^16 janayanta^17 devāḥ^18 ।।

1.       1Head 2of heaven and 3traveller 4of the earth 5a universal Power 7,8was born to us 6in the Truth, 12a Guest 13of men, 10a seer and 11absolute King; 18the Gods 16,17brought to birth universal 9Fire and 14made him in the mouth 16a vessel of the oblation.

11 sam’rājam - Samrāṭ, having perfect kingship over the subjective and objective existence [15/523 fn 2]; Swarajya ( 2.8.5) and Samrajya, perfect empire within and without, rule of our inner being and mastery of our environment and circumstances, was the ideal of the Vedic sages, attainable only by ascending beyond our mortal mentality to the luminous Truth of our being, the supramental infinities on the spiritual plane of our existence. [15/533 fn 4]

नाभिं यज्ञानां सदनं रयीणां महामाहावमभि सं नवन्त ।
वैश्वानरं रभ्यमध्वराणां यज्ञस्य केतुं जनयन्त देवाः ॥6.7.2॥

नाभिम्1 यज्ञानाम्2 सदनम्3 रयीणाम्4 महाम्5 आऽहावम्6 अभि7 सम्8 नवन्त^9 ।

वैश्वानरम्10 रथ्यम्11 अध्वराणाम्12 यज्ञस्य^13 केतुम्14 जनयन्त^15 देवाः16 ॥
nābhim^1 yajñānām^2 sadanam^3 rayīṇām^4 mahām^5 ā’hāvam^6 abhi^7 sam^8 navanta^9 ।
vaiśvānaram^10 rathyam^11 adhvarāṇām^12 yajñasya^13 ketum^14 janayanta^15 devāḥ^16 ।।

2.       8All they together 9came 7to him, 1a navel knot 2of sacrifice, 3a house 4of riches, 5a mighty 6point of call in the battle. 11Charioteer 12of the Works of the way, 14eye of intuition 13of the sacrifice, 16the Gods 15brought to birth 10the universal Godhead.

त्वद् विप्रो जायते वाज्यग्ने त्वद् वीरासो अभिमातिषाहः ।
वैश्वानर त्वमस्मासु धेहि वसूनि राजन्त्स्पृहयाय्याणि ॥6.7.3॥

त्वत्1 विप्रः2 जायते3 वाजी4 अग्ने5 त्वत्6 वीरासः7 अभिमातिऽसहः8 ।

वैश्वानर^9 त्वम्10 अस्मासु11 धेहि12 वसूनि13 राजन्14 स्पृहयाय्याणि15 ॥
tvat^1 vipraḥ^2 jāyate^3 vājī^4 agne^5 tvat^6 vīrāsaḥ^7 abhimāti’sahaḥ^8 ।
vaiśvānara^9 tvam^10 asmāsu^11 dhehi^12 vasūni^13 rājan^14 spṛhayāyyāṇi^15 ।।

3.       5O Fire, 1from thee 3is born 2the Seer, 4the Horse and 6of thee are 7the Heroes 8whose might overcomes the adversary. 14O King, 9O universal Power, 12found 11in us 15the desirable 13treasures.

7 vīrāsaḥ - The heroes are the mental and moral energies which resist the assaults of ignorance, division, evil and falsehood. [15/408 fn 9]

त्वां विश्वे अमृत जायमानं शिशुं न देवा अभि सं नवन्ते ।
तव क्रतुभिरमृतत्वमायन् वैश्वानर यत् पित्रोरदीदेः ॥6.7.4॥

त्वाम्1 विश्वे2 अमृत^3 जायमानम्4 शिशुम्5 न^6 देवाः7 अभि8 सम्9 नवन्ते10 ।

तव^11 क्रतुऽभिः12 अमृतऽत्वम्13 आयन्14 वैश्वानर^15 यत्16 पित्रोः17 अदीदेः18 ॥
tvām^1 viśve^2 amṛta^3 jāyamānam^4 śiśum^5 na^6 devāḥ^7 abhi^8 sam^9 navante^10 ।
tava^11 kratu’bhiḥ^12 amṛta’tvam^13 āyan^14 vaiśvānara^15 yat^16 pitroḥ^17 adīdeḥ^18 ।।

4.       3O Immortal, 2all 7the Gods 10come 9together 8to 1thee 4in thy birth 6as 5to a new-born child. 15O universal Power, 14they travelled 13to immortality 12aby the works of 11thy 12bwill 16when 18thou leapedst alight 17from the Father and Mother.

13 amṛta’tvam - The Vedic immortality is a vast beatitude, a large enjoyment of the divine and infinite existence reposing on a perfect union between the Soul and Nature. [15/470 fn 1]

वैश्वानर तव तानि व्रतानि महान्यग्ने नकिरा दधर्ष ।
यज्जायमानः पित्रोरुपस्थेऽविन्दः केतुं वयुनेष्वह्नाम् ॥6.7.5॥

वैश्वानर^1 तव^2 तानि3 व्रतानि4 महानि5 अग्ने6 नकिः7 आ^8 दधर्ष^9 ।

यत्10 जायमानः11 पित्रोः12 उपऽस्थे13 अविन्दः14 केतुम्15 वयुनेषु16 अह्नाम्17 ॥
vaiśvānara^1 tava^2 tāni^3 vratāni^4 mahāni^5 agne^6 nakiḥ^7 ā^8 dadharṣa^9 ।
yat^10 jāyamānaḥ^11 pitroḥ^12 upa’sthe^13 avindaḥ^14 ketum^15 vayuneṣu^16 ahnām^17 ।।

5.       6O Fire, 1universal Godhead, 7none 8,9could do violence 4ato the laws of 2thy 5mighty 4bworkings 10because 11even in thy birth 13in the lap 12of the Father and the Mother 14thou hast discovered 15the light of intuition 17of the Days 16in manifested things.

16 Or, in all sorts of knowledge [16/67 fn 5]

17 ahnām - The periods of Light visiting the soul [15/403 fn 11]

वैश्वानरस्य विमितानि चक्षसा सानूनि दिवो अमृतस्य केतुना ।
तस्येदु विश्वा भुवनाधि मूर्घनि वया इव रुरुहुः सप्त विस्त्रुहः ॥6.7.6॥

वैश्वानरस्य^1 विऽमितानि2 चक्षसा3 सानूनि4 दिवः5 अमृतस्य^6 केतुना7 ।

तस्य^8 इत्9 ऊं10 विश्वा11 भुवना12 अधि13 मूर्धनि14 वयाःऽइव^15 रुरुहुः16 सप्त^17 विऽस्रुहः18 ॥
vaiśvānarasya^1 vi’mitāni^2 cakṣasā^3 sānūni^4 divaḥ^5 amṛtasya^6 ketunā^7 ।
tasya^8 it^9 ūṃ^10 viśvā^11 bhuvanā^12 adhi^13 mūrdhani^14 vayāḥ’iva^15 ruruhuḥ^16 sapta^17
vi’sruhaḥ^18 ।।

6.       4The heights 5of heaven 2were measured into form 3by the eye 1of this universal Force, 2they were shaped 7by the intuition 6of the Immortal. 11All 12the worlds are 13upon 8his 14head; 17the seven 18far-flowing rivers 16climbed from him 15like branches.

17 sapta 18 vi’sruhaḥ - the seven rivers are conscious currents corresponding to the sevenfold substance of the ocean of being which appears to us formulated in the seven worlds enumerated by the Puranas. [15/98-9]

वि यो रजांस्यमिमीत सुक्रतुर्वैश्वानरो वि दिवो रोचना कविः ।
परि यो विश्वा भुवनानि पप्रथेऽदब्धो गोपा अमृतस्य रक्षिता ॥6.7.7॥

वि1 यः2 रजांसि3 अमिमीत^4 सुऽक्रतुः5 वैश्वानरः6 वि7 दिवः8 रोचना9 कविः10 ।

परि11 यः12 विश्वा13 भुवनानि14 पप्रथे15 अदब्धः16 गोपाः17 अमृतस्य^18 रक्षिता19 ॥
vi^1 yaḥ^2 rajāṃsi^3 amimīta^4 su’kratuḥ^5 vaiśvānaraḥ^6 vi^7 divaḥ^8 rocanā^9 kaviḥ^10 ।
pari^11 yaḥ^12 viśvā^13 bhuvanāni^14 paprathe^15 adabdhaḥ^16 gopāḥ^17 amṛtasya^18 rakṣitā^19 ।।

7.       6The Universal 5mighty of will 1,4measured into form 3the kingdom of middle space; 10a Seer, 7,4he shaped 9the luminous planes 8of Heaven. 12He 15has spread 11around us 13all 14these worlds; 12he 17is the guardian 18of immortality and 16its indomitable 19defender.

1^0 kaviḥ - possessed of the Truth-consciousness and using its faculties of vision, inspiration, intuition, discrimination [15/77]

[Explanation] There are three successive worlds of mentality one superimposed on the other, — the sensational, aesthetic and emotional mind, the pure intellect and the divine intelligence. The fullness and perfection of these triple worlds of mind exists only in the pure mental plane of being, where they shine above the three heavens (8 divaḥ), tisro divah, as their three luminosities (9 rocanā), trini rocanani. Their light descends upon the physical consciousness and effects the corresponding formations in its realms (4 amimīta), the Vedic parthivani rajansi, earthly realms of light (3 rajāṃsi). They are also triple, tisro p'rthivlh, the three earths. [15/287]

Sukta 8

पृक्षस्य वृष्णो अरुषस्य तू सहः प्र नु वोचं विदथा जातवेदसः ।
वैश्वानराय मतिर्नव्यसी शुचिः सोम इव पवते चारुरग्नये ॥6.8.1॥

पृक्षस्य^1 वृष्णः2 अरुषस्य^3 नु4 सहः5 प्र^6 नु7 वोचम्8 विदथा9 जातऽवेदसः10 ।

वैश्वानराय^11 मतिः12 नव्यसी13 शुचिः14 सोमःऽइव^15 पवते16 चारुः17 अग्नये18 ॥
pṛkṣasya^1 vṛṣṇaḥ^2 aruṣasya^3 nu^4 sahaḥ^5 pra^6 nu^7 vocam^8 vidathā^9 jāta’vedasaḥ^10 ।
vaiśvānarāya^11 matiḥ^12 navyasī^13 śuciḥ^14 somaḥ’iva^15 pavate^16 cāruḥ^17 agnaye^18 ।।

1.       4Now 8have I spoken 6aloud 5the force 3of the brilliant 2Male 1who fills the world, 9the discoveries of knowledge 10of the god who knows all things that are. 13A new and 14pure and 17beautiful 12thought 16is streaming 15like sacramental wine 18to Fire, 11the universal Godhead.

स जायमानः परमे व्योमनि व्रतान्यग्निर्व्रतपा अरक्षत ।
व्यन्तरिक्षममिमीत सुक्रतुर्वेश्वानरो महिना नाकमस्पृशत् ॥6.8.2॥

सः1 जायमानः2 परमे3 विऽओमनि4 व्रतानि5 अग्निः6 व्रतऽपाः7 अरक्षत^8 ।

वि9 अन्तरिक्षम्10 अमिमीत^11 सुऽक्रतुः12 वैश्वानरः13 महिना14 नाकम्15 अस्पृशत्16 ॥
saḥ^1 jāyamānaḥ^2 parame^3 vi’omani^4 vratāni^5 agniḥ^6 vrata’pāḥ^7 arakṣata^8 ।
vi^9 antarikṣam^10 amimīta^11 su’kratuḥ^12 vaiśvānaraḥ^13 mahinā^14 nākam^15 aspṛśat^16 ।।

2.       6Fire 7is the guardian of the laws of all workings and 1he 8kept safe 5the laws of his action and motion 2even in the moment of his birth 3in the supreme 4ether. 13The Universal mighty 12of will 9,11measured into shape 10the middle world and 16touched 15heaven 14with his greatness.

3 parame 4 vi’omani - Infinity of the superconscient being [15/523 fn 1]; in that highest heavenly space of the supreme superconscient [15/322]

[Explanation] Luminously he shines wide so that the vastness of him (14 mahinā) touches (16 aspṛśat) the heavens (15 nākam) (5.11.1). [15/430]

व्यस्तभ्नाद् रोदसी मित्रो अद्भुतोऽन्तर्वावदकृणोज्ज्योतिषा तमः ।
वि चर्मणीव विषणे अवर्तयद् वैश्वानरो विश्वमधत्त वृष्ण्यम् ॥6.8.3॥

वि1 अस्तभ्नात्2 रोदसी3 मित्रः4 अद्भुतः5 अन्तःऽवावत्6 अकृणोत्7 ज्योतिषा8 तमः9 ।

वि10 चर्मणीऽइव^11 धिषणे12 अवर्तयत्13 वैश्वानरः14 विश्वम्15 अधत्त^16 वृष्ण्यम्17 ॥
vi^1 astabhnāt^2 rodasī^3 mitraḥ^4 adbhutaḥ^5 antaḥ’vāvat^6 akṛṇot^7 jyotiṣā^8 tamaḥ^9 ।
vi^10 carmaṇī’iva^11 dhiṣaṇe^12 avartayat^13 vaiśvānaraḥ^14 viśvam^15 adhatta^16 vṛṣṇyam^17 ।।

3.       5The Wonderful, 4the Friend 1,2propped up 3earth and heaven and 7made 9the darkness 6a disappearing thing 8by the Light. 10,13He rolled out 12the two minds 11like skins; 14the Universal 16assumed 15every 17masculine might.

अपामुपस्थे महिषा अगृभ्णत विशो राजानमुप तस्थुर्ऋग्मियम् ।
आ दूतो अग्निमभरद् विवस्वतो वैश्वानरं मातरिश्वा परावतः ॥6.8.4॥

अपाम्1 उपऽस्थे2 महिषाः3 अगृभ्णत^4 विशः5 राजानम्6 उप^7 तस्थुः8 ऋग्मियम्9 ।

आ^10 दूतः11 अग्निम्12 अभरत्13 विवस्वतः14 वैश्वानरम्15 मातरिश्वा16 पराऽवतः17 ॥
apām^1 upa’sthe^2 mahiṣāḥ^3 agṛbhṇata^4 viśaḥ^5 rājānam^6 upa^7 tasthuḥ^8 ṛgmiyam^9 ।
ā^10 dūtaḥ^11 agnim^12 abharat^13 vivasvataḥ^14 vaiśvānaram^15 mātariśvā^16 parā’vataḥ^17 ।।

4.       3The Great Ones 4seized him 2in the lap 1of the waters and 5the Peoples 7,8came 6to the King 9with whom is the illumining Word. 11Messenger 14of the luminous Sun, 16Life that expands in the Mother [Vayu] 10,13brought 12Fire 15the universal Godhead 17from the supreme Beyond.

युगेयुगे विदभ्यं गृणद़्भयोऽग्ने रयिं यशसं धेहि नव्यसीम् ।
पव्येव राजन्नधशंसमजर नीचा नि वृश्च वनिनं न तेजसा ॥6.8.5॥

युगेऽयुगे1 विदथ्यम्2 गृणत्ऽभ्यः3 अग्ने4 रयिम्5 यशसम्6 धेहि7 नव्यसीम्8 ।

पव्याऽइव^9 राजन्10 अघऽशंसम्11 अजर^12 नीचा13 नि14 वृश्च^15 वनिनम्16 न^17 तेजसा18 ॥
yuge’yuge^1 vidathyam^2 gṛṇat’bhyaḥ^3 agne^4 rayim^5 yaśasam^6 dhehi^7 navyasīm^8 ।
pavyā’iva^9 rājan^10 agha’śaṃsam^11 ajara^12 nīcā^13 ni^14 vṛśca^15 vaninam^16 na^17 tejasā^18 ।।

5.       7Found 3afor those who 1from age to age 3bspeak the word 8that is new, 2the word that is a discovery of knowledge, 4O Fire, 6their glorious 5treasure; but 15cut him in twain 11who is a voice of evil, 13,14cast him low 18by thy force of light 17like 16a tree 9with the thunderbolt, 12imperishable 10king.

12 Or, indestructible (6.8.6); ageless (6.2.9; 6.5.7; 6.16.45; 1.127.9; 16/69 fn 6); unaging [16/69 fn 7]

18 tejasā – Tejas, clarity and effulgence, dry light; Agni in the sphere of material energies is the master of tejas. Translated into the language of physics, this means that Agni, commanding as he does heat and cold, is the fundamental active energy behind all phenomena of light and heat. [16/472-3]; Agni, therefore, is master of tejas, especially fiery tejas, and the agent of the sahaituka tapas in the mind. In the language of modern psychology, this sahaituka tapas is Will in action. [16/474]

अस्माकमग्ने मधवत्सु धारयाऽनामि क्षत्रमजरं सुवीर्यम् ।
वयं जयेम शतिनं सहस्त्रिणं वैश्वानर वाजमग्ने तवोतिभिः ॥6.8.6॥

अस्माकम्1 अग्ने2 मघवत्ऽसु3 धारय^4 अनामि5 क्षत्रम्6 अजरम्7 सुऽवीर्यम्8 ।

वयम्9 जयेम^10 शतिनम्11 सहस्रिणम्12 वैश्वानर^13 वाजम्14 अग्ने15 तव^16 ऊतिऽभिः17 ॥
asmākam^1 agne^2 maghavat’su^3 dhāraya^4 anāmi^5 kṣatram^6 ajaram^7 su’vīryam^8 ।
vayam^9 jayema^10 śatinam^11 sahasriṇam^12 vaiśvānara^13 vājam^14 agne^15 tava^16 ūti’bhiḥ^17 ।।

6.       2O Fire, 4uphold 3in our masters of the treasure their 7indestructible 8hero-force and 5unbending 6might of battle. 13O universal Fire, 10amay 9we 16by thy 17safe keepings 10bconquer 14the plenitude 11of the hundreds and 14the plenitude 12of the thousands.

3 maghavat – masters of plenty (6.10.5); King of Riches (6.15.15); Lord of Plenty (1.127.11); Lords of the plenitude; the Divine Force contains and sustains all the other divine powers in their working; in him resides therefore the power of all the other godheads. [15/443 fn 4]

6 kṣatram - The divine force of the Truth-conscious being [15/528 fn 8]

7 Or, unaging [16/69 fn 7]

अदब्धेभिस्तव गोपाभिरिष्टेऽस्माकं पाहि त्रिषधस्थ सूरीन् ।
रक्षा च नो ददुषां शर्धो अग्ने वैश्वानर प्र च तारीः स्तवानः ॥6.8.7॥

अदब्धेभिः1 तव^2 गोपाभिः3 इष्टे4 अस्माकम्5 पाहि6 त्रिऽसधस्थ^7 सूरीन्8 ।

रक्ष^9 च^10 नः11 ददुषाम्12 शर्धः13 अग्ने14 वैश्वानर^15 प्र^16 च^17 तारीः18 स्तवानः19 ॥
adabdhebhiḥ^1 tava^2 gopābhiḥ^3 iṣṭe^4 asmākam^5 pāhi^6 tri’sadhastha^7 sūrīn^8 ।
rakṣa^9 ca^10 naḥ^11 daduṣām^12 śardhaḥ^13 agne^14 vaiśvānara^15 pra^16 ca^17 tārīḥ^18 stavānaḥ^19 ।।

7.       4O our impeller, 7holder of the triple session, 6shield 8our luminous seers 2with thy 1indomitable 3guardian fires. 9Keep safe, 14O Fire, 13the army 12of those who have given, 15O Universal, 19ahearing 11our 19bhymn to thee 18deliver 16to its forward march.

4 Or, O doer of sacrifice [16/69 fn 8]

7 tri’sadhastha - Earth, the mid-world and heaven are the triple (tri) place of the conscious being’s progressive self-fulfilling (sadhastha), earth the lower seat, the vital world the middle, heaven the higher. [15/348]

Sukta 9

अहश्च कृष्णमहरर्जुनं च वि वर्तेते रजसी वेद्याभिः ।
वैश्वानरो जायमानो न राजाऽवातिरज्ज्योतिषाग्निस्तमांसि ॥6.9.1॥

अहः1 च^2 कृष्णम्3 अहः4 अर्जुनम्5 च^6 वि7 वर्तेते8 रजसी9 वेद्याभिः10 ।

वैश्वानरः11 जायमानः12 न^13 राजा14 अव^15 अतिरत्16 ज्योतिषा17 अग्निः18 तमांसि19 ॥
ahaḥ^1 ca^2 kṛṣṇam^3 ahaḥ^4 arjunam^5 ca^6 vi^7 vartete^8 rajasī^9 vedyābhiḥ^10 ।
vaiśvānaraḥ^11 jāyamānaḥ^12 na^13 rājā^14 ava^15 atirat^16 jyotiṣā^17 agniḥ^18 tamāṃsi^19 ।।

1.       1A day 3that is black 2and 4a day 5that is argent bright, 9two worlds 7,8revolve in their different paths 10by forces that we must know. 18Fire, 11the universal Godhead, 13like 14a king 12that comes to birth 16has thrust 19the Darknesses 15down 17by the Light.

नाहं तन्तुं न वि जानाम्योतुं न यं वयन्ति समरेऽतमानाः ।
कस्य स्वित् पुत्र इह वक्त्वानि परो वदात्यवरेण पित्रा ॥6.9.2॥

न^1 अहम्2 तन्तुम्3 न^4 वि5 जानामि6 ओतुम्7 न^8 यम्9 वयन्ति10 सम्ऽअरे11 अतमानाः12 ।

कस्य^13 स्वित्14 पुत्रः15 इह^16 वक्त्वानि17 परः18 वदाति19 अवरेण^20 पित्रा21 ॥
na^1 aham^2 tantum^3 na^4 vi^5 jānāmi^6 otum^7 na^8 yam^9 vayanti^10 sam’are^11 atamānāḥ^12 ।
kasya^13 svit^14 putraḥ^15 iha^16 vaktvāni^17 paraḥ^18 vadāti^19 avareṇa^20 pitrā^21 ।।

2.       2I 5,6know 1not 3the woof, 2I 5,6know 4not 7the warp, 8nor 9what is this web that 10they weave 12moving to and fro 11in the field of their motion and labour. 17There are secrets that must be told and 13,14of someone 15the son 19speaks them 6here, 18one highest beyond 21through his father 20lower than he.

स इत् तन्तुं स वि जानात्योतुं स वक्त्वान्यृतुथा वदाति ।
य ईं चिकेतदमृतस्य गोपा अवश्चरन् परो अन्येन पश्यन् ॥6.9.3॥

सः1 इत्2 तन्तुम्3 सः4 वि5 जानाति6 ओतुम्7 सः8 वक्त्वानि9 ऋतुऽथा10 वदाति11 ।

यः12 ईम्13 चिकेतत्14 अमृतस्य^15 गोपाः16 अवः17 चरन्18 परः19 अन्येन^20 पश्यन्21 ॥

saḥ^1 it^2 tantum^3 saḥ^4 vi^5 jānāti^6 otum^7 saḥ^8 vaktvāni^9 ṛtu’thā^10 vadāti^11 ।
yaḥ^12 īm^13 ciketat^14 amṛtasya^15 gopāḥ^16 avaḥ^17 caran^18 paraḥ^19 anyena^20 paśyan^21 ।।

3.       1He 5,6knows 3the warp, 4he 5,6knows 7the woof, 8he 11tells 10in their time 9the things that must be spoken. 12This is 16the guardian 15of immortality 14who wakes to the knowledge 13of these things; 18walking here 17below 19he is one highest beyond 21who sees 20through another.

अयं होता प्रथमः पश्यतेममिदं ज्योतिरमृतं मर्त्येषु ।
अयं स जज्ञे ध्रुव आ निषत्तोऽमर्त्यस्तन्वा वर्धमानः ॥6.9.4॥

अयम्1 होता2 प्रथमः3 पश्यत^4 इमम्5 इदम्6 ज्योतिः7 अमृतम्8 मर्त्येषु9 ।

अयम्10 सः11 जज्ञे12 ध्रुवः13 आ^14 निऽसत्तः15 अमर्त्यः16 तन्वा17 वर्धमानः18 ॥
ayam^1 hotā^2 prathamaḥ^3 paśyata^4 imam^5 idam^6 jyotiḥ^7 amṛtam^8 martyeṣu^9 ।
ayam^10 saḥ^11 jajñe^12 dhruvaḥ^13 ā^14 ni’sattaḥ^15 amartyaḥ^16 tanvā^17 vardhamānaḥ^18 ।।

4.       1This is 3the pristine 2Priest of the call, 4behold 5him! 6this is 8the immortal Light 9in mortals. 10This is 11he that 12is born and 18grows 17with a body and 16is the Immortal 14,15seated and steadfast 13for ever.

ध्रुवं ज्योतिर्निहितं दृशये कं मनो जविष्ठं पतयत्स्वन्तः ।
विश्वे देवाः समनसः सकेता एकं क्रतुमभि वि यन्ति साधु ॥6.9.5॥

ध्रुवम्1 ज्योतिः2 निऽहितम्3 दृशये4 कम्5 मनः6 जविष्ठम्7 पतयत्ऽसु8 अन्तरिति9 ।

विश्वे10 देवाः11 सऽमनसः12 सऽकेताः13 एकम्14 क्रतुम्15 अभि16 वि17 यान्ति18 साधु19 ॥
dhruvam^1 jyotiḥ^2 ni’hitam^3 dṛśaye^4 kam^5 manaḥ^6 javiṣṭham^7 patayat’su^8 antariti^9 ।
viśve^10 devāḥ^11 sa’manasaḥ^12 sa’ketāḥ^13 ekam^14 kratum^15 abhi^16 vi^17 yānti^18 sādhu^19 ।।

5.       1An immortal 2Light 3set inward 4for seeing, 7a swiftest 6mind 9within in men 8that walk on the way. 10All 11the Gods 12with a single mind, 13a common intuition, 18move 19aright 17in their divergent paths 16towards 14the one 15Will.

वि मे कर्णा पतयतो वि चक्षुर्वीदं ज्योतिर्हृदय आहितं यत् ।
वि मे मनश्चरति दूरआधीः किं स्विद्वक्ष्यामि किमु नू मनिष्ये ॥6.9.6॥

वि1 मे2 कर्णा3 पतयतः4 वि5 चक्षुः6 वि7 इदम्8 ज्योतिः9 हृदये10 आऽहितम्11 यत्12 ।

वि13 मे14 मनः15 चरति16 दूरेऽआधीः17 किम्18 स्वित्19 वक्ष्यामि20 किम्21 ऊं22 नु23 मनिष्ये24 ॥
vi^1 me^2 karṇā^3 patayataḥ^4 vi^5 cakṣuḥ^6 vi^7 idam^8 jyotiḥ^9 hṛdaye^10 ā’hitam^11 yat^12 ।
vi^13 me^14 manaḥ^15 carati^16 dūre’ādhīḥ^17 kim^18 svit^19 vakṣyāmi^20 kim^21 ūṃ^22 nu^23 maniṣye^24 ॥

6.       2My 3ears 4range 1wide to hear and 5wide 6my eyes to see, 7wide 8this Light 12that 11is set 10in the heart; 13wide 16walks 14my 15mind and 17I set my thought afar; 18,19something there is that 20I shall speak; 21something that 23now 24I shall think.

विश्वे देवा अनमस्यन् भियानास्त्वामग्ने तमसि तस्थिवांसम् ।
वैश्वानरोऽवतूतये नोऽमर्त्योऽवतूतये नः ॥6.9.7॥

विश्वे1 देवाः2 अनमस्यन्3 भियानाः4 त्वाम्5 अग्ने6 तमसि7 तस्थिऽवांसम्8 ।

वैश्वानरः9 अवतु10 ऊतये11 नः12 अमर्त्यः13 अवतु14 ऊतये15 नः16 ॥
viśve^1 devāḥ^2 anamasyan^3 bhiyānāḥ^4 tvām^5 agne^6 tamasi^7 tasthi’vāṃsam^8 ।
vaiśvānaraḥ^9 avatu^10 ūtaye^11 naḥ^12 amartyaḥ^13 avatu^14 ūtaye^15 naḥ^16 ।।

7.       1All 2the gods 4were in awe 5of thee 8when thou stoodest 7in the darkness and 3bowed down before thee, 6O Fire. 10aMay 9the Universal Godhead 10bkeep 12us 11that we may be safe, 14amay 13the Immortal 14bkeep 16us 15that we may be safe.

Sukta 10

पुरो वो मन्द्रं दिव्यं सुवृक्तिं प्रयति यज्ञे अग्निमध्वरे दधिध्वम् ।
पुर उक्थेभिः स हि नो विभावा स्वध्वरा करति जातवेदाः ॥6.10.1॥

पुरः1 वः2 मन्द्रम्3 दिव्यम्4 सुऽवृक्तिम्5 प्रऽयति6 यज्ञे7 अग्निम्8 अध्वरे9 दधिध्वम्10 ।

पुरः11 उक्थेभिः12 सः13 हि14 नः15 विभाऽवा16 सुऽअध्वरा17 करति18 जातऽवेदाः19 ॥
puraḥ^1 vaḥ^2 mandram^3 divyam^4 su’vṛktim^5 pra’yati^6 yajñe^7 agnim^8 adhvare^9 dadhidhvam^10 ।
puraḥ^11 ukthebhiḥ^12 saḥ^13 hi^14 naḥ^15 vibhā’vā^16 su’adhvarā^17 karati^18 jāta’vedāḥ^19 ।।

1.       9,7When the pilgrim-rite 6moves on its way, 10set 2in your 1front 4the divine 3ecstatic 8Fire, 10place him 11in front 2by your 12words, 5the Flame of the good riddance; 13he 19is the Knower of all things born; 16his light shines wide, and 13he 18shall make 17aeasy 15for us 17bthe progressions of the sacrifice.

17a perfect (3.6.6)

तमु द्युमः पुर्वणीक होतरग्ने अग्निभिर्मनुष इधानः ।
स्तोमं यमस्मै ममतेव शूषं घृतं न शुचि मतयः पवन्ते ॥6.10.2॥

तम्1 ऊं2 द्युऽमः3 पुरुऽअनीक^4 होतः5 अग्ने6 अग्निऽभिः7 मनुषः8 इधानः9 ।

स्तोमम्10 यम्11 अस्मै12 ममताऽइव^13 शूषम्14 घृतम्15 न^16 शुचि17 मतयः18 पवन्ते19 ॥
tam^1 ūṃ^2 dyu’maḥ^3 puru’anīka^4 hotaḥ^5 agne^6 agni’bhiḥ^7 manuṣaḥ^8 idhānaḥ^9 ।
stomam^10 yam^11 asmai^12 mamatā’iva^13 śūṣam^14 ghṛtam^15 na^16 śuci^17 matayaḥ^18 pavante^19 ।।

2.       6O Fire, 9kindled 8by man's 7fires, 5Priest of the call 3who comest with thy light, 4Priest of the many flame-armies, 10hearken to the anthem 18our thoughts 19strain out 17pure to the godhead 16like 15pure clarified butter, 13even as Mamata 14chanted to him her paean.

13 mamatā - Mother of Rishi Dirghtamas (1.158.6)

15 ghṛtam - Clarified butter, yield of the Cow of Light and symbol of the rich clarity that comes to the mind visited by the Light. [15/395 fn 6]

Here we have the clue to the symbol of the "clarified butter" in the sacrifice; like the others it is used in its double meaning, "clarified butter" or, as we may say, "the light-offering". [16/71 fn 10]

Ghṛta also means shining, it is the shining yield of the shining cow; it is the formed light of conscious knowledge in the mentality. [15/193]

The clarity or brightness of the solar light in the human mentality [15/243].

19 pavante - stream (10.3.5)

पीपाय स श्रवसा मर्त्येषु यो अग्नये ददाश विप्र उक्थैः ।
चित्राभिस्तमूतिभिश्चित्रशोचिर्व्रजस्य साता गोमतो दधाति ॥6.10.3॥

पीपाय^1 सः2 श्रवसा3 मर्त्येषु4 यः5 अग्नये6 ददाश^7 विप्रः8 उक्थैः9 ।

चित्राभिः10 तम्11 ऊतिऽभिः12 चित्रऽशोचिः13 व्रजस्य^14 साता15 गोऽमतः16 दधाति17 ॥
pīpāya^1 saḥ^2 śravasā^3 martyeṣu^4 yaḥ^5 agnaye^6 dadāśa^7 vipraḥ^8 ukthaiḥ^9 ।
citrābhiḥ^10 tam^11 ūti’bhiḥ^12 citra’śociḥ^13 vrajasya^14 sātā^15 go’mataḥ^16 dadhāti^17 ।।

3.       2He 4among mortals 1is fed 3on inspiration, 8the illumined 5who 7gives 9with his word 6to the Fire, the seer 11whom 13the Fire of the brilliant illuminations 17settles 10by his luminous 12safeguardings 15in the conquest 14of the Pen 16where are the herds of the Light.

14 vrajasya - The Panis are represented as concealing the stolen herds in a cave of the mountain which is called their concealing prison, vavra, or the pen of the cows, vraja [15/140]

17 dadhāti - upholds (1.66.2)

आ यः पप्रौ जायमान उर्वी दूरेदृशा भासा कृष्णाध्वा ।
अध बहु चित् तम ऊर्म्यायास्तिरः शोचिषा ददृशे पावकः ॥6.10.4॥

आ^1 यः2 पप्रौ3 जायमानः4 उर्वी5 दूरेऽदृशा6 भासा7 कृष्णऽअध्वा8 ।

अध^9 बहु10 चित्11 तमः12 ऊर्म्यायाः13 तिरः14 शोचिषा15 ददृशे16 पावकः17 ॥
ā^1 yaḥ^2 paprau^3 jāyamānaḥ^4 urvī^5 dūre’dṛśā^6 bhāsā^7 kṛṣṇa’adhvā^8 ।
adha^9 bahu^10 cit^11 tamaḥ^12 ūrmyāyāḥ^13 tiraḥ^14 śociṣā^15 dadṛśe^16 pāvakaḥ^17 ।।

4.       8Fire of the blackened trail 4in his very birth 1,3has filled 5wide earth and heaven 6with his far-seeing 7light. 9Now 16ahas 17Fire that makes pure 16bbeen seen 15by his bright flame 11even 14through 10much 12darkness 13of the billowing Night.

नू नश्चित्रं पुरुवाजाभिरुती अग्ने रयिं मघवद़्भयश्च धेहि ।
ये राधसा श्रवसा चात्यन्यान्त्सुवीर्येभिश्चाभि सन्ति जनान् ॥6.10.5॥

नु1 नः2 चित्रम्3 पुरुऽवाजाभिः4 ऊती5 अग्ने6 रयिम्7 मघवत्ऽभ्यः8 च^9 धेहि10 ।

ये11 राधसा12 श्रवसा13 च^14 अति15 अन्यान्16 सुऽवीर्येभिः17 च^18 अभि19 सन्ति20 जनान्21 ॥
nu^1 naḥ^2 citram^3 puru’vājābhiḥ^4 ūtī^5 agne^6 rayim^7 maghavat’bhyaḥ^8 ca^9 dhehi^10 ।
ye^11 rādhasā^12 śravasā^13 ca^14 ati^15 anyān^16 su’vīryebhiḥ^17 ca^18 abhi^19 santi^20 janān^21 ।।

5.       10Found, 6O Fire, 2for us 9and 8the masters of plenty 5by thy safe-guardings 4packed with the plenitudes 7a treasure 3of richly brilliant kinds; 11for these are they who 15,19,20surpass 21,16all others in their 12opulence and 13inspiration and 17hero-mights.

12 rādhasā - achievements (5.13.6)

इमं यज्ञं चनो धा अग्न उशन् यं त आसानो जुहुते हविष्मान् ।
भरद्वाजेषु दधिषे सुवृक्तिमवीर्वाजस्य गध्यस्य सातौ ॥6.10.6॥

इमम्1 यज्ञम्2 चनः3 धाः4 अग्ने5 उशन्6 यम्7 ते8 आसानः9 जुहुते10 हविष्मान्11 ।

भरत्ऽवाजेषु12 दधिषे13 सुऽवृक्तिम्14 अवीः15 वाजस्य^16 गध्यस्य^17 सातौ18 ॥
imam^1 yajñam^2 canaḥ^3 dhāḥ^4 agne^5 uśan^6 yam^7 te^8 āsānaḥ^9 juhute^10 haviṣmān^11 ।
bharat’vājeṣu^12 dadhiṣe^13 su’vṛktim^14 avīḥ^15 vājasya^16 gadhyasya^17 sātau^18 ।।

6.       5O Fire, 6yearn 2to the sacrifice 7that 11the bringer of the offering [9sitting] 10casts 8to thee; 4found 3the rapture. 13Hold firm 12in the Bharadwajas 14the perfect purification; 15guard them 18in their seizing 16of the riches 17of the quest.

वि द्वेषांसीनुहि वर्धयेळां मदेम शतहिमाः सुवीराः ॥6.10.7॥

वि1 द्वेषांसि2 इनुहि3 वर्धय^4 इळाम्5 मदेम^6 शतऽहिमाः7 सुऽवीराः8 ॥
vi^1 dveṣāṃsi^2 inuhi^3 vardhaya^4 iḻām^5 madema^6 śata’himāḥ^7 su’vīrāḥ^8 ।।

7.       1,3Scatter 2all hostile things, 4increase 5the revealing Word. 6May we revel in the rapture, 8strong with strength of the Heroes, 7living a hundred winters.

Sukta 11

यजस्व होतरिषितो यजीयानग्ने बाघो मरुतां न प्रयुक्ति ।
आ नो मित्रावरुणा नासत्या द्यावा होत्राय पृथिवी ववृत्याः ॥6.11.1॥

यजस्व^1 होतः2 इषितः3 यजीयान्4 अग्ने5 बाधः6 मरुताम्7 न^8 प्रऽयुक्ति9 ।

आ^10 नः11 मित्रावरुणा12 नासत्या13 द्यावा14 होत्राय^15 पृथिवी16 ववृत्याः17 ॥
yajasva^1 hotaḥ^2 iṣitaḥ^3 yajīyān^4 agne^5 bādhaḥ^6 marutām^7 na^8 pra’yukti^9 ।
ā^10 naḥ^11 mitrāvaruṇā^12 nāsatyā^13 dyāvā^14 hotrāya^15 pṛthivī^16 vavṛtyāḥ^17 ।।

1.       3Missioned and 4strong to sacrifice, 1offer the sacrifice, 2Priest of the call; 5O Fire, put away from us 8as if 9by the applied force 7of the Life-gods 6all that opposes. 10,17Turn in their paths towards 11our 15offering 12Mitra and Varuna and 13the twin Lords of the journey [Ashwins] and 16Earth and 14Heaven.

13 nāsatyā - from nas to move; lords of the voyage, journey, or powers of the movement [15/82]; Ashwins are twin divine powers whose special function is to perfect the nervous or vital being in man in the sense of action and enjoyment. But they are also powers of Truth, of intelligent action, of right enjoyment. [15/83]

त्वं होता मन्द्रतमो नो अध्रुगन्तर्देवो विदथा मर्त्येषु ।
पावकया जुह्वा वह्निरासाऽग्ने यजस्व तन्वं तव स्वाम् ॥6.11.2॥

त्वम्1 होता2 मन्द्रऽतमः3 नः4 अध्रुक्5 अन्तः6 देवः7 विदथा8 मर्तेषु9 ।

पावकया10 जुह्वा11 वह्निः12 आसा13 अग्ने14 यजस्व^15 तन्वम्16 तव^17 स्वाम्18 ॥
tvam^1 hotā^2 mandra’tamaḥ^3 naḥ^4 adhruk^5 antaḥ^6 devaḥ^7 vidathā^8 marteṣu^9 ।
pāvakayā^10 juhvā^11 vahniḥ^12 āsā^13 agne^14 yajasva^15 tanvam^16 tava^17 svām^18 ।।

2.       4To us 1thou art 2our priest of the invocation, 5harmless and 3perfect in ecstasy; 7thou art the god 6within 9in mortals 8that makes the discoveries of knowledge; 12thou art the carrier 13with the burning mouth, 10with the purifying 11flame of oblation. 14O Fire, 15worship with sacrifice 17thy 18own 16body.

5 adhruk - free from all that hurts (6.5.1)

12 vahniḥ 13 āsā – upholder, maintainer, sustainer (vahniḥ) of the sacrifice, by the (breath of the) mouth (āsā) [16/579]

[Explanation] Here it is Agni who is the hotā, the priest; it is he who is sacrificing to the gods, to his own embodiment, 16 tanvaṁ 17 tava 18 svām, to the Maruts, Mitra, Varuna, Heaven and Earth. [15/166]

धन्या चिद्धि त्वे धिषणा वष्टि प्र देवाञ्जन्म गृणते यजध्यै ।
वेपिष्ठो अङ्गिरसां यद्ध विप्रो मधु च्छन्दो भनति रेभ इष्टौ ॥6.11.3॥

धन्या1 चित्2 हि3 त्वे4 धिषणा5 वष्टि6 प्र^7 देवान्8 जन्म^9 गृणते10 यजध्यै11 ।

वेपिष्ठः12 अङ्गिरसाम्13 यत्14 ह^15 विप्रः16 मधु17 छन्दः18 भनति19 रेभः20 इष्टौ21 ॥
dhanyā^1 cit^2 hi^3 tve^4 dhiṣaṇā^5 vaṣṭi^6 pra^7 devān^8 janma^9 gṛṇate^10 yajadhyai^11 ।
vepiṣṭhaḥ^12 aṅgirasām^13 yat^14 ha^15 vipraḥ^16 madhu^17 chandaḥ^18 bhanati^19 rebhaḥ^20 iṣṭau^21 ।।

3.       4In thee 5the understanding 1is full of riches and 6it desires 8the gods, 9the divine births, 10that the word may be spoken and 11the sacrifice done, 14,15when 20the singer, 16the sage, 12wisest 3of the Angirasas 19chants 17,18his honey-rhythm 21in the rite.

[Alt.] For 4in thee 5the thought 2,3even though 1full of riches 6desires still 8the gods, 9the (divine) births, 10for the singer of the hymn 11that he may sacrifice to them, 14when 16the sage, 12the most luminous 13of the Angirases [Brihaspati], 19utters 18the rhythm 17of sweetness 21in the sacrifice. [15/166-7]

अदिद्युतत् स्वपाको विभावाऽग्ने यजस्व रोदसी उरुची ।
आयुं न यं नमसा रातहव्या अञ्जन्ति सुप्रयसं पञ्च जनाः ॥6.11.4॥

अदिद्युतत्1 सु2 अपाकः3 विभाऽवा4 अग्ने5 यजस्व^6 रोदसी7 उरूची8 ।

आयुम्9 न^10 यम्11 नमसा12 रातऽहव्याः13 अञ्जन्ति14 सुऽप्रयसम्15 पञ्च^16 जनाः17 ॥
adidyutat^1 su^2 apākaḥ^3 vibhā’vā^4 agne^5 yajasva^6 rodasī^7 urūcī^8 ।
āyum^9 na^10 yam^11 namasā^12 rāta’havyāḥ^13 añjanti^14 su’prayasam^15 pañca^16 janāḥ^17 ।।

4.       1He has leaped into radiance and 2,3is wise of heart and 4wide of light; 5O Fire, 6sacrifice 8to the largeness 7of Earth and Heaven. 16All the five 17peoples 13lavish the oblation 12with obeisance of surrender and 14anoint 10as 9the living being 15Fire the bringer of their satisfactions.

2 su 3 apākaḥ - wise and understanding (6.12.2)

वृञ्जे ह यन्नमसा बर्हिरग्नावयामि स्त्रुग्धृतवती सुवृक्तिः ।
अम्यक्षि सद्म सदने पृथिव्या अश्रायि यज्ञः सूर्ये न चक्षुः ॥6.11.5॥

वृञ्जे1 ह^2 यत्3 नमसा4 बर्हिः5 अग्नौ6 अयामि7 स्रुक्8 घृतऽवती9 सुऽवृक्तिः10 ।

अम्यक्षि11 सद्म^12 सदने13 पृथिव्याः14 अश्रायि15 यज्ञः16 सूर्ये17 न^18 चक्षुः19 ॥
vṛñje^1 ha^2 yat^3 namasā^4 barhiḥ^5 agnau^6 ayāmi^7 sruk^8 ghṛta’vatī^9 su’vṛktiḥ^10 ।
amyakṣi^11 sadma^12 sadane^13 pṛthivyāḥ^14 aśrāyi^15 yajñaḥ^16 sūrye^17 na^18 cakṣuḥ^19 ।।

5.       3,2When 5the sacred grass 1has been plucked 4with prostration of surrender 6to the Fire, 3,2when 8the ladle 10of the purification 9full of the light-offering 7has been set to its labour, 3,2when 12the home 11has been reached 13in the house 14of Earth and 16the sacrifice 15lodged 18like 19an eye 17in the sun,—

8 sruk - “a pourer”— & in its implied psychological sense the motive force or motor instrument of action fulfilling the internal or external act [16/647]

This ladle is the constantly lifted movement of man’s aspiration towards the Truth and the Godhead. [15/438 fn 1]

12 sadma - The “seats” or homes of the soul, which progresses from plane to plane and makes of each a habitation. There are seven such planes each with its seven provinces and one additional above. [15/458 fn 1]

दशस्या नः पुर्वणीक होतर्देवेभिरग्ने अग्निभिरिधानः ।
रायः सूनो सहसो वावसाना अति स्त्रसेम वृजनं नांहः ॥6.11.6॥

दशस्य^1 नः2 पुरुऽअनीक^3 होतः4 देवेभिः5 अग्ने6 अग्निऽभिः7 इधानः8 ।

रायः9 सूनो10 सहसः11 ववसानाः12 अति13 स्रसेम^14 वृजनम्15 न^16 अंहः17 ॥
daśasya^1 naḥ^2 puru’anīka^3 hotaḥ^4 devebhiḥ^5 agne^6 agni’bhiḥ^7 idhānaḥ^8 ।
rāyaḥ^9 sūno^10 sahasaḥ^11 vavasānāḥ^12 ati^13 srasema^14 vṛjanam^15 na^16 aṃhaḥ^17 ।।

6.       10O Son 11of Force, 6O Fire, 8kindling 5with the gods 7thy fires, 4Priest of the call, 3Priest with thy many flame-armies, 1dispense 2to us 9the Treasures; 12shining with light 14let us charge 13beyond 1^7the sin and 1^5the struggle.

Sukta 12

मध्ये होता दुरोणे बर्हिषो राळग्निस्तोदस्य रोदसी यजध्यै ।
अयं स सूनुः सहस ऋतावा दूरात् सूर्यो न शोचिषा ततान ॥6.12.1॥

मध्ये1 होता2 दुरोणे3 बर्हिषः4 राट्5 अग्निः6 तोदस्य^7 रोदसी8 यजध्यै9 ।

अयम्10 सः11 सूनुः12 सहसः13 ऋतऽवा14 दूरात्15 सूर्यः16 न^17 शोचिषा18 ततान^19 ॥
madhye^1 hotā^2 duroṇe^3 barhiṣaḥ^4 rāṭ^5 agniḥ^6 todasya^7 rodasī^8 yajadhyai^9 ।
ayam^10 saḥ^11 sūnuḥ^12 sahasaḥ^13 ṛta’vā^14 dūrāt^15 sūryaḥ^16 na^17 śociṣā^18 tatāna^19 ।।

1.       1In the midmost 3of the gated house 6Fire, 2the Priest of the call, 5the King 4of the sacred seat and 7the whip of swiftness, 9to sacrifice 8to Earth and Heaven! 10This is 12the Son 13of Force 14in whom is the Truth; 11he 19stretches out 15from afar 18with his light 17like 16the sun.

14 ṛta’vā - It is the Seer-Will and possesses the Truth, therefore it is the priest of the offering most powerful for sacrifice. In other words, it will know the right way to sacrifice and find the right word for creating the Truth-powers. [16/583]

आ यस्मिन् त्वे स्वपाके यजत्र यक्षद् राजन्त्सर्वतातेव नु द्यौः ।
त्रिषधस्थस्ततरुषो न जंहो हव्या मघानि मानुषा यजध्यै ॥6.12.2॥

आ^1 यस्मिन्2 त्वे3 सु4 अपाके5 यजत्र^6 यक्षत्7 राजन्8 सर्वताताऽइव^9 नु10। द्यौः11 ।

त्रिऽसधस्थः12 ततरुषः13 न^14 जंहः15 हव्या16 मघानि17 मानुषा18 यजध्यै19 ॥
ā^1 yasmin^2 tve^3 su^4 apāke^5 yajatra^6 yakṣat^7 rājan^8 sarvatātā’iva^9 nu^10। dyauḥ^11 ।
tri’sadhasthaḥ^12 tataruṣaḥ^13 na^14 jaṃhaḥ^15 havyā^16 maghāni^17 mānuṣā^18 yajadhyai^19 ।।

2.       1,7When a man sacrifices 3in thee, 8O King, 6O Lord of sacrifice, 4,5when he does well his works in the wise and understanding Fire 9,11like Heaven in its all-forming labour, 12triple thy session; 15thy speed is 14as if 13of a deliverer, 19when thou comest to give the sacrifice 16whose offerings are 18man's human 17fullnesses.

4 su 5apāke - (when he does well his work) in the once far distant fire; or in perfect wisdom (4.3.2)

तेजिष्ठा यस्यारतिर्वनेराट् तोदो अध्वन्न वृधसानो अद्यौत् ।
अद्रोघो न द्रविता चेतति त्मन्नमर्त्योऽवर्त्र ओषधीषु ॥6.12.3॥

तेजिष्ठा1 यस्य^2 अरतिः3 वनेऽराट्4 तोदः5 अध्वन्6 न^7 वृधसानः8 अद्यौत्9 ।

अद्रोघः10 न^11 द्रविता12 चेतति13 त्मन्14 अमर्त्यः15 अवर्त्रः16 ओषधीषु17 ॥
tejiṣṭhā^1 yasya^2 aratiḥ^3 vane’rāṭ^4 todaḥ^5 adhvan^6 na^7 vṛdhasānaḥ^8 adyaut^9 ।
adroghaḥ^10 na^11 dravitā^12 cetati^13 tman^14 amartyaḥ^15 avartraḥ^16 oṣadhīṣu^17 ।।

3.       4A splendour in the forest, 1most brilliant-forceful is 3athe speed 2of his 3bjourneying; 7he is like 5a whip 6on the path and 8ever he grows and 9blazes. 11He is like 12a smelter 10who does hurt to none; 15he is the Immortal 13awho wakes 14of himself 13bto knowledge: 16he cannot be turned from his way 17mid the growths of the earth.

सास्माकेभिर्रेतरी न शूषैरग्निः ष्टवे दम आ जातवेदाः ।
द्रृन्नो वन्वन् कत्वा नार्वोस्त्रः पितेव जारयायि यज्ञैः ॥6.12.4॥

सः1 अस्माकेभिः2 एतरि3 न^4 शूषैः5 अग्निः6 स्तवे7 दमे8 आ^9 जातऽवेदाः10 ।

द्रुऽअन्नः11 वन्वन्12 क्रत्वा13 न^14 अर्वा15 उस्रः16 पिताऽइव^17 जारयायि18 यज्ञैः19 ॥
saḥ^1 asmākebhiḥ^2 etari^3 na^4 śūṣaiḥ^5 agniḥ^6 stave^7 dame^8 ā^9 jāta’vedāḥ^10 ।
dru’annaḥ^11 vanvan^12 kratvā^13 na^14 arvā^15 usraḥ^16 pitā’iva^17 jārayāyi^18 yajñaiḥ^19 ।।

4.       6Fire, 10the knower of all things born, 9,7is hymned 5by our paeans 8in the house 4as if 3in one that walks on the way. 11He feeds on the Tree and 12conquers 13by our will 14like 15a war-horse; 16this shining Bull 18is adored by us 19with sacrifice 17like a father.

अध स्मास्य पनयन्ति भासो वृथा यत् तक्षदनुयाति पृथ्वीम् ।
सद्यो यः स्पन्द्रो विषितो धवीयानृणो न तायुरति धन्वा राट् ॥6.12.5॥

अध^1 स्म^2 अस्य^3 पनयन्ति4 भासः5 वृथा6 यत्7 तक्षत्8 अनुऽयाति9 पृथ्वीम्10 ।

सद्यः11 यः12 स्यन्द्रः13 विऽसितः14 धवीयान्15 ऋणः16 न^17 तायुः18 अति19 धन्व^20 राट्21 ॥
adha^1 sma^2 asya^3 panayanti^4 bhāsaḥ^5 vṛthā^6 yat^7 takṣat^8 anu’yāti^9 pṛthvīm^10 ।
sadyaḥ^11 yaḥ^12 syandraḥ^13 vi’sitaḥ^14 dhavīyān^15 ṛṇaḥ^16 na^17 tāyuḥ^18 ati^19 dhanva^20 rāṭ^21 ।।

5.       1And now 3his 5splendours 4chant aloud and 8he hews 6with ease and 9walks along 10the wideness of the earth. 12He is 13rapid in his race and 11in a moment 14is loosed 15speeding to the gallop: 17he is like 18a thief 16that runs; 21his light is seen 19beyond 20the desert places.

20 dhanva - The material existence not watered by the streams or rivers which descend from the superconscient Bliss and Truth [15/419 fn 8]

स त्वं नो अर्वन् निदाया विश्वेभिरग्ने अग्निभिरिधानः ।
वेषि रायो वि यासि दुच्छुना मदेम शतहिमाः सुवीराः ॥6.12.6॥

सः1 त्वम्2 नः3 अर्वन्4 निदायाः5 विश्वेभिः6 अग्ने7 अग्निऽभिः8 इधानः9 ।

वेषि10 रायः11 वि12 यासि13 दुच्छुनाः14 मदेम^15 शतऽहिमाः16 सुऽवीराः17 ॥
saḥ^1 tvam^2 naḥ^3 arvan^4 nidāyāḥ^5 viśvebhiḥ^6 agne^7 agni’bhiḥ^8 idhānaḥ^9 ।
veṣi^10 rāyaḥ^11 vi^12 yāsi^13 ducchunāḥ^14 madema^15 śata’himāḥ^16 su’vīrāḥ^17 ।।

6.       4O War-Horse, 3us 5from the bondage deliver, 9kindling, 7O Fire, 6with all 8thy fires; 10for thou travellest 11to the Riches and 12,13scatterest 14the forces of affliction and sorrow. 15May we revel in the rapture, 17strong with the strength of the Heroes, 16living a hundred winters.

14 ducchunāḥ - mischief (8.75.13)

Sukta 13

त्वद् विश्वा सुभग सौभगान्यग्ने वि यन्ति वनिनो न वयाः ।
श्रुष्टी रयिर्वाजो वृत्रतूर्ये दिवो वृष्टिरीड्यो रीतिरपाम् ॥6.13.1॥

त्वत्1 विश्वा2 सुऽभग^3 सौभगानि4 अग्ने5 वि6 यान्ति7 वनिनः8 न^9 वयाः10 ।

श्रुष्टी11 रयिः12 वाजः13 वृत्रऽतूर्ये14 दिवः15 वृष्टिः16 ईड्यः17 रीतिः18 अपाम्19 ॥
tvat^1 viśvā^2 su’bhaga^3 saubhagāni^4 agne^5 vi^6 yānti^7 vaninaḥ^8 na^9 vayāḥ^10 ।
śruṣṭī^11 rayiḥ^12 vājaḥ^13 vṛtra’tūrye^14 divaḥ^15 vṛṣṭiḥ^16 īḍyaḥ^17 rītiḥ^18 apām^19 ।।

1.       3O felicitous 5Fire, 1of thee are 2all 4felicities and 6,7they grow wide 1from thee 9like 19branches 8from a tree. For 11quickly come, 14in the piercing of the Python adversary, 12the Riches and 17the desirable 13plenty and 16the Rain 15of Heaven and 18the flowing 19of the Waters.

त्वं भगो न आ हि रत्नमिषे परिज्मेव क्षयसि दस्मवर्चाः ।
अग्ने मित्रो न बृहत ऋतस्याऽसि क्षत्ता वामस्य देव भूरेः ॥6.13.2॥

त्वम्1 भगः2 नः3 आ^4 हि5 रत्नम्6 इषे7 परिज्माऽइव^8 क्षयसि9 दस्मऽवर्चाः10 ।

अग्ने11 मित्रः12 न^13 बृहतः14 ऋतस्य^15 असि16 क्षत्ता17 वामस्य^18 देव^19 भूरेः20 ॥
tvam^1 bhagaḥ^2 naḥ^3 ā^4 hi^5 ratnam^6 iṣe^7 parijmā’iva^8 kṣayasi^9 dasma’varcāḥ^10 ।
agne^11 mitraḥ^12 na^13 bṛhataḥ^14 ṛtasya^15 asi^16 kṣattā^17 vāmasya^18 deva^19 bhūreḥ^20 ।।

2.       1Thou art 2Bhaga of the felicities and 1thou 4,7pourest 3on us 6the ecstasy and 9takest up thy house in us, 8a pervading presence and 10a potent splendour. 19O divine 11Fire, 13like 12Mitra 1thou 16art 17a feeder 14on the vast 15Truth and 20the much 18joy and beauty.

2 bhagaḥ 12 mitraḥ - The Divine Will becomes the Enjoyer Bhaga, brother power of Mitra, who enjoys all delight of existence but by Mitra’s power of pure discernment and according to the light, truth and harmony of the divine living. [15/442 fn 3]

स सत्पतिः शवस हन्ति वृत्रमग्ने विप्रो वि पणेर्भर्ति वाजम् ।
यं त्वं प्रचेत ऋतजात राया सजोषा नप्त्रापां हिनोषि ॥6.13.3॥

सः1 सत्ऽपतिः2 शवसा3 हन्ति4 वृत्रम्5 अग्ने6 विप्रः7 वि8 पणेः9 भर्ति10 वाजम्11 ।

यम्12 त्वम्13 प्रऽचेतः14 ऋतऽजात^15 राया16 सऽजोषाः17 नप्त्रा18 अपाम्19 हिनोषि20 ॥
saḥ^1 sat’patiḥ^2 śavasā^3 hanti^4 vṛtram^5 agne^6 vipraḥ^7 vi^8 paṇeḥ^9 bharti^10 vājam^11 ।
yam^12 tvam^13 pra’cetaḥ^14 ṛta’jāta^15 rāyā^16 sa’joṣāḥ^17 naptrā^18 apām^19 hinoṣi^20 ।।

3.       6O Fire 15born of the Truth, 14O thinker and knower, 17awhen consenting 18with the Child 19of the Waters 13thou 17btakest pleasure in a man and 20speedest 12him 16with the Treasure, 1he becomes 2a master over beings and 3in his might 4slays 5the Python adversary and becomes 7a seer and 8,10carries out with him 11the riches 9of the Dweller in the Cave.

8 vi 10 bharti - carries away (10.87.16)

14 pra’cetaḥ - The word pracetas seems to correspond to the ideas expressed in later language by the Vedantic Prajnana. Prajnana is the consciousness that cognizes all things as objects confronting its observation; in the divine mind it is knowledge regarding things as their source, possessor and witness. [15/295]

17a when companioned (10.110.3); in union (7.2.8); of one mind (5.4.4)

यस्ते सूनो सहसो गीर्भिरुक्थैर्यज्ञैर्मर्तो निशितिं वेद्यानट् ।
विश्वं स देव प्रति वारमग्ने धत्ते धान्यं पत्यते वसव्यैः ॥6.13.4॥

यः1 ते2 सूनो3 सहसः4 गीःऽभिः5 उक्थैः6 यज्ञैः7 मर्तः8 निऽशितम्9 वेद्या10 आनट्11 ।

विश्वम्12 सः13 देव^14 प्रति15 वारम्16 अग्ने17 धत्ते18 धान्यम्19 पत्यते20 वसव्यैः21 ॥
yaḥ^1 te^2 sūno^3 sahasaḥ^4 gīḥ’bhiḥ^5 ukthaiḥ^6 yajñaiḥ^7 martaḥ^8 ni’śitam^9 vedyā^10 ānaṭ^11 ।
viśvam^12 saḥ^13 deva^14 prati^15 vāram^16 agne^17 dhatte^18 dhānyam^19 patyate^20 vasavyaiḥ^21 ।।

4.       3O Son 4of Force, 8the mortal 1who 11has reached 9to the intensity 2of thee 5by the word and 6the utterance and 10the altar and 7the sacrifice, 15,18draws to him 16sufficiency 12of every kind 19of wealth, 14O divine 17Fire, and 20walks on the way 21with his riches.

11 ānaṭ - has worked out (6.1.9), achieved (6.15.11), obtained (7.7.7)

16 वा अरं – sufficient (1.66.3)

ता नृभ्य आ सौश्रवसा सुवीराऽग्ने सूनो सहसः पुष्यसे धाः ।
कृणोषि यच्छवसा भूरि पश्वो वयो वृकायारये जसुरये ॥6.13.5॥

ता1 नृऽभ्यः2 आ^3 सौश्रवसा4 सुऽवीरा5 अग्ने6 सूनो7 सहसः8 पुष्यसे9 धाः10 ।

कृणोषि11 यत्12 शवसा13 भूरि14 पश्वः15 वयः16 वृकाय^17 अरये18 जसुरये19 ॥

tā^1 nṛ’bhyaḥ^2 ā^3 sauśravasā^4 su’vīrā^5 agne^6 sūno^7 sahasaḥ^8 puṣyase^9 dhāḥ^10 ।
kṛṇoṣi^11 yat^12 śavasā^13 bhūri^14 paśvaḥ^15 vayaḥ^16 vṛkāya^17 araye^18 jasuraye^19 ।।

5.       6O Fire, 7O Son 8of Force, 3,10found 2for [1these] men 9that they may grow, 4happy riches of inspiration 5with strength of its hero-keepers, — 14many 15herds, 11thy creation 13in thy might, but now 16a food 17for the wolf and 18the foe and 19the destroyer.

4 sauśravasā - things of true inspiration (6.1.12)

वद्मा सूनो सहसो नो विहाया अग्ने तोकं तनयं वाजि नो दाः ।
विश्वाभिर्गीर्भिरभि पूर्तिमश्यां मदेम शतहिमाः सुवीराः ॥6.13.6॥

वद्मा1 सूनो2 सहसः3 नः4 विऽहायाः5 अग्ने6 तोकम्7 तनयम्8 वाजि9 नः10 दाः11 ।

विश्वाभिः12 गीःऽभिः13 अभि14 पूर्तिम्15 अश्याम्16 मदेम^17 शतऽहिमाः18 सुऽवीराः19 ॥
vadmā^1 sūno^2 sahasaḥ^3 naḥ^4 vi’hāyāḥ^5 agne^6 tokam^7 tanayam^8 vāji^9 naḥ^10 dāḥ^11 ।
viśvābhiḥ^12 gīḥ’bhiḥ^13 abhi^14 pūrtim^15 aśyām^16 madema^17 śata’himāḥ^18 su’vīrāḥ^19 ।।

6.       2O Son 3of Force, become 5the vast 1speaker 4within us; 11give 10us 8the Son 7of our begetting, 11give 10us 9all that is packed with the plenitudes; 14,16let me enjoy 12by my every 13word 15satisfaction of fullness. 17May we revel in the rapture, 19strong with the strength of the Heroes, 18living a hundred winters.

Sukta 14

अग्ना यो मर्त्यो दुवो धियं जुजोष धीतिभिः ।
भसन्नु ष प्र पूर्व्यं इषं वुरीतावसे ॥6.14.1॥

अग्ना1 यः2 मर्त्यः3 दुवः4 धियम्5 जुजोष^6 धीतिऽभिः7 ।

भसत्8 नु9 सः10 प्र^11 पूर्व्यः12 इषम्13 वुरीत^14 अवसे15 ॥
agnā^1 yaḥ^2 martyaḥ^3 duvaḥ^4 dhiyam^5 jujoṣa^6 dhīti’bhiḥ^7 ।
bhasat^8 nu^9 saḥ^10 pra^11 pūrvyaḥ^12 iṣam^13 vurīta^14 avase^15 ।।

1.       2When 3mortal man 7by his musings 6comes to take pleasure 4of work and 5thought 1in the Fire, 10he 11,8shines with light and 12is one supreme; 10he 14receives 13the impulsion 15that leads him to safety.

13 iṣam – The power that enables us to make the journey through the night of our being to the divine Light [15/413 fn 2]; The straight impulsion which the gods possess; man, moving from the ignorance to the Truth by the ignorance, follows a crooked and wavering movement, has a judgment distressed by the falsehood and in his growth stumbles constantly into sin and suffering. By the growth of the gods in him, he is able to move without stumbling and suffering from Truth to greater Truth, straight, felicitously. [15/537 fn 2]

अग्निरिद्धि प्रचेता अग्निर्वेधस्तम ऋषिः ।
अग्निं होतारमीळते यज्ञेषु मनुषो विशः ॥6.14.2॥

अग्निः1 इत्2 हि3 प्रऽचेताः4 अग्निः5 वेधःऽतमः6 ऋषिः7 ।

अग्निम्8 होतारम्9 ईळते10 यज्ञेषु11 मनुषः12 विशः13 ॥
agniḥ^1 it^2 hi^3 pra’cetāḥ^4 agniḥ^5 vedhaḥ’tamaḥ^6 ṛṣiḥ^7 ।
agnim^8 hotāram^9 īḻate^10 yajñeṣu^11 manuṣaḥ^12 viśaḥ^13 ।।

2.       1The Fire is 4the thinker and knower, 5the Fire is 6a mightiest disposer of works and 7a seer. 8To Fire 9the Priest of the invocation 13the peoples 12of men 10aspire 11in their sacrifices.

नाना ह्यग्नेऽवसे स्पर्धन्ते रायो अर्यः ।
तूर्वन्तो दस्युमायवो व्रतैः सीक्षन्तो अव्रतम् ॥6.14.3॥

नाना1 हि2 अग्ने3 अवसे4 स्पर्धन्ते5 रायः6 अर्यः7 ।

तूर्वन्तः8 दस्युम्9 आयवः10 व्रतैः11 सीक्षन्तः12 अव्रतम्13 ॥
nānā^1 hi^2 agne^3 avase^4 spardhante^5 rāyaḥ^6 aryaḥ^7 ।
tūrvantaḥ^8 dasyum^9 āyavaḥ^10 vrataiḥ^11 sīkṣantaḥ^12 avratam^13 ।।

3.       1Of many kinds 4are they who seek thy safeguard and 5strive with the Fire 6for his riches; 10men 8breaking through 9the Destroyer 12seek to overcome 13his lawless strength 11by the order of their works.

9 dasyum - The Dasyu is the undivine being who does no sacrifice, amasses a wealth he cannot rightly use because he cannot speak the word or mentalise the superconscient Truth, hates the Word, the gods and the sacrifice and gives nothing of himself to the higher existences but robs and withholds his wealth from the Aryan. He is the thief, the enemy, the wolf, the devourer, the divider, the obstructor, the confiner. Dasyus are powers of darkness and ignorance who oppose the seeker of truth and immortality [15/244-5]

11 vrataiḥ - Vratāni, called the Aryan or divine workings, those of the divine law of the Truth to be revealed in man. [15/525 fn 7]

13 avratam - The Dasyu or un-Aryan, whether human or superhuman, is he who is void of these diviner workings, opposes them in his darkened consciousness and tries to destroy them in the world. The Lords of Darkness are therefore called Dasyus, the Destroyers. [15/525 fn 7]

अग्निरप्सामृतीषहं वीरं ददाति सत्पतिम् ।
यस्य त्रसन्ति शवसः संचक्षि शत्रवो भिया ॥6.14.4॥

अग्निः1 अप्साम्2 ऋतिऽसहम्3 वीरम्4 ददाति5 सत्ऽपतिम्6 ।

यस्य^7 त्रसन्ति8 शवसः9 सम्ऽचक्षि10 शत्रवः11 भिया12 ॥
agniḥ^1 apsām^2 ṛti’saham^3 vīram^4 dadāti^5 sat’patim^6 ।
yasya^7 trasanti^8 śavasaḥ^9 sam’cakṣi^10 śatravaḥ^11 bhiyā^12 ।।

4.       1The Fire 5gives to man 6a Master of beings, 4a Warrior 3who overbears the charge of the foe and wins 2the Waters; 11the enemies 12are afraid 7at his 10very sight and 8scatter in panic 9from his puissance.

अग्निहि विद्मना निदो देवो मर्तमुरुष्यति ।
सहावा यस्यावृतो रयिर्वाजेष्ववृतः ॥6.14.5॥

अग्निः1 हि2 विद्मना3 निदः4 देवः5 मर्तम्6 उरुष्यति7 ।

सहऽवा8 यस्य^9 अवृतः10 रयिः11 वाजेषु12 अवृतः13 ॥
agniḥ^1 hi^2 vidmanā^3 nidaḥ^4 devaḥ^5 martam^6 uruṣyati^7 ।
saha’vā^8 yasya^9 avṛtaḥ^10 rayiḥ^11 vājeṣu^12 avṛtaḥ^13 ।।

5.       1The Fire 5is the godhead 7who rescues 6mortal man 3by knowledge 4from the Binder. 8A forceful thing is 11athe treasure 9of his 11briches, 10unencircled by the adversary, 13unbesieged 12in its plenitudes.

4 nidaḥ - Powers of limitation, the Confiners, Restrainers or Censurers, who, without altogether obscuring the rays of Light or damming up the energies, yet seek by constantly affirming the deficiencies of our self-expression to limit its field and set up the progress realised as an obstacle to the progress to come. [15/261]

अच्छा नो मित्रमहो देव देवानग्ने वोचः सुमतिं रोदस्योः ।
वीहि स्वस्तिं सुक्षितिं दिवो नृन् द्विषो अंहांसि दुरिता तरेम ता तरेम तवावसा तरेम ॥6.14.6॥

अच्छ^1 नः2 मित्रऽमहः3 देव^4 देवान्5 अग्ने6 वोचः7 सुऽमतिम्8 रोदस्योः9 ।

वीहि10 स्वस्तिम्11 सुऽक्षितिम्12 दिवः13 नॄन्14 द्विषः15 अंहांसि16 दुःऽइता17 तरेम^18 ता19 तरेम^20 तव^21 अवसा22 तरेम^23 ॥
accha^1 naḥ^2 mitra’mahaḥ^3 deva^4 devān^5 agne^6 vocaḥ^7 su’matim^8 rodasyoḥ^9 ।
vīhi^10 svastim^11 su’kṣitim^12 divaḥ^13 nṝn^14 dviṣaḥ^15 aṃhāṃsi^16 duḥ’itā^17 tarema^18 tā^19 tarema^20 tava^21 avasā^22 tarema^23 ।।

6.       6O Fire, 3O friendly Light, 4O Godhead, 1turn 5to the Godheads, 7mayst thou speak 2for us 8the true thought 9of Earth and Heaven; 10move 11to the peace and 12the happy abode and 14the men 13of Heaven. 18Let us pass beyond 15the foe and 16the sin and 17the stumbling; 20let us pass beyond 19these things, 23apass 21in thy 22akeeping 23bthrough them 22bsafe. [Same as 6.2.11]

Sukta 15

इममू षु वो अतिथिमुषर्बुधं विश्वासां विशां पतिमृञ्जसे गिरा ।
वेतीद्दिवो जनुषा कच्चिदा शुचिर्ज्योक् चिदत्ति गर्भो यदच्युतम् ॥6.15.1॥

इमम्1 ऊं2 सु3 वः4 अतिथिम्5 उषःऽबुधम्6 विश्वासाम्7 विशाम्8 पतिम्9 ऋञ्जसे10 गिरा11 ।

वेति12 इत्13 दिवः14 जनुषा15 कत्16 चित्17 आ^18 शुचिः19 ज्योक्20 चित्21 अत्ति22 गर्भः23 यत्24

अच्युतम्25 ॥
imam^1 ūṃ^2 su^3 vaḥ^4 atithim^5 uṣaḥ’budham^6 viśvāsām^7 viśām^8 patim^9 ṛñjase^10 girā^11 ।
veti^12 it^13 divaḥ^14 januṣā^15 kat^16 cit^17 ā^18 śuciḥ^19 jyok^20 cit^21 atti^22 garbhaḥ^23 yat^24 acyutam^25 ।।

1.       4Thou 3,10must crown 11with the word 5the guest 1who 6wakes from sleep with the dawn, 9Master 7of all these 8peoples. 19He is pure 16,17from his very 15birth and 13surely 18,12he comes to us 14from heaven in his time; 20long 21too, 23a child from the womb, 22he feeds 24on all that 25is unfallen.

मित्रं न यं सुधितं भृगवो दधुर्वनस्पतावीड्यमूर्ध्वशोचिषम् ।
स त्वं सुप्रीतो वीतहव्ये अद्भुत प्रशस्तिभिर्महयसे दिवेदिवे ॥6.15.2॥

मित्रम्1 न^2 यम्3 सुऽधितम्4 भृगवः5 दधुः6 वनस्पतौ7 ईड्यम्8 ऊर्ध्वऽशोचिषम्9 ।

सः10 त्वम्11 सुऽप्रीतः12 वीतऽहव्ये13 अद्भुत^14 प्रशस्तिऽभिः15 महयसे16 दिवेऽदिवे17 ॥
mitram^1 na^2 yam^3 su’dhitam^4 bhṛgavaḥ^5 dadhuḥ^6 vanaspatau^7 īḍyam^8 ūrdhva’śociṣam^9 ।
saḥ^10 tvam^11 su’prītaḥ^12 vīta’havye^13 adbhuta^14 praśasti’bhiḥ^15 mahayase^16 dive’dive^17 ।।

2.       5The Bhrigus 6set 7in the Tree 8the godhead of our aspiration 9with his high flame of light 2like 1a friend 4well-confirmed in his place. 10And now, 14O Wonderful, 12well-pleased in him 13who has cast to thee the offering, 11thou 16art magnified 15by wordings of thy power 17from day to day.

स त्वं दक्षस्यावृको वृधो भूरर्यः परस्यान्तरस्य तरुषः ।
रायः सूनो सहसो मर्त्येष्वा छर्दिर्यच्छ वीतहव्याय सप्रथो भरद्वाजाय सप्रथः ॥6.15.3॥

सः1 त्वम्2 दक्षस्य^3 अवृकः4 वृधः5 भूः6 अर्यः7 परस्य^8 अन्तरस्य^9 तरुषः10 ।

रायः11 सूनो12 सहसः13 मर्त्येषु14 आ^15 छर्दिः16 यच्छ^17 वीतऽहव्याय^18 सऽप्रथः19 भरत्ऽवाजाय^20 सऽप्रथः21॥
saḥ^1 tvam^2 dakṣasya^3 avṛkaḥ^4 vṛdhaḥ^5 bhūḥ^6 aryaḥ^7 parasya^8 antarasya^9 taruṣaḥ^10 ।
rāyaḥ^11 sūno^12 sahasaḥ^13 martyeṣu^14 ā^15 chardiḥ^16 yaccha^17 vīta’havyāya^18 sa’prathaḥ^19 bharat’vājāya^20 sa’prathaḥ^21।।

3.       6Be in us 1,2the one whom 4the wolf cannot rend, 5the god who makes grow 3the discernment, 5makes grow 8the supreme 9inner 7Warrior 10who delivers. 12O Son 13of Force, 15,17extend 14in mortals 11the Riches, 19the wide-spreading 16House, 18for the caster of the offering, 20for Bharadwaja 21the wide-spreading 16House.

6 be 10 our deliverer 7 from the enemy 8 beyond and 9 within us [16/79 fn 11]

द्युतानं वो अतिथिं स्वर्णरमग्निं होतारं मनुषः स्वध्वरम् ।
विप्रं न द्युक्षवचसं सुवृक्तिभिर्हव्यवाहमरतिं देवमृञ्जसे ॥6.15.4॥

द्युतानम्1 वः2 अतिथिम्3 स्वःऽनरम्4 अग्निम्5 होतारम्6 मनुषः7 सुऽअध्वरम्8 ।

विप्रम्9 न^10 द्युक्षऽवचसम्11 सुवृक्तिऽभिः12 हव्यऽवाहम्13 अरतिम्14 देवम्15 ऋञ्जसे16 ॥
dyutānam^1 vaḥ^2 atithim^3 svaḥ’naram^4 agnim^5 hotāram^6 manuṣaḥ^7 su’adhvaram^8 ।
vipram^9 na^10 dyukṣa’vacasam^11 suvṛkti’bhiḥ^12 havya’vāham^13 aratim^14 devam^15 ṛñjase^16 ।।

4.       16Crown must thou 3the guest 1shining with light, 4the Male of the Sun-world, 6athe Priest of 7man's 6binvocation 8who makes perfect the Rite of the Path. 16Crown 12with your acts of purification 9the Seer 11bwhose speech 11ahas its home in the Light, 13the Carrier of offerings, 14the Traveller, 15the Godhead of 5Fire.

11a dyukṣa - has its home in the Heaven, or, houses the Light [16/80 fn 12]

पावकया यश्चितयन्त्या कृपा क्षामन् रुरुच उषसो न भानुना ।
तूर्वन् न यामन्नेतशस्य नू रण आ यो घृणे न ततृषाणो अजरः ॥6.15.5॥

पावकया1 यः2 चितयन्त्या3 कृपा4 क्षामन्5 रुरुचे6 उषसः7 न^8 भानुना9 ।

तूर्वन्10 न^11 यामन्12 एतशस्य^13 नु14 रणे15 आ^16 यः17 घृणे18 न^19 ततृषाणः20 अजरः21 ॥
pāvakayā^1 yaḥ^2 citayantyā^3 kṛpā^4 kṣāman^5 ruruce^6 uṣasaḥ^7 na^8 bhānunā^9 ।
tūrvan^10 na^11 yāman^12 etaśasya^13 nu^14 raṇe^15 ā^16 yaḥ^17 ghṛṇe^18 na^19 tatṛṣāṇaḥ^20 ajaraḥ^21 ।।

5.       2He 6shines 4with the light 1that makes pure, 4the light 3that awakens to knowledge, 6shines in beauty 5on the earth 8as if 9with a splendour 7of Dawn. 17He is 11as if 10one hewing his way 12in the march and 15battle 13of the shining Horse; 17he is 19like 20one athirst and 16,18luminously blazing, 21the ageless Fire.

13 etaśasya - of the white horse (4.15.5)

अग्निमग्निं वः समिधा दुवस्यत प्रियंप्रियं वो अतिथिं गृणीषणि ।
उप वो गीर्भिरमृतं विवासत देवो देवेषु वनते हि वार्यं देवो देवेषु वनते हि नो दुवः ॥6.15.6॥

अग्निम्ऽअग्निम्1 वः2 सम्ऽइधा3 दुवस्यत^4 प्रियम्ऽप्रियम्5 वः6 अतिथिम्7 गृणीषणि8 ।

उप^9 वः10 गीःऽभिः11 अमृतम्12 विवासत^13 देवः14 देवेषु15 वनते16 हि17 वार्यम्18 देवः19 देवेषु20 वनते21 हि22 नः23 दुवः24 ॥
agnim’agnim^1 vaḥ^2 sam’idhā^3 duvasyata^4 priyam’priyam^5 vaḥ^6 atithim^7 gṛṇīṣaṇi^8 ।
upa^9 vaḥ^10 gīḥ’bhiḥ^11 amṛtam^12 vivāsata^13 devaḥ^14 deveṣu^15 vanate^16 hi^17 vāryam^18 devaḥ^19 deveṣu^20 vanate^21 hi^22 naḥ^23 duvaḥ^24 ।।

6.       1Fire and again Fire 4set to work 3awith 2your 3bfuel, 8chant 11awith 6your 11bspeech 5the dear, the beloved 7Guest. 9Approach and 13aset 12the Immortal 13balight 11awith 19your 11bwords; 14a god 16he enjoys 15in the gods 23our 18desirable things, — 19a god, 21he enjoys 23our 24works 20in the gods.

4 duvasyata – or serve with work [(5.28.6); (6.16.46); 15/470]

समिद्धमग्निं समिधा गिरा गृणे शुचिं पावकं पुरो अध्वरे ध्रुवम् ।
विप्रं होतारं पुरुवारमद्रुहं कविं सुम्नैरीमहे जातवेदसम् ॥6.15.7॥

सम्ऽइद्धम्1 अग्निम्2 सम्ऽइधा3 गिरा4 गृणे5 शुचिम्6 पावकम्7 पुरः8 अध्वरे9 ध्रुवम्10 ।

विप्रम्11 होतारम्12 पुरुऽवारम्13 अद्रुहम्14 कविम्15 सुम्नैः16 ईमहे17 जातऽवेदसम्18 ॥
sam’iddham^1 agnim^2 sam’idhā^3 girā^4 gṛṇe^5 śucim^6 pāvakam^7 puraḥ^8 adhvare^9 dhruvam^10 ।
vipram^11 hotāram^12 puru’vāram^13 adruham^14 kavim^15 sumnaiḥ^16 īmahe^17 jāta’vedasam^18 ।।

7.       5I chant 2the Fire 1that is kindled 4with the word 3for fuel, 2the Fire 6that is pure and 7makes pure; 2Fire 10that is steadfast for ever and 8marches in front 9in the Rite of the Path. 17We desire 16with his felicities 11the Illumined, 12the Priest of the call, 14the harmless, 13rich with many blessings, 15the Seer 18who knows all births that are.

त्वां दूतमग्ने अमृतं युगेयुगे हव्यवाहं दधिरे पायुमीड्यम् ।
देवासश्च मर्तासश्च जागृविं विभुं विश्पतिं नमसा नि षेदिरे ॥6.15.8॥

त्वाम्1 दूतम्2 अग्ने3 अमृतम्4 युगेऽयुगे5 हव्यऽवाहम्6 दधिरे7 पायुम्8 ईड्यम्9 ।

देवासः10 च^11 मर्तासः12 च^13 जागृविम्14 विऽभुम्15 विश्पतिम्16 नमसा17 नि18 सेदिरे19 ॥
tvām^1 dūtam^2 agne^3 amṛtam^4 yuge’yuge^5 havya’vāham^6 dadhire^7 pāyum^8 īḍyam^9 ।
devāsaḥ^10 ca^11 martāsaḥ^12 ca^13 jāgṛvim^14 vi’bhum^15 viśpatim^16 namasā^17 ni^18 sedire^19 ।।

8.       3O Fire, 7they have set 1thee here 2the Messenger, 4the Immortal 5in generation after generation, 6the Carrier of offerings, 8protector of man and 9the Godhead of his prayer. 10Gods 11alike 13and 12mortals 18,19sit 17with obeisance 15before the all-pervading 16Master of the peoples, 14the ever-wakeful Fire.

विभूषन्नग्न उभयाँ अनु व्रता दूतो देवानां रजसी समीयसे ।
यत् ते धीतिं सुमतिमावृणीमहेऽघ स्मा नस्त्रिवरुथः शिवो भव ॥6.15.9॥

विऽभूषन्1 अग्ने2 उभयान्3 अनु4 व्रता5 दूतः6 देवानाम्7 रजसी8 सम्9 ईयसे10 ।

यत्11 ते12 धीतिम्13 सुऽमतिम्14 आऽवृणीमहे15 अध^16 स्म^17 नः18 त्रिऽवरूथः19 शिवः20 भव^21 ॥
vi’bhūṣan^1 agne^2 ubhayān^3 anu^4 vratā^5 dūtaḥ^6 devānām^7 rajasī^8 sam^9 īyase^10 ।
yat^11 te^12 dhītim^13 su’matim^14 ā’vṛṇīmahe^15 adha^16 sma^17 naḥ^18 tri’varūthaḥ^19 śivaḥ^20 bhava^21 ।।

9.       2O Fire, 4according to 5the laws of thy works 1thou pervadest 3either race [Gods and mortals]; 6thou art the messenger 7of the Gods and 9,10rangest 8both the worlds. 11Since 15we have accepted 12thy 13thinking and 14the right understanding 12that is thine, 21be to us 18our 19triple armour of defence and 20benignant helper.

19 tri’varūthaḥ - in the mental, vital and physical being [15/407]

तं सुप्रतीकं सुदृशं स्वञ्चमविद्वांसो विदुष्टरं सपेम ।
स यक्षद् विश्वा वयुनानि विद्वान् प्र हव्यमग्निरमृतेषु वोचत् ॥6.15.10॥

तम्1 सुऽप्रतीकम्2 सुऽदृशम्3 सुऽअञ्चम्4 अविद्वांसः5 विदुःऽतरम्6 सपेम^7 ।

सः8 यक्षत्9 विश्वा10 वयुनानि11 विद्वान्12 प्र^13 हव्यम्14 अग्निः15 अमृतेषु16 वोचत्17 ॥
tam^1 su’pratīkam^2 su’dṛśam^3 su’añcam^4 avidvāṃsaḥ^5 viduḥ’taram^6 sapema^7 ।
saḥ^8 yakṣat^9 viśvā^10 vayunāni^11 vidvān^12 pra^13 havyam^14 agniḥ^15 amṛteṣu^16 vocat^17 ।।

10. 7aMay 5we who know not 7come into touch 6with this great knower 2with his true front and 4just walk and 3perfect vision. 9aMay 8he 12who knows 10all 11manifested things 9bdo sacrifice for us, 17amay 15Fire 13,17bvoice 14our offering 16in the world of the Immortals.

4 su’añcam - true in movement (7.10.3)

10 all 11 kinds of knowledge [16/81 fn 13]

तमग्ने पास्युत तं पिपर्षि यस्त आनट् कवये शूर धीतिम् ।
यज्ञस्य वा निशितिं वोदितिं वा तमित् पृणक्षि शवसोत राया ॥6.15.11॥

तम्1 अग्ने2 पासि3 उत^4 तम्5 पिपर्षि6 यः7 ते8 आनट्9 कवये10 शूर^11 धीतिम्12 ।

यज्ञस्य^13 वा14 निऽशितिम्15 वा16 उत्ऽ इतिम्17 वा18 तम्19 इत्20 पृणक्षि21 शवसा22 उत^23 राया24 ॥
tam^1 agne^2 pāsi^3 uta^4 tam^5 piparṣi^6 yaḥ^7 te^8 ānaṭ^9 kavaye^10 śūra^11 dhītim^12 ।
yajñasya^13 vā^14 ni’śitim^15 vā^16 ut’ m^17 vā^18 tam^19 it^20 pṛṇakṣi^21 śavasā^22 uta^23 rāyā^24 ।।

11. 11O heroic 2Fire, 3thou guardest 4and 6bringest safe to the other side 1the man 7who 9has reached 12to the Thought 8for thee 10the Seer and 9achieved 15the intensity 13of the sacrifice 14or 17its ascending movement; 21thou fillest 19him 22with might 23and 24riches.

त्वमग्ने वनुष्यतो नि पाहि त्वमु नः सहसावन्नवद्यात् ।
सं त्वा ध्वस्मन्वदभ्येतु पाथः सं रयिः स्पृहयाय्यः सहस्त्री ॥6.15.12॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 वनुष्यतः3 नि4 पाहि5 त्वम्6 ऊं7 नः8 सहसाऽवन्9 अवद्यात्10 ।

सम्11 त्वा12 ध्वस्मन्ऽवत्13 अभि14 एतु15 पाथः16 सम्17 रयिः18 स्पृहयाय्यः19 सहस्री20 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 vanuṣyataḥ^3 ni^4 pāhi^5 tvam^6 ūṃ^7 naḥ^8 sahasā’van^9 avadyāt^10 ।
sam^11 tvā^12 dhvasman’vat^13 abhi^14 etu^15 pāthaḥ^16 sam^17 rayiḥ^18 spṛhayāyyaḥ^19 sahasrī^20 ।।

12. 2O Fire 9that hast the Force, 4,5guard 8us 10from fault, 4,5guard 3from one who would subject us. 14,15May there come 12to thee 11along 16the path 13full of destructions 20the thousandfold 19delectable 18treasure.

3 vanuṣyataḥ - those who would conquer us (7.1.15)

अग्निर्होता गृहपतिः स राजा विश्वा वेद जनिमा जातवेदाः ।
देवानामुत यो मर्त्यानां यजिष्ठः स प्र यजतामृतावा ॥6.15.13॥

अग्निः1 होता2 गृहऽपतिः3 सः4 राजा5 विश्वा6 वेद^7 जनिम^8 जातऽवेदाः9 ।

देवानाम्10 उत^11 यः12 मर्त्यानाम्13 यजिष्ठः14 सः15 प्र^16 यजताम्17 ऋतऽवा18 ॥
agniḥ^1 hotā^2 gṛha’patiḥ^3 saḥ^4 rājā^5 viśvā^6 veda^7 janima^8 jāta’vedāḥ^9 ।
devānām^10 uta^11 yaḥ^12 martyānām^13 yajiṣṭhaḥ^14 saḥ^15 pra^16 yajatām^17 ṛta’vā^18 ।।

13. 1Fire, 2the Priest of the invocation, 5is a king and 3the Master in our house; 6all 8the births 4he 7knows, 4he is 9of all things born the Knower. 12He 14is strong to sacrifice and 18the Truth is in him; 16,17let him do sacrifice 10for gods 11and 13mortals.

अग्ने यदद्य विशो अध्वरस्य होतः पावकशोचे वेष्टवं हि यज्वा ।
ऋता यजासि महिना वि यद् भूर्हव्या वह यविष्ठ या ते अद्य ॥6.15.14॥

अग्ने1 यत्2 अद्य^3 विशः4 अध्वरस्य^5 होतः6 पावकऽशोचे7 वेः8 त्वम्9 हि10 यज्वा11 ।

ऋता12 यजासि13 महिना14 वि15 यत्16 भूः17 हव्या18 वह^19 यविष्ठ^20 या21 ते22 अद्य^23 ॥
agne^1 yat^2 adya^3 viśaḥ^4 adhvarasya^5 hotaḥ^6 pāvaka’śoce^7 veḥ^8 tvam^9 hi^10 yajvā^11 ।
ṛtā^12 yajāsi^13 mahinā^14 vi^15 yat^16 bhūḥ^17 havyā^18 vaha^19 yaviṣṭha^20 yā^21 te^22 adya^23 ।।

14. 1O Fire, 7O Light that makest pure, 6O summoning Priest 4of man's 5sacrifice, 3today 2when 9thou 8comest 11as a doer of worship, 3today 16when 9thou 15,17growest all-pervading 14in thy greatness and 13offerest 12the things of the Truth for sacrifice, 23today 19carry 22with thee 18our offerings, 20O ever-youthful Fire, even 12the truths 21that 22are thine.

अभि प्रयांसि सुधितानि हि ख्यो नि त्वा दधीत रोदसी यजघ्यै ।
अवा नो मघवन् वाजसातावग्ने विश्वानि दुरिता तरेम ता तरेम तवावसा तरेम ॥6.15.15॥

अभि1 प्रयांसि2 सुऽधितानि3 हि4 ख्यः5 नि6 त्वा7 दधीत^8 रोदसी9 यजध्यै10 ।

अव^11 नः12 मघऽवन्13 वाजऽसातौ14 अग्ने15 विश्वानि16 दुःऽइता17 तरेम^18 ता19 तरेम^20 तव^21 अवसा22

तरेम^23 ॥
abhi^1 prayāṃsi^2 su’dhitāni^3 hi^4 khyaḥ^5 ni^6 tvā^7 dadhīta^8 rodasī^9 yajadhyai^10 ।
ava^11 naḥ^12 magha’van^13 vāja’sātau^14 agne^15 viśvāni^16 duḥ’itā^17 tarema^18 tā^19 tarema^20 tava^21 avasā^22 tarema^23 ।।

15.      1,5Open thy manifesting eye 3on our firm-based 2pleasant things; 8let a man set 7thee 6within him 10to sacrifice 9to Earth and Heaven. 11Protect 12us, 13O King of Riches, 14in our conquest of the plenitudes; 15O Fire, 18may we pass safe through 16all 17the stumbling-places.       20Let us pass beyond 19these things, 23apass 21in thy 22keeping 23bthrough them safe.

14 vāja’sātau - The three great conquests (sātau) - of the plenitudes (vāja) – to which the human being aspires, which the Gods are in constant battle with the Vritras and Panis to give to man are the herds, the waters, and the Sun or the solar world, gā, apaḥ, svaḥ [15/109]

अग्ने विश्वेभिः स्वनीक देवैरुर्णावन्तं प्रथमः सीद योनिम् ।
कुलायिनं घृतवन्तं सवित्रे यज्ञं नय यजामानाय साधु ॥6.15.16॥

अग्ने1 विश्वेभिः2 सुऽअनीक^3 देवैः4 ऊर्णाऽवन्तम्5 प्रथमः6 सीद^7 योनिम्8 ।

कुलायिनम्9 घृतऽवन्तम्10 सवित्रे11 यज्ञम्12 नय^13 यजमानाय^14 साधु15 ॥
agne^1 viśvebhiḥ^2 su’anīka^3 devaiḥ^4 ūrṇā’vantam^5 prathamaḥ^6 sīda^7 yonim^8 ।
kulāyinam^9 ghṛta’vantam^10 savitre^11 yajñam^12 naya^13 yajamānāya^14 sādhu^15 ।।

16. 1O Fire 3with thy strong armies of flame, 7sit 4with the gods, 6first 2of them all, 5in the wool-flecked 8lair 9where the Nest is ready and 10the light-offering; 13alead 14for the doer of the rite, 11for the presser of the wine 15rightly 13bon its paths 12the sacrifice.

5 ūrṇā’vantam - The strainer, pavitra, in which the Soma is purified is made of the fleece of the Ewe (ūrṇā) [15/566 fn 4]

इममु त्यमथर्ववदग्निं मन्थन्ति वेधसः ।
यमङ्कूयन्तमानयन्नमूरं श्याव्याभ्यः ॥6.15.17॥

इमम्1 ऊं2 त्यम्3 अथर्वऽवत्4 अग्निम्5 मन्थन्ति6 वेधसः7 ।

यम्8 अङ्कुऽयन्तम्9 आ^10 अनयन्11 अमूरम्12 श्याव्याभ्यः13 ॥
imam^1 ūṃ^2 tyam^3 atharva’vat^4 agnim^5 manthanti^6 vedhasaḥ^7 ।
yam^8 aṅku’yantam^9 ā^10 anayan^11 amūram^12 śyāvyābhyaḥ^13 ।।

17. 1This is 2that 5Fire 3whom 7the ordainers of works 6churn out 4like Atharvan of old; 12a Power unbewildered, 10,11they led 8him 9in his zigzag walk 13from the dusky Nights.

7 vedhasaḥ - वेधा: does not mean मेधावी but विधाता and especially the disposer, right ordainer (विध्, विन्ध्) of the sacrifice and its parts, prominently the hymn स्तोम; skilful by his right knowledge and right force to order rightly the hymn in relation to the stages of the sacrifice [16/571-2]

12 amūram - free from ignorance (3.19.1); untouched by ignorance (4.11.5)

जनिष्वा देववीतये सर्वताता स्वस्तये ।
आ देवान् वक्ष्यमृताँ ऋतावृधो यज्ञं देवेषु पिस्पृशः ॥6.15.18॥

जनिष्व^1 देवऽवीतये2 सर्वऽताता3 स्वस्तये4 ।

आ^5 देवान्6 वक्षि7 अमृतान्8 ऋतऽवृधः9 यज्ञम्10 देवेषु11 पिस्पृशः12 ॥
janiṣva^1 deva’vītaye^2 sarva’tātā^3 svastaye^4 ।
ā^5 devān^6 vakṣi^7 amṛtān^8 ṛta’vṛdhaḥ^9 yajñam^10 deveṣu^11 pispṛśaḥ^12 ।।

18. 1Be born to us 3in our all-forming labour 2for the coming of the Gods, 4for our peace. 5,7Bring 6the gods to us, 8the Immortals, 9the builders of the growing Truth; 12agive 10to our sacrifice 12atouch 11on the gods.

वयमु त्वा गृहपते जनानामग्ने अकर्म समिधा बृहन्तम् ।
अस्थूरि नो गार्हपत्यानि सन्तु तिग्मेन नस्तेजसा सं शिशाधि ॥6.15.19॥

वयम्1 ऊं2 त्वा3 गृहऽपते4 जनानाम्5 अग्ने6 अकर्म^7 सम्ऽइधा8 बृहन्तम्9 ।

अस्थूरि10 नः11 गार्हऽपत्यानि12 सन्तु13 तिग्मेन^14 नः15 तेजसा16 सम्17 शिशाधि18 ॥
vayam^1 ūṃ^2 tvā^3 gṛha’pate^4 janānām^5 agne^6 akarma^7 sam’idhā^8 bṛhantam^9 ।
asthūri^10 naḥ^11 gārha’patyāni^12 santu^13 tigmena^14 naḥ^15 tejasā^16 sam^17 śiśādhi^18 ।।

19. 6O Fire, 5O man's 4master of the house, 1we have 8afed 3thee 8bwith our fuel and 7made 3thee 9a vastness; 13alet 12the works of the house-master 13bbe 10unhalting, 18amake 15us 17utterly 18bkeen 14with thy intense 16force of light.

Sukta 16

त्वमग्ने यज्ञानां होता विश्वेषां हितः ।
देवेभिर्मानुषे जने ॥6.16.1॥

त्वम्1 अग्ने2 यज्ञानाम्3 होता4 विश्वेषाम्5 हितः6 ।

देवेभिः7 मानुषे8 जने9 ॥
tvam^1 agne^2 yajñānām^3 hotā^4 viśveṣām^5 hitaḥ^6 ।
devebhiḥ^7 mānuṣe^8 jane^9 ।।

1.       2O Fire, 1thou 6art set here 5in all 4as the Priest of the call 4in the sacrifice, 6set 7by the gods 8,9in the human being.

स नो मन्द्राभिरध्वरे जिह्वाभिर्यजा महः ।
आ देवान् वक्षि यक्षि च ॥6.16.2॥

सः1 नः2 मन्द्राभिः3 अध्वरे4 जिह्वाभिः5 यज^6 महः7 ।

आ^8 देवान्9 वक्षि10 यक्षि11 च^12 ॥
saḥ^1 naḥ^2 mandrābhiḥ^3 adhvare^4 jihvābhiḥ^5 yaja^6 mahaḥ^7 ।
ā^8 devān^9 vakṣi^10 yakṣi^11 ca^12 ।।

2.       6Offer worship 3with thy rapturous 5tongues 4in the Rite of the Path 7to the Great Ones. 8,10Bring 9the gods to us, 11do them sacrifice.

वेत्था हि वेधो अध्वनः पथश्च देवाञ्जसा ।
अग्ने यज्ञेषु सुक्रतो ॥6.16.3॥

वेत्थ^1 हि2 वेधः3 अध्वनः4 पथः5 च^6 देव^7 अञ्जसा8 ।

अग्ने9 यज्ञेषु10 सुऽक्रतो11 ॥
vettha^1 hi^2 vedhaḥ^3 adhvanaḥ^4 pathaḥ^5 ca^6 deva^7 añjasā^8 ।
agne^9 yajñeṣu^10 su’krato^11 ।।

3.       3O ordainer of works, 11mighty of will, 8by thy revealing light 10in the sacrifice 1thou knowest 5the tracks 7of the gods and 4their highways.

8 añjasā - Or, with thy straight going [16/84 fn 14]

त्वामीळे अध द्विता भरतो वाजिभिः शुनम् ।
ईजे यज्ञेषु यज्ञियम् ॥6.16.4॥

त्वाम्1 ईळे2 अध^3 द्विता4 भरतः5 वाजिऽभिः6 शुनम्7 ।

ईजे8 यज्ञेषु9 यज्ञियम्10 ॥
tvām^1 īḻe^2 adha^3 dvitā^4 bharataḥ^5 vāji’bhiḥ^6 śunam^7 ।
īje^8 yajñeṣu^9 yajñiyam^10 ।।

4. 3Now 2ahas 5the Bringer of the Treasure 6with his horses of swiftness 2baspired 1to thee 4for a twofold 7bliss; 8he has sacrificed 9in the sacrifices 10to the king of sacrifice.

त्वमिमा वार्या पुरु दिवोदासाय सुन्वते ।
भरद्वाजाय दाशुषे ॥6.16.5॥

त्वम्1 इमा2 वार्या3 पुरु4 दिवःऽदासाय^5 सुन्वते6 ।

भरत्ऽवाजाय^7 दाशुषे8 ॥
tvam^1 imā^2 vāryā^3 puru^4 divaḥ’dāsāya^5 sunvate^6 ।
bharat’vājāya^7 dāśuṣe^8 ।।

5.       O Fire, 5for the Servant of Heaven (Divodasa) 6who presses the wine, 7for Bharadwaja 8the giver of the offering, 4the multitude 2of these 3desirable things!

त्वं दूतो अमर्त्य आ वहा दैव्यं जनम् ।
शृण्वन् विप्रस्य सुष्टुतिम् ॥6.16.6॥

त्वम्1 दूतः2 अमर्त्यः3 आ^4 वह^5 दैव्यम्6 जनम्7 ।

शृण्वन्8 विप्रस्य^9 सुऽस्तुतिम्10 ॥
tvam^1 dūtaḥ^2 amartyaḥ^3 ā^4 vaha^5 daivyam^6 janam^7 ।
śṛṇvan^8 viprasya^9 su’stutim^10 ।।

6.       1Thou art 3the Immortal 2messenger; 8lend ear 10to the laud 9of the seer and 4,5bring 6the Divine 7People.

त्वामग्ने स्वाध्यो मर्तासो देववीतये ।
यज्ञेषु देवमीळते ॥6.16.7॥

त्वाम्1 अग्ने2 सुऽआध्यः3 मर्तासः4 देवऽवीतये5 ।

यज्ञेषु6 देवम्7 ईळते8 ॥
tvām^1 agne^2 su’ādhyaḥ^3 martāsaḥ^4 deva’vītaye^5 ।
yajñeṣu^6 devam^7 īḻate^8 ।।

7.       3Men deeply meditating 8aspire 1to thee 5that the godheads may come to them; 4mortals 8they aspire 7to the God 6in the sacrifice.

तव प्र यक्षि संदृशमुत क्रतुं सुदानवः ।
विश्वे जुषन्त कामिनः ॥6.16.8॥

तव^1 प्र^2 यक्षि3 सम्ऽदृशम्4 उत^5 क्रतुम्6 सुऽदानवः7 ।

विश्वे8 जुषन्त^9 कामिनः10 ॥
tava^1 pra^2 yakṣi^3 sam’dṛśam^4 uta^5 kratum^6 su’dānavaḥ^7 ।
viśve^8 juṣanta^9 kāminaḥ^10 ।।

8.       2,3Bring into sacrifice 1thy 4perfect sight 5and 1thy 6will; 7rich are thy gifts and in thee 9is the joy 8of all 10who desire.

त्वं होता मनुर्हितो वह्निरासा विदुष्टरः ।
अग्ने यक्षि दिवो विशः ॥6.16.9॥

त्वम्1 होता2 मनुःऽहितः3 वह्निः4 आसा5 विदुःऽतरः6 ।

अग्ने7 यक्षि8 दिवः9 विशः10 ॥
tvam^1 hotā^2 manuḥ’hitaḥ^3 vahniḥ^4 āsā^5 viduḥ’taraḥ^6 ।
agne^7 yakṣi^8 divaḥ^9 viśaḥ^10 ।।

9.       1Thou art 2the Priest of the call 3set here in thinking man, 4,5his carrier with mouth of flame 6wiser in knowledge than he. 7O Fire, 8sacrifice 10to the people 9of heaven.

अग्न आ याहि वीतये गृणानो हव्यदातये ।
नि होता सत्सि बर्हिषि ॥6.16.10॥

अग्ने1 आ^2 याहि3 वीतये4 गृणानः5 हव्यऽदातये6 ।

नि7 होता8 सत्सि9 बर्हिषि10 ॥
agne^1 ā^2 yāhi^3 vītaye^4 gṛṇānaḥ^5 havya’dātaye^6 ।
ni^7 hotā^8 satsi^9 barhiṣi^10 ।।

10. 2,3Come, 1O Fire, 4for the advent; 5voiced by the word, 2,3come 6for the gift of the oblation: 7,9sit, 8the Priest of our invocation, 9on the grass of the altar.

तं त्वा समिद्भिरङ्गिरो घृतेन वर्धयामसि ।
बृहच्छोचा यविष्ठ्य ॥6.16.11॥

तम्1 त्वा2 समित्ऽभिः3 अङ्गिरः4 घृतेन^5 वर्धयामसि6 ।

बृहत्7 शोच^8 यविष्ठ्य^9 ॥
tam^1 tvā^2 samit’bhiḥ^3 aṅgiraḥ^4 ghṛtena^5 vardhayāmasi^6 ।
bṛhat^7 śoca^8 yaviṣṭhya^9 ।।

11. 4O Angiras, 6awe make 2thee 6bto grow 3by our fuel and 5our offering of the clarity; 8flame 7into a vast light, 9O ever-youthful Fire.

स नः पृथु श्रवाय्यमच्छा देव विवाससि ।
बृहदग्ने सुवीर्यम् ॥6.16.12॥

सः1 नः2 पृथु3 श्रवाय्यम्4 अच्छ^5 देव^6 विवाससि7 ।

बृहत्8 अग्ने9 सुऽवीर्यम्10 ॥
saḥ^1 naḥ^2 pṛthu^3 śravāyyam^4 accha^5 deva^6 vivāsasi^7 ।
bṛhat^8 agne^9 su’vīryam^10 ।।

12. 6O God, 9O Fire, 7thou illuminest 5towards 2us 3a wide 4light of inspired knowledge and 8the vastness 10of a perfect force.

त्वामग्ने पुष्करादध्यथर्वा निरमन्थत ।
मूर्ध्नो विश्वस्य वाघतः ॥6.16.13॥

त्वाम्1 अग्ने2 पुष्करात्3 अधि4 अथर्वा5 निः6 अमन्थत^7 ।

मूर्ध्नः8 विश्वस्य^9 वाघतः10 ॥
tvām^1 agne^2 puṣkarāt^3 adhi^4 atharvā^5 niḥ^6 amanthata^7 ।
mūrdhnaḥ^8 viśvasya^9 vāghataḥ^10 ।।

13. 2O Fire, 5Atharvan 7churned 1thee 6out 3from the Lotus, 8from the head 9of every 10chanting sage.

4 on 3 Pushkara [16/86 fn 16]

3 the Lotus 8 of the head 9 of every 10 chanting sage [16/86 fn 16]

10 vāghataḥ - Vāghat may mean the sacrificial priest because he is the one who calls to the deity in the chant of the brahma, the sacred hymn. It may also mean one who increases in being, in his brahma, his soul, who is getting vāja or substance. [14/152]

तमु त्वा दघ्यङ्ङृषिः पुत्र ईघे अथर्वणः ।
वृत्रहणं पुरंदरम् ॥6.16.14॥

तम्1 ऊं2 त्वा3 दध्यङ्4 ऋषिः5 पुत्रः6 ईधे7 अथर्वणः8 ।

वृत्रऽहनम्9 पुरम्ऽदरम्10 ॥
tam^1 ūṃ^2 tvā^3 dadhyaṅ^4 ṛṣiḥ^5 putraḥ^6 īdhe^7 atharvaṇaḥ^8 ।
vṛtra’hanam^9 puram’daram^10 ।।

14. And 4Dadhyang 2too, 5the Seer, 8Atharvan's 6son, 7kindled 3thee 9a slayer of the Python adversary and 10shatterer of his cities.

तमु त्वा पाथ्यो वृषा समीधे दस्युहन्तमम् ।
धनंजयं रणेरणे ॥6.16.15॥

तम्1 ऊं2 त्वा3 पाथ्यः4 वृषा5 सम्6 ईधे7 दस्युहन्ऽतमम्8 ।

धनम्ऽजयम्9 रणेऽरणे10 ॥
tam^1 ūṃ^2 tvā^3 pāthyaḥ^4 vṛṣā^5 sam^6 īdhe^7 dasyuhan’tamam^8 ।
dhanam’jayam^9 raṇe’raṇe^10 ।।

15. 3Thee 5the Bull 4of the paths 6,7set full alight, 8most mighty to slay the Destroyers, 9a conqueror of riches 10in battle upon battle.

एहयू षु ब्रवाणि तेऽग्ने इत्थेतरा गिरः ।
एभिर्वर्आस इन्दुभिः ॥6.16.16॥

आ^1 इहि2 ऊं3 सु4 ब्रवाणि5 ते6 अग्ने7 इत्था8 इतराः9 गिरः10 ।

एभिः11 वर्धासे12 इन्दुऽभिः13 ॥
ā^1 ihi^2 ūṃ^3 su^4 bravāṇi^5 te^6 agne^7 itthā^8 itarāḥ^9 giraḥ^10 ।
ebhiḥ^11 vardhāse^12 indu’bhiḥ^13 ।।

16. 1,2Come to me and 4,5let me voice 6to thee, 7O Fire, 8true 9other 10words; 12for thou growest 11by these 13moon-powers of the Wine.

यत्र क्व च ते मनो दक्षं दधस उत्तरम् ।
तत्रा सदः कृणवसे ॥6.16.17॥

यत्र^1 क्व^2 च^3 ते4 मनः5 दक्षम्6 दधसे7 उत्ऽतरम्8 ।

तत्र^9 सदः10 कृणवसे11 ॥
yatra^1 kva^2 ca^3 te^4 manaḥ^5 dakṣam^6 dadhase^7 ut’taram^8 ।
tatra^9 sadaḥ^10 kṛṇavase^11 ।।

17. 1,2Wheresoever 4is thy 5mind and 7thou plantest 8that higher 6discernment, 9there 11thou makest 10thy house.

नहि ते पूर्वमक्षिपद् भुवन्नेमानां वसो ।
अथा दुवो वनवसे ॥6.16.18॥

नहि1 ते2 पूर्तम्3 अक्षिऽपत्4 भुवत्5 नेमानाम्6 वसो7 ।

अथ^8 दुवः9 वनवसे10 ॥

nahi^1 te^2 pūrtam^3 akṣi’pat^4 bhuvat^5 nemānām^6 vaso^7 ।
atha^8 duvaḥ^9 vanavase^10 ।।

18. 7O Prince of Riches, 3athe fullness of 2thy 3btreasures 4ameets 1not 4bthe eye and 5it is 6for the few; 10atake 8then 10bjoy 9in our work.

4a let 1 not 3a the fullness of 2 thy 3b treasures 4b meet the eye 6 only of the few [16/86 fn 17]

आग्निरगामि भारतो वृत्रहा पुरुचेतनः ।
दिवोदासस्य सत्पतिः ॥6.16.19॥

आ^1 अग्निः2 अगामि3 भारतः4 वृत्रऽहा5 पुरुऽचेतनः6 ।

दिवःऽदासस्य^7 सत्ऽपतिः8 ॥
ā^1 agniḥ^2 agāmi^3 bhārataḥ^4 vṛtra’hā^5 puru’cetanaḥ^6 ।
divaḥ’dāsasya^7 sat’patiḥ^8 ।।

19. 2Fire 4of the Bringers 1,3is approached by us, 5the slayer of the Python adversary 6conscious with a multiple knowledge, 7the Servant of Heaven's Fire, 8master of beings.

स हि विश्वाति पार्थिवा रयिं दाशन्महित्वना ।
वन्वन्नवातो अस्तृतः ॥6.16.20॥

सः1 हि2 विश्वा3 अति4 पार्थिवा5 रयिम्6 दाशत्7 महिऽत्वना8 ।

वन्वन्9 अवातः10 अस्तृतः11 ॥
saḥ^1 hi^2 viśvā^3 ati^4 pārthivā^5 rayim^6 dāśat^7 mahi’tvanā^8 ।
vanvan^9 avātaḥ^10 astṛtaḥ^11 ।।

20. 1,2This is he that 10unconquered, 11unoverthrown 9ashall 8by his greatness 9bwin and 7give to us 6a treasure 4beyond 3all 5earthly things.

स प्रत्नवन्नवीयसाऽग्ने द्युम्नेन संयता ।
बृहत् ततन्थ भानुना ॥6.16.21॥

सः1 प्रत्नऽवत्2 नवीयसा3 अग्ने4 द्युम्नेन^5 सम्ऽयता6 ।

बृहत्7 ततन्थ^8 भानुना9 ॥
saḥ^1 pratna’vat^2 navīyasā^3 agne^4 dyumnena^5 sam’yatā^6 ।
bṛhat^7 tatantha^8 bhānunā^9 ।।

21. 4O Fire, 3by a new 5illumination 2like the old and 6joining it, 8thou hast stretched out 7the Vast 9with thy light.

8 built 7 the Vast 9 with thy Light [16/87 fn 18]

5,9 Light in the Veda is the symbol of knowledge, of the illumination of the divine Truth. [15/166]

प्र वः सखायो अग्नये स्तोमं यज्ञं च घृष्णुया ।
अर्च गाय च वेधसे ॥6.16.22॥

प्र^1 वः2 सखायः3 अग्नये4 स्तोमम्5 यज्ञम्6 च^7 धृष्णुऽया8 ।

अर्च^9 गाय^10 च^11 वेधसे12 ॥
pra^1 vaḥ^2 sakhāyaḥ^3 agnaye^4 stomam^5 yajñam^6 ca^7 dhṛṣṇu’yā^8 ।
arca^9 gāya^10 ca^11 vedhase^12 ।।

22. 3O friends, offer 8to the impetuous violence 4of Fire 5the hymn 7and 6the sacrifice; 1,9sing the illumining verse, 10chant 12to the Ordainer of works.

स हि यो मानुषा युगा सीदद्धोता कविक्रतुः ।
दूतश्च हव्यवाहनः ॥6.16.23॥

सः1 हि2 यः3 मानुषा4 युगा5 सीदत्6 होता7 कविऽक्रतुः8 ।

दूतः9 च^10 हव्यऽवाहनः11 ॥
saḥ^1 hi^2 yaḥ^3 mānuṣā^4 yugā^5 sīdat^6 hotā^7 kavi’kratuḥ^8 ।
dūtaḥ^9 ca^10 havya’vāhanaḥ^11 ।।

23. 1,2This is he 3that 6must sit through 4the human 5generations, man's 7Priest of the call 8with the seer-will, 9the Messenger, 11the Carrier of the oblation.

8 kratuḥ - Kratu means in Sanskrit work or action and especially work in the sense of the sacrifice; but it means also power or strength (the Greek kratos) effective of action. Psychologically this power effective of action is the will [15/63]. kavi’kratuḥ - Kavikratuḥ - he whose active will or power of effectivity is that of the seer, — works, that is to say, with the knowledge which comes by the truth-consciousness and in which there is no misapplication or error [15/66]; whose strength is in the mastery of knowledge [16/501]

ता राजाना शुचिव्रताऽऽदित्यान् मारुतं गणम् ।
वसो यक्षीह रोदसी ॥6.16.24॥

ता1 राजाना2 शुचिऽव्रता3 आदित्यान्4 मारुतम्5 गणम्6 ।

वसो7 यक्षि8 इह^9 रोदसी10 ॥
tā^1 rājānā^2 śuci’vratā^3 ādityān^4 mārutam^5 gaṇam^6 ।
vaso^7 yakṣi^8 iha^9 rodasī^10 ।।

24. 7O Prince of the Treasure, 8ado worship 9here 8bwith sacrifice 2to the Two Kings 1who are 3ever pure in their works, 4to the sons of the Indivisible Mother, 6to the company 5of the Life-Gods, 10to Earth and Heaven.

वस्वी दे अग्ने संदृष्टिरिषयते मर्त्याय ।
ऊर्जो नपादमृतस्य ॥6.16.25॥

वस्वी1 ते2 अग्ने3 सम्ऽदृष्टिः4 इषऽयते5 मर्त्याय^6 ।

ऊर्जः7 नपात्8 अमृतस्य^9 ॥
vasvī^1 te^2 agne^3 sam’dṛṣṭiḥ^4 iṣa’yate^5 martyāya^6 ।
ūrjaḥ^7 napāt^8 amṛtasya^9 ।।

25. 3O Fire, 8O Child 7of Energy, 1full of riches is 2thy 4vision 6for the mortal, 4the vision 9of the immortal, and 5it imparts to him its impulse.

क्रत्वा वा अस्तु श्रेष्ठोऽद्य त्वा वन्वन्त्सुरेक्णाः ।
मर्त आनाश सुवृक्तिम् ॥6.16.26॥

क्रत्वा1 दाः2 अस्तु3 श्रेष्ठः4 अद्य^5 त्वा6 वन्वन्7 सुऽरेक्णाः8 ।

मर्तः9 आनाश^10 सुऽवृक्तिम्11 ॥
kratvā^1 dāḥ^2 astu^3 śreṣṭhaḥ^4 adya^5 tvā^6 vanvan^7 su’rekṇāḥ^8 ।
martaḥ^9 ānāśa^10 su’vṛktim^11 ।।

26. 3aLet 2the giver 3bbe 4the best 1by work of the will; 5today 7winning 6thee 3let him become 8one overflowing with affluence: 9a mortal, 10he shall taste 11the perfect purification.

ते ते अग्ने त्वोता इषयन्तो विश्वमायुः ।
तरन्तो अर्यो अरातीर्वन्वन्तो अर्यो अरातीः ॥6.16.27॥

ते1 ते2 अग्ने3 त्वाऽऊताः4 इषयन्तः5 विश्वम्6 आयुः7 ।

तरन्तः8 अर्यः9 अरातीः10 वन्वन्तः11 अर्यः12 अरातीः13 ॥
te^1 te^2 agne^3 tvā’ūtāḥ^4 iṣayantaḥ^5 viśvam^6 āyuḥ^7 ।
tarantaḥ^8 aryaḥ^9 arātīḥ^10 vanvantaḥ^11 aryaḥ^12 arātīḥ^13 ।।

27. 1These are thy 4men whom thou guardest, 3O Fire, and 5they find the speed of thy impulse and move 6to universal 7Life, 9fighters 8piercing through 10the armies of the enemy, 12fighters 11conquering 13the armies of the enemy.

8 piercing through (or, 11 conquring) 13 the enemies who war against them [16/88 fn 19]

9,13 aryaḥ - The root ar indicates always a movement of effort or of struggle or a state of surpassing height or excellence; it is applied to rowing, ploughing, fighting, lifting, climbing. The Aryan then is the man who seeks to fulfil himself by the Vedic action, the internal and external karma or apas, which is of the nature of a sacrifice to the gods. But it is also imaged as a journey, a march, a battle, climbing upwards. The Aryan man labours towards heights, fights his way on in a march which is at once a progress forward and an ascent. [15/263]

अग्निस्तिग्मेन शोचिषा यासद् विश्वं न्यत्रिणम् ।
अग्निर्नो वनते रयिम् ॥6.16.28॥

अग्निः1 तिग्मेन^2 शोचिषा3 यासत्4 विश्वम्5 नि6 अत्रिणम्7 ।

अग्निः8 नः9 वनते10 रयिम्11 ॥
agniḥ^1 tigmena^2 śociṣā^3 yāsat^4 viśvam^5 ni^6 atriṇam^7 ।
agniḥ^8 naḥ^9 vanate^10 rayim^11 ।।

28. 4aLet 1the Fire 2with his keen 3energy of light 6,4boverwhelm 5every 7devourer; 8Fire 10conquers 9for us 11the riches.

सुवीरं रयिमा भर जातवेदो विचर्षणे ।
जहि रक्षांसि सुक्रतो ॥6.16.29॥

सुऽवीरम्1 रयिम्2 आ^3 भर^4 जातऽवेदः5 विऽचर्षणे6 ।

जहि7 रक्षांसि8 सुऽक्रतो9 ॥
su’vīram^1 rayim^2 ā^3 bhara^4 jāta’vedaḥ^5 vi’carṣaṇe^6 ।
jahi^7 rakṣāṃsi^8 su’krato^9 ।।

29. 6O wide-seeing Fire, 5God who knowest all births that are, 3,4bring to us 2the treasure 1with its strength of the Heroes; 9O mighty of will, 7slay 8the demon-keepers.

त्वं नः पाह्यंहसो जातवेदो अधायतः ।
रक्षा णो ब्रह्मणस्कवे ॥6.16.30॥

त्वम्1 नः2 पाहि3 अंहसः4 जातऽवेदः5 अघऽयतः6 ।

रक्ष^7 नः8 ब्रह्मणः9 कवे10 ॥
tvam^1 naḥ^2 pāhi^3 aṃhasaḥ^4 jāta’vedaḥ^5 agha’yataḥ^6 ।
rakṣa^7 naḥ^8 brahmaṇaḥ^9 kave^10 ।।

30. 5O God who knowest all births that are, 3guard 2us 4from sin and 6from him that worketh calamity; 10O Seer 9of the Word, 7protect 8us.

यो नो अग्ने दुरेव आ मर्तो वधाय दाशति ।
तस्मान्नः पाह्यंहसः ॥6.16.31॥

यः1 नः2 अग्ने3 दुःऽएवः4 आ^5 मर्तः6 वधाय^7 दाशति8 ।

तस्मात्9 नः10 पाहि11 अंहसः12 ॥
yaḥ^1 naḥ^2 agne^3 duḥ’evaḥ^4 ā^5 martaḥ^6 vadhāya^7 dāśati^8 ।
tasmāt^9 naḥ^10 pāhi^11 aṃhasaḥ^12 ।।

31. 6The mortal 4of evil movements 1who 8gives 2us 5over 7to the stroke, 11guard 10us, 3O Fire, 9from him and 12his evil.

त्वं तं देव जिह्वया परि बाधस्व दुष्कृतम् ।
मर्तो यो नो जिघांसति ॥6.16.32॥

त्वम्1 तम्2 देव^3 जिह्वया4 परि5 बाधस्व^6 दुःऽकृतम्7 ।

मर्तः8 यः9 नः10 जिघांसति11 ॥
tvam^1 tam^2 deva^3 jihvayā^4 pari^5 bādhasva^6 duḥ’kṛtam^7 ।
martaḥ^8 yaḥ^9 naḥ^10 jighāṃsati^11 ।।

32. 3O God, 6repulse 5on every side 4with thy tongue of flame 2that 7doer of wickedness; 6oppose 8the mortal 9who 11would slay 10us.

भरद्वाजाय सप्रथः शर्म यच्छ सहन्त्य ।
अग्ने वरेण्यं वसु ॥6.16.33॥

भरत्ऽवाजाय^1 सऽप्रथः2 शर्म^3 यच्छ^4 सहन्त्य^5 ।

अग्ने6 वरेण्यम्7 वसु8 ॥
bharat’vājāya^1 sa’prathaḥ^2 śarma^3 yaccha^4 sahantya^5 ।
agne^6 vareṇyam^7 vasu^8 ।।

33. 5O forceful 6Fire, 4extend 1to Bharadwaja 3the peace 2with its wideness; 4extend to him 7the desirable 8riches.

2 the wide-spreading 3 house of refuge [16/89 fn 20]

अग्निर्वृत्राणि जङ्घनद् द्रविणस्युर्विपन्यया ।
समिद्धः शुक आहुतः ॥6.16.34॥

अग्निः1 वृत्राणि2 जङ्घनत्3 द्रविणस्युः4 विपन्यया5 ।

सम्ऽइद्धः6 शुक्रः7 आऽहुतः8 ॥
agniḥ^1 vṛtrāṇi^2 jaṅghanat^3 draviṇasyuḥ^4 vipanyayā^5 ।
sam’iddhaḥ^6 śukraḥ^7 ā’hutaḥ^8 ।।

34. 3aLet 1Fire 4the seeker of the treasure 6kindled and 7brilliant and 8fed with our offerings 3bslay 5with his flame of illumination 2the encircling Adversaries.

गर्भे मातुः पितुष्पिता विदिद्युतानो अक्षरे ।
सीदन्नृतस्य योनिमा ॥6.16.35॥

गर्भे1 मातुः2 पितुः3 पिता4 विऽदिद्युतानः5 अक्षरे6 ।

सीदन्7 ऋतस्य^8 योनिम्9 आ^10 ॥
garbhe^1 mātuḥ^2 pituḥ^3 pitā^4 vi’didyutānaḥ^5 akṣare^6 ।
sīdan^7 ṛtasya^8 yonim^9 ā^10 ।।

35. 4Let him become the father 3of the Father 1in the womb 2of the Mother; 5let him break out into lightnings 6in the Imperishable, 10,7let him take his seat 9in the native home 8of the Truth.

5 vi’didyutānaḥ - Lightning is the outflashing of the sense of the word of the Truth, the sabda (while thunder is the outcrashing of the word of the Truth) [15/524 fn 6]

ब्रह्म प्रजावदा भर जातवेदो विचर्षणे ।
अग्ने यद् दीदयद् दिवि ॥6.16.36॥

ब्रह्म^1 प्रजाऽवत्2 आ^3 भर^4 जातऽवेदः5 विऽचर्षणे6 ।

अग्ने7 यत्8 दीदयत्9 दिवि10 ॥
brahma^1 prajā’vat^2 ā^3 bhara^4 jāta’vedaḥ^5 vi’carṣaṇe^6 ।
agne^7 yat^8 dīdayat^9 divi^10 ।।

36. 6O wide-seeing 7Fire, 5God who knowest all births that are, 3,4bring us 1the Word 2with its issue, 8the Word whose 9light shines 10in Heaven.

1 brahma - The word of illumination, the word which expresses the truth of which the Sun is the lord. [15/167]

उप त्वा रण्वसंदृशं प्रयस्वन्तः सहस्कृत ।
अग्ने ससृज्महे गिरः ॥6.16.37॥

उप^1 त्वा2 रण्वऽसन्दृशम्3 प्रयस्वन्तः4 सहःऽकृत^5 ।

अग्ने6 ससृज्महे7 गिरः8 ॥
upa^1 tvā^2 raṇva’sandṛśam^3 prayasvantaḥ^4 sahaḥ’kṛta^5 ।
agne^6 sasṛjmahe^7 giraḥ^8 ।।

37. 5O thou who art made by our force, 1we come 2to thee 3of the rapturous vision 4bringing our offerings for thy pleasure and 7let forth 1towards 2thee, 6O Fire, 8our words.

उप च्छायामिव घृणेरगन्म शर्म ते वयम् ।
अग्ने हिरण्यसंदृशः ॥6.16.38॥

उप^1 छायाम्ऽइव^2 घृणेः3 अगन्म^4 शर्म^5 ते6 वयम्7 ।

अग्ने8 हिरण्यऽसन्दृशः9 ॥

upa^1 chāyām’iva^2 ghṛṇeḥ^3 aganma^4 śarma^5 te^6 vayam^7 ।
agne^8 hiraṇya’sandṛśaḥ^9 ।।

38. 1,2Like men that take refuge in the shade, 7we 1,4have arrived to the refuge 6of thy 5peace, 3there where thou blazest with light and 9art a vision of gold, 8O Fire.

9 hiraṇya - the gold being always the symbol of the solar light of the Truth [15/209]

य उग्र इव शर्यहा तिग्मशृङ्गो न वंसगः ।
अग्ने पुरो रुरोजिथ ॥6.16.39॥

यः1 उग्रःऽइव^2 शर्यऽहा3 तिग्मऽशृङ्गः4 न^5 वंसगः6 ।

अग्ने7 पुरः8 रुरोजिथ^9 ॥
yaḥ^1 ugraḥ’iva^2 śarya’hā^3 tigma’śṛṅgaḥ^4 na^5 vaṃsagaḥ^6 ।
agne^7 puraḥ^8 rurojitha^9 ।।

39. 2Thou art like a fierce fighter 3shooting arrows and 5like 4a sharp-horned 6Bull; 7O Fire, 9thou breakest 8the cities.

आ यं हस्ते न खादिनं शिशुं जातं न बिभ्रति ।
विशामग्निं स्वध्वरम् ॥6.16.40॥

आ^1 यम्2 हस्ते3 न^4 खादिनम्5 शिशुम्6 जातम्7 न^8 बिभ्रति9 ।

विशाम्10 अग्निम्11 सुऽअध्वरम्12 ॥
ā^1 yam^2 haste^3 na^4 khādinam^5 śiśum^6 jātam^7 na^8 bibhrati^9 ।
viśām^10 agnim^11 su’adhvaram^12 ।।

40. 1,9They bring 2him 4like 5a beast of prey, 8like 6a new-born child 1,9they bear 2him 3in their hands, 11Fire 12that effects the Rite of the Path 10for the peoples.

प्र देवं देववीतये भरता वसुवित्तमम् ।
आ स्वे योनौ नि षीदतु ॥6.16.41॥

प्र^1 देवम्2 देवऽवीतये3 भरत^4 वसुवित्ऽतमम्5 ।

आ^6 स्वे7 योनौ8 नि9 सीदतु10 ॥
pra^1 devam^2 deva’vītaye^3 bharata^4 vasuvit’tamam^5 ।
ā^6 sve^7 yonau^8 ni^9 sīdatu^10 ।।

41. 1,4Bring to us 5this great discoverer of riches, 1,4bring 2the god 3for the coming of the gods; 6,9,10let him take his seat 7in his own 8native home.

आ जातं जातवेदसि प्रियं शिशीतातिथिम् ।
स्योन आ गृहपतिम् ॥6.16.42॥

आ^1 जातम्2 जातऽवेदसि3 प्रियम्4 शिशीत^5 अतिथिम्6 ।

स्योने7 आ^8 गृहऽपतिम्9 ॥
ā^1 jātam^2 jāta’vedasi^3 priyam^4 śiśīta^5 atithim^6 ।
syone^7 ā^8 gṛha’patim^9 ।।

42. 7In the felicitous 3Fire that knows all things born 9the Master of your House 1,2is born to you; 8,5sharpen to his intensity 4the beloved 6guest.

अग्ने युक्ष्वा हि ये तवाऽश्वासो देव साधवः ।
अरं वहन्ति मन्यवे ॥6.16.43॥

अग्ने1 युक्ष्व^2 हि3 ये4 तव^5 अश्वासः6 देव^7 साधवः8 ।

अरम्9 वहन्ति10 मन्यवे11 ॥
agne^1 yukṣva^2 hi^3 ye^4 tava^5 aśvāsaḥ^6 deva^7 sādhavaḥ^8 ।
aram^9 vahanti^10 manyave^11 ।।

43. 7O God, 1O Fire, 2yoke 4those 6horses 5of thine 8that do well the work and 10can bear thee 9sufficient 11for our passion.

अच्छा नो याह्या वहाऽभि प्रयांसि वीतये ।
आ देवान्त्सोमपीतये ॥6.16.44॥

अच्छ^1 नः2 याहि3 आ^4 वह^5 अभि6 प्रयांसि7 वीतये8 ।

आ^9 देवान्10 सोमऽपीतये11 ॥
accha^1 naḥ^2 yāhi^3 ā^4 vaha^5 abhi^6 prayāṃsi^7 vītaye^8 ।
ā^9 devān^10 soma’pītaye^11 ।।

44. 4,3Come 1to 2us, 6,5bear towards us 10the Gods 8that they may eat of 7our pleasant offerings and 11drink our Soma wine.

8 that they may come to [16/91 fn 21]

उदग्ने भारत द्युमदजस्त्रेण दविद्युतत् ।
शोचा वि भाह्यजर ॥6.16.45॥

उत्1 अग्ने2 भारत^3 द्युऽमत्4 अजस्रेण^5 दविद्युतत्6 ।

शोच^7 वि8 भाहि9 अजर^10 ॥
ut^1 agne^2 bhārata^3 dyu’mat^4 ajasreṇa^5 davidyutat^6 ।
śoca^7 vi^8 bhāhi^9 ajara^10 ।।

45. 2O Fire 3of the Bringers 6luminously lightening 5with thy incessant 4flame 1upward 7burn; 8,9spread wide thy light, 10O ageless power.

10 Or, imperishable [16/92 fn 22]

वीती यो देवं मर्तो दुवस्येदग्निमीळीताध्वरे हविष्मान् ।
होतारं सत्ययजं रोदस्योरुत्तानहस्तो नमसा विवासेत् ॥6.16.46॥

वीती1 यः2 देवम्3 मर्तः4 दुवस्येत्5 अग्निम्6 ईळीत^7 अध्वरे8 हविष्मान्9 ।

होतारम्10 सत्यऽयजम्11 रोदस्योः12 उत्तानऽहस्तः13 नमसा14 आ^15 विवासेत्16 ॥
vītī^1 yaḥ^2 devam^3 martaḥ^4 duvasyet^5 agnim^6 īḻīta^7 adhvare^8 haviṣmān^9 ।
hotāram^10 satya’yajam^11 rodasyoḥ^12 uttāna’hastaḥ^13 namasā^14 ā^15 vivāset^16 ।।

46. 7aLet 4the mortal 2who 5would serve with his works 3the God 1in the advent, 7baspire 9bringing his offering 6to the Fire 8in the Rite of the Path; 16alet him 13with uplifted hands and 14with obeisance of surrender 15,16bmake shine 10the summoning Priest 12of Earth and Heaven, 14the fire of true sacrifice.

14 Or, who worships the Truth with sacrifice [16/92 fn 24]

13 Or, outstretched hands [16/92 fn 23]

आ ते अग्न ऋचा हविर्हृदा तष्टं भरामसि ।
ते ते भवन्तूक्षण ऋषभासो वशा उत ॥6.16.47॥

आ^1 ते2 अग्ने3 ऋचा4 हविः5 हृदा6 तष्टम्7 भरामसि8 ।

ते9 ते10 भवन्तु11 उक्षणः12 ऋषभासः13 वशाः14 उत^15 ॥
ā^1 te^2 agne^3 ṛcā^4 haviḥ^5 hṛdā^6 taṣṭam^7 bharāmasi^8 ।
te^9 te^10 bhavantu^11 ukṣaṇaḥ^12 ṛṣabhāsaḥ^13 vaśāḥ^14 uta^15 ।।

47. 1,8We bring 2to thee, 3O Fire, 4by the illumining word 5an offering 7that is shaped 6by the heart. 11Let there be born from it 9thy 12impregnating 13bulls 15and 10thy 14heifers.

12-14 ukṣaṇaḥ - ukṣan, a word which like its synonym vṛṣan, means diffusing, generating, impregnating, the father of abundance, the Bull, the Male; it is he who fertilises Force of consciousness, Nature, the Cow, and produces and bears in his stream of abundance the worlds. [15/357]

अग्निं देवासो अग्रियमिन्धते वृत्रहन्तमम् ।
येना वसून्याभृता तृळ्हा रक्षांसि वाजिना ॥6.16.48॥

अग्निम्1 देवासः2 अग्रियम्3 इन्धते4 वृत्रहन्ऽतमम्5 ।

येन^6 वसूनि7 आऽभृता8 तृळ्हा9 रक्षांसि10 वाजिना11 ॥
agnim^1 devāsaḥ^2 agriyam^3 indhate^4 vṛtrahan’tamam^5 ।
yena^6 vasūni^7 ā’bhṛtā^8 tṛḻhā^9 rakṣāṃsi^10 vājinā^11 ।।

48. 2The Gods kindle, 5most strong to slay the Python adversary, 3the supreme 1Fire, 11the Horse of swiftness 6by whom 7the Riches 8are brought and 9pierced 10the demon keepers.

Hymns of Parashara

MANDALA ONE

Sukta 65

पश्वा न तायुं गुहा चतंतं नमो युजानं नमो वहंतं ॥

सजोषा धीराः पदैरनु ग्मन्नुप त्वा सीदन्विश्वे यजत्राः ॥1.65.1॥

पश्वा1 न^2 तायुम्3 गुहा4 चतन्तम्5 नमः6 युजानम्7 नमः8 वहन्तम्9 ॥

सऽजोषाः10 धीराः11 पदैः12 अनु13 ग्मन्14 उप^15 त्वा16 सीदन्17 विश्वे18 यजत्राः19 ॥
paśvā^1 na^2 tāyum^3 guhā^4 catantam^5 namaḥ^6 yujānam^7 namaḥ^8 vahantam^9 ।।
sa’joṣāḥ^10 dhīrāḥ^11 padaiḥ^12 anu^13 gman^14 upa^15 tvā^16 sīdan^17 viśve^18 yajatrāḥ^19 ।।

1.       5He hides himself 2like 3a thief 1with the cow of vision 4in the secret cavern, 7he takes to himself 6our adoration, 9and thiter carries it. 11The thinkers 10take a common joy in him, 13,14they follow him 12by his footprints; 18all 19the Masters of sacrifice 17come 15to 16thee, O Flame, 4in the secrecy.

[Alt.] 5He hides himself 2like 3a thief 1with the Cow of vision 4in the secret cavern of being 7taking to himself 9bearing thither 8our adoration. 11The thinkers 10nurse a common joy in him in their hearts and 13follow 14in his way 12by her (Cow’s) footprints. 18All 19the Masters of sacrifice 15,17come to 16thee, O Flame, 4in the secrecy. [15/576]

7 he takes to himself 6 our surrender, 9 he carries with him 8 our surrender [16/93 fn 1].

ऋतस्य देवा अनु व्रता गुर्भुवत्परिष्टिर्द्यौर्न भूम ॥

वर्धंतीमापः पन्वा सुशिश्विमृतस्य योना गर्भे सुजातं ॥1.65.2॥

ऋतस्य^1 देवाः2 अनु3 व्रता4 गुः5 भुवत्6 परिष्टिः7 द्यौः8 न^9 भूम^10 ॥

वर्धन्ति11 ईम्12 आपः13 पन्वा14 सुऽशिश्विम्15 ऋतस्य^16 योना17 गर्भे18 सुऽजातम्19 ॥
ṛtasya^1 devāḥ^2 anu^3 vratā^4 guḥ^5 bhuvat^6 pariṣṭiḥ^7 dyauḥ^8 na^9 bhūma^10 ।।
vardhanti^11 īm^12 āpaḥ^13 panvā^14 su’śiśvim^15 ṛtasya^16 yonā^17 garbhe^18 su’jātam^19 ।।

2.       2The Gods 5follow 3after him 4the law of the workings 1of Truth. 6He stands 7encompassing all 9as 8heaven 10the earth. 13The Waters 11,12make him grow 15increasing in his bulk 14by their toil, the Flame 19well-born 18in their womb, 17in the abode 16of the Truth.

[Alt.] 2The Gods 5follow 3after him 4the ways and works 1of the Truth. 6He shall stand 7encompassing 10the earth 9like 8heaven. 13The Waters 11increase 14by their toil 15growing in his bulk 12the Flame because 19he was born perfect 18in their womb 17in the house 16of Truth. [15/576]

13 āpaḥ - the waters are the outpouring of the luminous movement and impulse of the divine or supramental existence. [15/439 fn 3]

14 panvā - Or, by their chant [16/93 fn 2]

पुष्टिर्न रण्वा क्षितिर्न पृथ्वी गिरिर्न भुज्म क्षोदो न शंभु ॥

अत्यो नाज्मन्त्सर्गप्रतक्तः सिंधुर्न क्षोदः क ईं वराते ॥1.65.3॥

पुष्टिः1 न^2 रण्वा3 क्षितिः4 न^5 पृथ्वी6 गिरिः7 न^8 भुज्म^9 क्षोदः10 न^11 शम्ऽभु12 ॥

अत्यः13 न^14 अज्मन्15 सर्गप्रतक्तः16 सिन्धुः17 न^18 क्षोदः19 कः20 ईम्21 वराते22 ॥
puṣṭiḥ^1 na^2 raṇvā^3 kṣitiḥ^4 na^5 pṛthvī^6 giriḥ^7 na^8 bhujma^9 kṣodaḥ^10 na^11 śam’bhu^12 ।।
atyaḥ^13 na^14 ajman^15 sargaprataktaḥ^16 sindhuḥ^17 na^18 kṣodaḥ^19 kaḥ^20 īm^21 varāte^22 ।।

3.       2He is as if 3a delightful 1thriving, 5he is like 6the earth our wide 4dwelling-place. 9He is enjoyable 8like 7a hill and 12bliss-giving 11like 10fast-running water. 14He is like 13a charger 15in the battle 16rushing to the gallop and 18like 19a flowing 17river, 20who 22shall hedge [21him] in his course?

[Alt.] 2He is like 3delightful 1increase and 5like 6the wide earth 4our dwelling-place. 9He is enjoyable 8like 7a hill and 12bliss-giving 11like 10fast-running water. 14He is like 13a horse 15in the battle-charge 16urged to the gallop and 18like 19a rushing 17river, and 20who then 22shall hedge in his course? [15/576]

18 like 17 a sea 19 in its motion [16/93 fn 3]

जामिः सिन्धूनां भ्रातेव स्वस्रामिभ्यान्न राजा वनान्यत्ति ॥

यद्वातजूतो वना व्यस्थादग्निर्ह दाति रोमा पृथिव्याः ॥1.65.4॥

जामिः1 सिन्धूनाम्2 भ्राता3 इव^4 स्वस्राम्5 इभ्यान्6 न^7 राजा8 वनानि9 अत्ति10 ॥

यत्11 वात^12 जूतः13 वना14 वि15 अस्थात्16 अग्निः17 ह^18 दाति19 रोम^20 पृथिव्याः21 ॥
jāmiḥ^1 sindhūnām^2 bhrātā^3 iva^4 svasrām^5 ibhyān^6 na^7 rājā^8 vanāni^9 atti^10 ।।
yat^11 vāta^12 jūtaḥ^13 vanā^14 vi^15 asthāt^16 agniḥ^17 ha^18 dāti^19 roma^20 pṛthivyāḥ^21 ।।

4.       1He is the close comrade 2of the Rivers 4as is 3a brother 5of his sisters. 10He devours 9the earth’s forests 7as 8a king 8his enemies. 11When 13driven 12by the breath of the wind 16he ranges 15around 14the forests, [18indeed,] 17the Flame 19tears asunder 20the hairs 21of Earth’s body.

[Alt.] 1He is the close comrade 2of the Rivers 4as 3a brother 5of his sisters. 10He devours 9Earth’s pleasant woods 7as 8a king 10devours 6his enemies. 11When 13driven 12by the breath of the wind 16he stands 15about 14in all the woodland, 17the Flame 19tears asunder 20the hairs 21of earth’s body. [15/577]

[Explanation] 9 By vanāni are meant the receptive sensations seeking in all objectivities the Ananda whose quest is their reason for existence. [15/273]; vanāni - means both “forests” and “enjoyments” or as an adjective, “enjoyable”. It has commonly the double sense in the Veda, the “20 pleasant growths” 21 of our physical existence, romāṇi pṛthivyāḥ. [15/267 fn 2]

श्वसित्यप्सु हंसो न सीदन् क्रत्वा चेतिष्ठो विशामुषर्भुत्

सोमो न वेधा ऋतप्रजातः पशुर्न शिश्वा विभुर्दूरेभाः ॥1.65.5॥

श्वसिति1 अप्ऽसु2 हंसः3 न^4 सीदन्5 क्रत्वा6 चेतिष्ठः7 विशाम्8 उषःऽभुत्9 ॥

सोमः10 न^11 वेधाः12 ऋतऽप्रजातः13 पशुः14 न^15 शिश्वा16 विऽभुः17 दूरे18 भाः19 ॥
śvasiti^1 ap’su^2 haṃsaḥ^3 na^4 sīdan^5 kratvā^6 cetiṣṭhaḥ^7 viśām^8 uṣaḥ’bhut^9 ।।
somaḥ^10 na^11 vedhāḥ^12 ṛta’prajātaḥ^13 paśuḥ^14 na^15 śiśvā^16 vi’bhuḥ^17 dūre^18 bhāḥ^19 ।।

5.       1He breathes 2in the Waters 4like 5a seated 3swan. 9Waking in the dawn 7ahe has power 6by the will of his works 7bto give knowledge 8to the peoples. 11He is like 10the God of the Wine, 13born of the Truth and 12a creator. 15He is like 14a cow 16with her new-born. 17He is wide-spreading and 19his light is seen 18from afar.

1He breathes 2in the Waters 4like 5a seated 3swan. 9Awake in the dawn 7ahe has power 6by the will of his works 7bto give knowledge 8to the peoples. 11He is like 10the god of the nectar-wine (Soma) and 13born of Truth and 12a creator. 15He is like 14the Cow 16with her child. 17He is all-pervading and 19his light is seen 18from a far distance. [15/577]

14 paśuḥ - Literally, passion-mind and the animal; but the word paśu may also mean, as it does oftenest in the Veda, the symbolic Cow of light; in that case the sense will be the emotional mind and the illumined mind. [15/420 fn 12]

Sukta 66

रयिर्न चित्रा सूरो न संदृगायुर्न प्राणो नित्यो न सूनुः ।

तक्वा न भूर्णिर्वना सिषक्ति पयो न धेनुः शुचिर्विभावा ॥1.66.1॥

रयिः1 न^2 चित्रा3 सूरः4 न^5 सम्ऽदृक्6 आयुः7 न^8 प्राणः9 नित्यः10 न^11 सूनुः12

तक्वा13 न^14 भूर्णिः15 वना16 सिसक्ति17 पयः18 न^19 धेनुः20 शुचिः21 विभाऽवा22 ॥
rayiḥ^1 na^2 citrā^3 sūraḥ^4 na^5 sam’dṛk^6 āyuḥ^7 na^8 prāṇaḥ^9 nityaḥ^10 na^11 sūnuḥ^12
takvā^13 na^14 bhūrṇiḥ^15 vanā^16 sisakti^17 payaḥ^18 na^19 dhenuḥ^20 śuciḥ^21 vibhā’vā^22 ।।

1.       2He is like 1a wealth 3richly diverse and 5like 6the all-seeing 4of the Sun. 8He is as if 7life and 9the breath of our existence, 11he is as if 10our eternal 12child. 14He is like 13a galloper 15bearing us. 17He clings 16to the forests: 19he is like 20a cow 18with her milk. 21He is pure-bright and 22wide is his lustre.

[Alt.] 2He is as if 3a marvellous shining 1riches and 5like 6the wide seeing 4of the sun. 8He is as if 7life and 9the breath of our existence and 11he is as if 10our eternal 12child. 14He is like 13a galloper 15that bears us. 17He fastens 16on the woodlands. 19He gives of his substance as 20the cow 18its milk. 22He is wide and lustrous, 21he is very bright and pure. [15/580]

दाधार क्षेममोको न रण्वो यवो न पक्वो जेता जनानां ।

ऋषिर्न स्तुभ्वा विक्षु प्रशस्तो वाजी न प्रीतो वयो दधाति ॥1.66.2॥

दाधार^1 क्षेमम्2 ओकः3 न^4 रण्वः5 यवः6 न^7 पक्वः8 जेता9 जनानाम्10 ।

ऋषिः11 न^12 स्तुभ्वा13 विक्षु14 प्रऽशस्तः15 वाजी16 न^17 प्रीतः18 वयः19 दधाति20 ॥
dādhāra^1 kṣemam^2 okaḥ^3 na^4 raṇvaḥ^5 yavaḥ^6 na^7 pakvaḥ^8 jetā^9 janānām^10 ।
ṛṣiḥ^11 na^12 stubhvā^13 vikṣu^14 pra’śastaḥ^15 vājī^16 na^17 prītaḥ^18 vayaḥ^19 dadhāti^20 ।।

2.       1He holds 2all our good 4like 5a pleasant 3home; 7he is like 8ripe 6corn. 9He is a conqueror 10of men and 12like 13a chanting 11Rishi; 15there is word of him 14among the folk: 17he is as if 18our exultant 16steed of swiftness; 20he upholds 19our growth.

[Alt.] 5He is pleasant 4like 3a home and 1holds 2all our good. 7He is to us like 8ripe 6corn. 9He is a conqueror 10of men and 12like 13a chanting 11Rishi; 15the word of him is 14among the folk. 17He is like 18an exulting 16steed and 20he lays on us 19our birth to knowledge. [15/580]

दुरोकशोचिः क्रतुर्न नित्यो जायेव योनावरं विश्वस्मै ।

चित्रो यदभ्राट् छ्वेतो न विक्षु रथो न रुक्मी त्वेषः समत्सु ॥1.66.3॥

दुरोक^1 शोचिः2 क्रतुः3 न^4 नित्यः5 जाया6 इव^7 योनौ8 अरम्9 विश्वस्मै10 ।

चित्रः11 यत्12 अभ्राट्13 श्वेतः14 न^15 विक्षु16 रथः17 न^18 रुक्मी19 त्वेषः20 समत्ऽसु21 ॥
duroka^1 śociḥ^2 kratuḥ^3 na^4 nityaḥ^5 jāyā^6 iva^7 yonau^8 aram^9 viśvasmai^10 ।
citraḥ^11 yat^12 abhrāṭ^13 śvetaḥ^14 na^15 vikṣu^16 rathaḥ^17 na^18 rukmī^19 tveṣaḥ^20 samat’su^21 ।।

3.       2He is light 1in a house difficult to inhabit; 4he is as 3aa will 5ever 3bactive in us; 7he is like 6a wife 8in our abode and 9sufficient 10to every man. 12When 13he blazes 11wonderfully manifold, 15he is like 14one white 16in the peoples: 18he is like 19a golden 17chariot; 20he is a splendour 21in our battles.

[Alt.] 2He is light 1in a house difficult to inhabit. 4He is as 5an eternal 3will that acts in us; 7he is like 6a wife 8in our chamber and 9sufficient 10to every man. 12When 13he burns out 11wonderful and manifold, 15he is as if 14the white horse 16in the peoples. 18He is like 17a chariot 19made of gold: 20he is like a keen flame 21in the battles. [15/580]

2 he is a light 1 difficult to kindle [16/95 fn 4]

सेनेव सृष्टामं दधात्यस्तुर्न दिद्युत् त्वेषप्रतीका ।

यमो ह जातो यमो जनित्वं जारः कनीनां पतिर्जनीनां ॥1.66.4॥

सेना1 इव^2 सृष्टा3 अमम्4 दधाति5 अस्तुः6 न^7 दिद्युत्8 त्वेष^9 प्रतीका10 ।

यमः11 ह^12 जातः13 यमः14 जनिऽत्वम्15 जारः16 कनीनाम्17 पतिः18 जनीनाम्19 ॥
senā^1 iva^2 sṛṣṭā^3 amam^4 dadhāti^5 astuḥ^6 na^7 didyut^8 tveṣa^9 pratīkā^10 ।
yamaḥ^11 ha^12 jātaḥ^13 yamaḥ^14 jani’tvam^15 jāraḥ^16 kanīnām^17 patiḥ^18 janīnām^19 ।।

4.       2He is like 1an army 3running to the charge and 5puts 4strength in us: 7he is like 8the flaming shaft 6of the Archer 9with its keen burning 10front. [12Indeed] 11a twin 13he is born, 14a twin 15he is that which is to be born: 16he is the lover 17of the virgins and 18the husband 19of the mothers.

[Alt.] 2He is like 1an army 3running to the charge and 5puts 4strength in us: 7he is like 8the flaming shaft 6of the Archer 9that has a keen burning 10face. 11He is the twin 13that is born and 14the twin 15who is that which is to be born. 16He is the lover 17of the virgins and 18the husband 19of the mothers. [15/581]

तं वश्चराथा वयं वसत्यास्तं न गावो नक्षन्त इद्धं ।

सिन्धुर्न क्षोदः प्र नीचीरैनोन्नवन्त गावः स्वर्दृशीके ॥1.66.5॥

तम्1 वः2 चराथा3 वयम्4 वसत्या5 अस्तम्6 न^7 गावः8 नक्षन्ते9 इद्धम्10 ।

सिन्धुः11 न^12 क्षोदः13 प्र^14 नीचीः15 ऐनोत्16 नवन्त^17 गावः18 स्वः19 दृशीके20 ॥
tam^1 vaḥ^2 carāthā^3 vayam^4 vasatyā^5 astam^6 na^7 gāvaḥ^8 nakṣante^9 iddham^10 ।
sindhuḥ^11 na^12 kṣodaḥ^13 pra^14 nīcīḥ^15 ainot^16 navanta^17 gāvaḥ^18 svaḥ^19 dṛśīke^20 ।।

5.       4We 2by your 3movement, 4we 2by your 5staying, 9come 1to him 10when his light is kindled 7as 8the cows 9come 6home to their stall. 12He is like 11a river 13running in its channel and 16sends 14in his front 15the descending Waters: 18the Ray-Cows 17move to him 20in the manifesting 19of the world of the Sun.

[Alt.] 10When his light is kindled, 4we 9come 1to him 7as 8the herds 9come 6to their home: 4we 9come 1to him 2by your 3journeying, O gods, and 4we 9come 1to him 2by your 5sitting still. 12He is like 11a river 13running in its channel and 16sends 14in front 15the downward Waters: 18the herd of the Rays 17move 1to him 20in the seeing 19of the world of the Sun. [15/581]

20a when 19 the Sun 20b appears [16/95 fn 5]

Sukta 67

वनेषु जायुर्मर्तेषु मित्रो वृणीते श्रुष्टिं राजेवाजुर्यम् ।

क्षेमो न साधुः क्रतुर्न भद्रो भुवत्स्वाधीर्होता हव्यवाट् ॥1.67.1॥

वनेषु1 जायुः2 मर्तेषु3 मित्रः4 वृणीते5 श्रुष्टिम्6 राजा7 इव^8 अजुर्यम्9 ।

क्षेमः10 न^11 साधुः12 क्रतुः13 न^14 भद्रः15 भुवत्16 सुऽआधीः17 होता18 हव्यऽवाट्19 ॥
vaneṣu^1 jāyuḥ^2 marteṣu^3 mitraḥ^4 vṛṇīte^5 śruṣṭim^6 rājā^7 iva^8 ajuryam^9 ।
kṣemaḥ^10 na^11 sādhuḥ^12 kratuḥ^13 na^14 bhadraḥ^15 bhuvat^16 su’ādhīḥ^17 hotā^18 havya’vāṭ^19 ।।

1.       2He is the conqueror 1in the forests; 3in mortals 4he is a friend: 5he chooses 6inspiration 8as 7a king 9an unaging councillor. 11He is as if 12our perfect 10welfare; 14he is like 15a happy 13will 17just in its thinking and 16becomes to us 18our priest of the call and 19the bearer of our offerings.

[Alt.] 2He is the conqueror 1in the forests, 4he is the friend 3in mortals. 5He chooses for himself 6inspired knowledge 8as 7a king 9an unaging councillor. 11He is like 12a perfect 10good, 14he is like 15a happy 13will 17just in its thoughts. 16He has become to us 18the priest of our sacrifice and 19the carrier of our offerings. [15/577]

12 a perfecting 10 good [16/96 fn 6]

हस्ते दधानो नृम्णा विश्वान्यमे देवान्धाद् गुहा निषीदन् ।

विदंतीमत्र नरो धियंधा हृदा यत्तष्टान्मंत्राँ अशंसन् ॥1.67.2॥

हस्ते1 दधानः2 नृम्णा3 विश्वानि4 अमे5 देवान्6 धात्7 गुहा8 निऽसीदन्9 ।

विदन्ति10 ईम्11 अत्र^12 नरः13 धियम्14 धाः15 हृदा16 यत्17 तष्टान्18 मन्त्रान्19 अशंसन्20 ॥
haste^1 dadhānaḥ^2 nṛmṇā^3 viśvāni^4 ame^5 devān^6 dhāt^7 guhā^8 ni’sīdan^9 ।
vidanti^10 īm^11 atra^12 naraḥ^13 dhiyam^14 dhāḥ^15 hṛdā^16 yat^17 taṣṭān^18 mantrān^19 aśaṃsan^20 ।।

2.       2He holds 1in his hands 4all 3mights: 9sitting 8in the secret cave 7he upholds 6the gods 5in his strength. 12Here 13men 15who hold in themselves 14the Thought 10come to know 11him 17when 20they have uttered 19the Mantras 18formed 16by the heart.

[Alt.] 2He holds 1in his hands 4all 3mights: 9sitting 8in the secret cave of being 7he founds 6the gods 5in strength. 12And it is there that 13men 15who hold 14the thought in their minds, 17when 20they have given utterance 19to its sacred words 18carved into shape 16by the heart, 10discover 11the god. [15/577]

1 haste 2 dadhānaḥ - “holding in my two arms”. The arms are the two powers of the mind, intuition & discernment. [14/396]

7 establishes [16/96 fn 7]

अजो न क्षां दाधार पृथिवीं तस्तम्भ द्यां मन्त्रेभिः सत्यैः ।

प्रिया पदानि पश्वो नि पाहि विश्वायुरग्ने गुहा गुहं गाः ॥1.67.3॥

अजः1 न^2 क्षाम्3 दाधार^4 पृथिवीम्5 तस्तम्भ^6 द्याम्7 मन्त्रेभिः8 सत्यैः9 ।

प्रिया10 पदानि11 पश्वः12 नि13 पाहि14 विश्वऽआयुः15 अग्ने16 गुहा17 गुहम्18 गाः19 ॥
ajaḥ^1 na^2 kṣām^3 dādhāra^4 pṛthivīm^5 tastambha^6 dyām^7 mantrebhiḥ^8 satyaiḥ^9 ।
priyā^10 padāni^11 paśvaḥ^12 ni^13 pāhi^14 viśva’āyuḥ^15 agne^16 guhā^17 guham^18 gāḥ^19 ।।

3.       2As 1the unborn 4he has held 5the wide 3earth, 6he has up-pillared 7heaven 8with his Mantras 9of truth. 13,14Guard 10the cherished 11foot-prints 12of the Cow of vision; 16O Fire, 15thou art universal life, 19enter into 18the secrecy 17of secrecies.

[Alt.] 4He holds 2like 1one unborn 5the wide earth 3our dwelling-place and 6pillars 7heaven 9with the truth 8of the sacred words of his thinking. 16O Flame, 15thou art universal life; 13,14guard 10the pleasant 11footholds 12of the Cow of vision; 13,14watch over 19the herd of the rays 18in the secrecy 17of the secret cavern. [15/578]

15 viśva’āyuḥ - that which is the source of all being here on this earth [14/415]

18 the secrecy 17 of the secret cave [16/96 fn 8]

य ईं चिकेत गुहा भवन्तमा यः ससाद धारामृतस्य ।

वि ये चृतन्त्यृता सपन्त आदिद्वसूनि प्र ववाचास्मै ॥1.67.4॥

यः1 ईम्2 चिकेत^3 गुहा4 भवन्तम्5 आ^6 यः7 ससाद^8 धाराम्9 ऋतस्य^10 ।

वि11 ये12 चृतन्ति13 ऋता14 सपन्तः15 आत्16 इत्17 वसूनि18 प्र^19 ववाच^20 अस्मै21 ॥
yaḥ^1 īm^2 ciketa^3 guhā^4 bhavantam^5 ā^6 yaḥ^7 sasāda^8 dhārām^9 ṛtasya^10 ।
vi^11 ye^12 cṛtanti^13 ṛtā^14 sapantaḥ^15 āt^16 it^17 vasūni^18 pra^19 vavāca^20 asmai^21 ।।

4.       1He who 3has perceived 2him 5when he is 4in the secret cave, 7he who 8has come 6to 9the stream 10of the Truth, 12those who 15touch 14the things of the Truth and 11,13kindle him, — [16then 17indeed] 21to such a one 19,20he gives word 18of the Riches.

[Alt.] 1He 3who has known 2him 4in the secret cave, 7he who 6,8has come 9to the stream 10of the Truth, 12all who 15touch and penetrate into 14the things of the Truth, 21to such 19,20he speaks 18the word of his treasures. [15/578]

9 dhārām - The descent of the superconscient into our life was imaged as the rain of heaven; it formed the seven celestial rivers that flow down upon the earth-consciousness. [15/434 fn 4]

वि यो वीरुत्सु रोधन्महित्वोत प्रजा उत प्रसूष्वन्त: ।

चित्तिरपां दमे विश्वायुः सद्मेव धीराः संमाय चक्रुः ॥1.67.5॥

वि1 यः2 वीरुत्ऽसु3 रोधत्4 महिऽत्वा5 उत^6 प्रऽजाः7 उत^8 प्रऽसूषु9 अन्त:10 ।

चित्तिः11 अपाम्12 दमे13 विश्व^14 आयुः15 सद्म^16 इव^17 धीराः18 सम्ऽमाय^19 चक्रुः20 ॥
vi^1 yaḥ^2 vīrut’su^3 rodhat^4 mahi’tvā^5 uta^6 pra’jāḥ^7 uta^8 pra’sūṣu^9 anta:10 ।
cittiḥ^11 apām^12 dame^13 viśva^14 āyuḥ^15 sadma^16 iva^17 dhīrāḥ^18 sam’māya^19 cakruḥ^20 ।।

5.       2He who 3in the growths of earth 4holds 1up 5his greatnesses, 6,8both 7the progeny born and 10what is in 9the mothers, 11he is Knowledge 13in the house 12of the Waters, and 15life 14universal; 18the thinkers 19have measured and 20constructed him 17like 16a mansion.

[Alt.] 2This is the Flame who 1,4besieges us 5with his greatness 3in all the growths of the earth 6and 7who is all the children of the worlds 8and 10who is within 9in all the mothers. 11He is knowledge 13in the house 12of the Waters and 14he is universal 15life. 18The thinkers 19have measured and 20constructed him 17like 16a mansion. [15/578]

7-10 The sons or children are the new soul-formations which constitute the divine Personality, the new births within us. [15/408 fn 9]

19 māya - with a strong sense of its root-significance, to measure, form, build or plan out [15/545 fn 3]

Sukta 68

श्रीणन्नुप स्थाद्दिवं भुरण्युः स्थातुश्चरथमक्तून्व्यूर्णोत् ।

परि यदेषामेको विश्वेषाम् भुवद्देवो देवानां महित्वा ॥1.68.1॥

श्रीणन्1 उप^2 स्थात्3 दिवम्4 भुरण्युः5 स्थातुः6 चरथम्7 अक्तून्8 वि9 ऊर्णोत्10 ।

परि11 यत्12 एषाम्13 एकः14 विश्वेषाम्15 भुवत्16 देवः17 देवानाम्18 महिऽत्वा19 ॥
śrīṇan^1 upa^2 sthāt^3 divam^4 bhuraṇyuḥ^5 sthātuḥ^6 caratham^7 aktūn^8 vi^9 ūrṇot^10 ।
pari^11 yat^12 eṣām^13 ekaḥ^14 viśveṣām^15 bhuvat^16 devaḥ^17 devānām^18 mahi’tvā^19 ।।

1.       5The carrier, 1burning, 2,3he reaches 4heaven. 9,10He unravels 8the nights and 9,10uncovers 6the stable and 7the moving; 12for 14this is the one 17God 11,16who envelops with himself 19the grandeurs 15of all 13,18the[se] Gods.

[Alt.] 5The Carrier of our gifts 1speeds on his way and 2,3reaches up 4towards heaven. 9,10He unravels 8out of the nights 6all that is stable and 7all that moves. 12This is he that 16becomes 14the one 17God 11who is around 15all 13the 18gods 19in his greatness. [15/578]

[Alt.] Agni, the divine Seer-Will, is described as 2,3ascending 4to heaven and 9,10unrolling 8the veil of the nights 6from all that is stable and 7all that is mobile, 12when 16he becomes 14the one 17God 11encompassing 15all 13these 18godheads 19with the greatness of his being. [15/200]

आदित्ते विश्वे क्रतुं जुषन्त शुष्काद्यद्देव जीवो जनिष्ठाः ।

भजन्त विश्वे देवत्वं नाम ऋतं सपन्तो अमृतमेवैः ॥1.68.2॥

आत्1 इत्2 ते3 विश्वे4 क्रतुम्5 जुषन्त^6 शुष्कात्7 यत्8 देव^9 जीवः10 जनिष्ठाः11 ।

भजन्त^12 विश्वे13 देवऽत्वम्14 नाम^15 ऋतम्16 सपन्तः17 अमृतम्18 एवैः19 ॥
āt^1 it^2 te^3 viśve^4 kratum^5 juṣanta^6 śuṣkāt^7 yat^8 deva^9 jīvaḥ^10 janiṣṭhāḥ^11 ।
bhajanta^12 viśve^13 deva’tvam^14 nāma^15 ṛtam^16 sapantaḥ^17 amṛtam^18 evaiḥ^19 ।।

2.       [2Indeed, 1then] 4all 6cleave to 3thy 5will of works 8when, 9O God, 11thou art born 10a living being 7from dry matter. 13All 12enjoy 15the Name, 14the Godhead; 19by thy movements 17they touch 16Truth and 18Immortality.

[Alt.] 4All 6serve with gladness 3thy 5will to works 8when, 9O God, 11thou art born 10as the living being 7from a dry matter. 13All 19by thy movings 17get touch 16of the Truth and 17touch 18of immortality and 12they enjoy 15the Name, 14the Godhead. [15/579]

[Alt.] 1Then 2indeed 4all 6accept and cleave 5to the Will (or the Work) 8when, 9O godhead, 11thou art born 10a living soul 7from the dryness (i.e. from the material being, the desert, as it is called, unwatered by the streams of the Truth); 13all 12enjoy 14godhead 17attaining 16to the truth and 18the immortality 19by their movements. [15/200-1]

6 or, serve gladly (1.68.5); follow with pleasure (1.127.6); rejoice (6.2.10; 6.5.6); take joy in [16/97 fn 9]

15 nāma - The “secret Name” of the mental consciousness, the tongue with which the gods taste the world, the nexus of Immortality, is the Ananda which the Soma symbolises (9.75.2). [15/307]

16 ṛtam - the truth in action, right, the truth of divine being regulating right activity both of mind and body [15/65]

ऋतस्य प्रेषा ऋतस्य धीतिर्विश्वायुर्विश्वे अपांसि चक्रुः ।

यस्तुभ्यं दाशाद्यो वा ते शिक्षात्तस्मै चिकित्वान्रयिं दयस्व ॥1.68.3॥

ऋतस्य^1 प्रेषाः2 ऋतस्य^3 धीतिः4 विश्व^5 आयुः6 विश्वे7 अपांसि8 चक्रुः9 ।

यः10 तुभ्यम्11 दाशात्12 यः13 वा14 ते15 शिक्षात्16 तस्मै17 चिकित्वान्18 रयिम्19 दयस्व^20 ॥
ṛtasya^1 preṣāḥ^2 ṛtasya^3 dhītiḥ^4 viśva^5 āyuḥ^6 viśve^7 apāṃsi^8 cakruḥ^9 ।
yaḥ^10 tubhyam^11 dāśāt^12 yaḥ^13 vā^14 te^15 śikṣāt^16 tasmai^17 cikitvān^18 rayim^19 dayasva^20 ।।

3.       2He is the urgings 1of the Truth, 4the thinking 3of the Truth, 5the universal 6life by whom 7all 9do 8the works. 10He who 12gives 11to thee, [14or] 13he who 16gains 15from thee, 17to him, 18for thou knowest, 20give 19the Riches.

[Alt.] 2He is the missioned impulse 1of Truth and 4the thinking 3of the Truth. 5He is the universal 6life and 7all 9do in him 8their works. 17To him 10who 12gives 11to thee 14and 17to him 13who 16takes 15of thee 18be knower of the knowledge and 20give him his portion 19of thy treasure. [15/579]

[Explanation] 2 The impulse 1 of the Truth, 4 the thinking 3 of the Truth 5 becomes a universal 6 life (or pervades 5 all 6 the life), and in it 7 all 9 fulfil 8 their workings…. [15/200]

16 learns [16/97 fn 10]

होता निषत्तो मनोरपत्ये स चिन्न्वासां पती रयीणां ।

इच्छन्त रेतो मिथस्तनूषु सं जानत स्वैर्दक्षैरमूराः ॥1.68.4॥

होता1 निऽसत्तः2 मनोः3 अपत्ये4 सः5 चित्6 नु7 आसाम्8 पतिः9 रयीणाम्10 ।

इच्छन्त^11 रेतः12 मिथः13 तनूषु14 सम्15 जानत^16 स्वैः17 दक्षैः18 अमूराः19 ॥

hotā^1 ni’sattaḥ^2 manoḥ^3 apatye^4 saḥ^5 cit^6 nu^7 āsām^8 patiḥ^9 rayīṇām^10 ।
icchanta^11 retaḥ^12 mithaḥ^13 tanūṣu^14 sam^15 jānata^16 svaiḥ^17 dakṣaiḥ^18 amūrāḥ^19 ।।

4.       1He is the priest of the sacrifice 2seated 4in the son 3of Man: 5he 6,7verily is 9the lord 8of these 10riches. 11They desire 12the seed 13mutually 14in their bodies; 19the wise 17by their own 18discernings 15,16come wholly to know.

[Alt.] 1He is the priest of the sacrifice 2who is seated 4in the Son 3of Man: 5he is 9the lord 8of these 10riches. 19The wise 11desire 13mutually 12his seed 14in their bodies and 15,16they come altogether to know him 17by their own 18discerning minds. [15/579]

पितुर्न पुत्राः क्रतुं जुषन्त श्रोषन्ये अस्य शासं तुरासः ।

वि राय और्णोद् दुरः पुरुक्षुः पिपेश नाकं स्तृभिर्दमूनाः ॥1.68.5॥

पितुः1 न^2 पुत्राः3 क्रतुम्4 जुषन्त^5 श्रोषन्6 ये7 अस्य^8 शासम्9 तुरासः10 ।

वि11 रायः12 और्णोत्13 दुरः14 पुरु15 क्षुः16 पिपेश^17 नाकम्18 स्तृऽभिः19 दमूनाः20 ॥
pituḥ^1 na^2 putrāḥ^3 kratum^4 juṣanta^5 śroṣan^6 ye^7 asya^8 śāsam^9 turāsaḥ^10 ।
vi^11 rāyaḥ^12 aurṇot^13 duraḥ^14 puru^15 kṣuḥ^16 pipeśa^17 nākam^18 stṛ’bhiḥ^19 damūnāḥ^20 ।।

5.       7Those who 6listen 8,9to his teaching, 7those who 10are swift to the journey, 5serve gladly 4his will 2as 3sons 4the will 1of a father. 16He houses 15a multitude of riches and 13flings 11wide 14the doors 12of the Treasure. 20He is the dweller within 17who has formed 18heaven 19with its stars.

[Alt.] 7Those who 6listen 8to his 9word of instruction, 7those who 10are swift to the journey, 5serve gladly 4his will 2as 3sons 4the will 1of a father. 16He is the house 15of a multitude of riches and 13flings 11wide 14the door 12of his felicitous treasure. 20He is the dweller in the home and 17gives form 18to Paradise 19by the light of his stars. [15/579]

Sukta 69

शुक्रः शुशुक्वाँ उषो न जारः पप्रा समीची दिवो न ज्योतिः ।

परि प्रजातः क्रत्वा बभूथ भुवो देवानां पिता पुत्रः सन् ॥1.69.1॥

शुक्रः1 शुशुक्वान्2 उषः3 न^4 जारः5 पप्रा6 समीची7 दिवः8 न^9 ज्योतिः10 ।

परि11 प्रऽजातः12 क्रत्वा13 बभूथ^14 भुवः15 देवानाम्16 पिता17 पुत्रः18 सन्19 ॥
śukraḥ^1 śuśukvān^2 uṣaḥ^3 na^4 jāraḥ^5 paprā^6 samīcī^7 divaḥ^8 na^9 jyotiḥ^10 ।
pari^11 pra’jātaḥ^12 kratvā^13 babhūtha^14 bhuvaḥ^15 devānām^16 pitā^17 putraḥ^18 san^19 ।।

1.       2Blazing out 1brilliant 4as 5the lover 3of the Dawn, 6filling 7the two equal worlds 9like 10the Light 8of Heaven, 12thou art born 13by our will and 14comest into being 11all around us; 15thou hast become 17the father 16of the Gods, 19thou who art 18the Son.

[Alt.] 2He burns out 1bright 4as if 5the lover 3of Dawn and 6fills 7the two equal worlds 9like 10the light 8of heaven. 12He is born 13by our will to works and 14he comes into being 11all around us. 19He is 18the son and 15becomes 17the father 16of the Gods. [15/581]

7 the two Companions [16/98 fn 11]

वेधा अदृप्तो अग्निर्विजानन्नूधर्न गोनां स्वाद्मा पितूनाम् ।

जने न शेव आहूर्यः सन् मध्ये निषत्तो रण्वो दुरोणे ॥1.69.2॥

वेधाः1 अदृप्तः2 अग्निः3 विऽजानन्4 ऊधः5 न^6 गोनाम्7 स्वाद्म^8 पितूनाम्9 ।

जने10 न^11 शेव^12 आऽहूर्यः13 सन्14 मध्ये15 निऽसत्तः16 रण्वः17 दुरोणे18 ॥
vedhāḥ^1 adṛptaḥ^2 agniḥ^3 vi’jānan^4 ūdhaḥ^5 na^6 gonām^7 svādma^8 pitūnām^9 ।
jane^10 na^11 śeva^12 ā’hūryaḥ^13 san^14 madhye^15 ni’sattaḥ^16 raṇvaḥ^17 duroṇe^18 ।।

2.       3The Fire 4having the knowledge is 1a creator 2without proud rashness; 6he is as if 5the teat 7of the Cows of Light, 8the sweetener 9of the draughts of the Wine. 11He is as 12one blissful 10in a man, 13,14one whom we must call in; 16he is seated 17rapturous 15in the middle 18of the house.

[Alt.] 3This is the Fire 4that has perfect knowledge and 1is a creator 2whom none can rend asunder. 6He is as if 5the teat 7of the cows of light and 8the sweetness 9of the draughts of the wine. 11He is as if one 12happy 10in the creature and 13,14must be laid hands on 16where he sits 17blissful 15in the middle 18of the house. [15/581]

1 ordainer of things [16/98 fn 12]

8 taster 9 of all foods [16/98 fn 13]

पुत्रो न जातो रण्वो दुरोणे वाजी न प्रीतो विशो वि तारीत् ।

विशो यदह्वे नृभिः सनीळा अग्निर्देवत्वा विश्वान्यश्याः ॥1.69.3॥

पुत्रः1 न^2 जातः3 रण्वः4 दुरोणे5 वाजी6 न^7 प्रीतः8 विशः9 वि10 तारीत्11 ।

विशः12 यत्13 अह्वे14 नृऽभिः15 सऽनीळाः16 अग्निः17 देवऽत्वा18 विश्वानि19 अश्याः20 ॥
putraḥ^1 na^2 jātaḥ^3 raṇvaḥ^4 duroṇe^5 vājī^6 na^7 prītaḥ^8 viśaḥ^9 vi^10 tārīt^11 ।
viśaḥ^12 yat^13 ahve^14 nṛ’bhiḥ^15 sa’nīḻāḥ^16 agniḥ^17 deva’tvā^18 viśvāni^19 aśyāḥ^20 ।।

3.       3He is born to us 2as if 1a son 4rapturous 5in our house; 7like 8a glad 6horse of swiftness 11ahe carries 9safe 11bthrough their battle 9the peoples: 13when 14I call 12to the beings 16who dwell in one abode 15with the Gods, 17the Flame 20attains 19all 18godheads.

[Alt.] 2He is as if 4our rapturous 1son 3born to us 5in the house and 7he is like 6a courser 8pleased and glad 10,11that carries to safety 9the peoples. 13When 14I call 12to the Nations 16who dwell in one lair 15with the Strong Ones, 17the Flame 20enjoys 19all 18the godheads. [15/582]

15 with men [16/99 fn 14]

nṛ - The word nṛ seems to have meant originally active, swift or strong. We have nṛmṇa, strength, and nṛtama nṛṇām, most puissant of the Powers. It came afterwards to mean male or man and in the Veda is oftenest applied to the gods as the male powers or Purushas presiding over the energies of Nature as opposed to the female powers, who are called gnā. [15/268 fn 6]

nṛ in the Veda is applicable both to gods and men and does not mean simply a man; it meant originally, I think, strong or active and then a male and is applied to the male gods, active divine souls or powers, purusas, opposed to the female deities, gnā who are their energies. [15/81]

नकिष्ट एता व्रता मिनन्ति नृभ्यो यदेभ्यः श्रुष्टिं चकर्थ ।

तत्तु ते दंसो यदहन्त्समानैर्नृभिर्यद्युक्तो विवे रपांसि ॥1.69.4॥

नकिः1 ते2 एता3 व्रता4 मिनन्ति5 नृऽभ्यः6 यत्7 एभ्यः8 श्रुष्टिम्9 चकर्थ^10 ।

तत्11 तु12 ते13 दंसः14 यत्15 अहन्16 समानैः17 नृऽभिः18 यत्19 युक्तः20 विवेः21 रपांसि22 ॥
nakiḥ^1 te^2 etā^3 vratā^4 minanti^5 nṛ’bhyaḥ^6 yat^7 ebhyaḥ^8 śruṣṭim^9 cakartha^10 ।
tat^11 tu^12 te^13 daṃsaḥ^14 yat^15 ahan^16 samānaiḥ^17 nṛ’bhiḥ^18 yat^19 yuktaḥ^20 viveḥ^21 rapāṃsi^22 ।।

4.       1None 5can impair 4athe ways of [3these] 2thy 4-bworkings 7when 8for these 6gods 10thou hast created 9inspired knowledge. [12Even] 11this is 13thy 14work 15that 20yoked 18with the Gods, 17thy equals, 16thou hast smitten, 19that 21thou hast scattered 22the powers of evil.

[Alt.] 1None 5can impair 4athe ways of 2thy 4bworks 7when 10thou hast created 9inspired knowledge 6for the Strong Ones. 11,12This is 13thy 14work 15that 20yoked 17with the equal 18Gods 16thou smitest and 21scatterest 22the powers of evil. [15/582]

6 men [16/99 fn15]

16 thou hast slain [16/99 fn 16]

उषो न जारो विभावोस्रः संज्ञातरूपश्चिकेतदस्मै ।

त्मना वहन्तो दुरो व्यृण्वन्नवन्त विश्वे स्वर्दृशीके ॥1.69.5॥

उषः1 न^2 जारः3 विभाऽवा4 उस्रः5 सञ्ज्ञातऽरूपः6 चिकेतत्7 अस्मै8 ।

त्मना9 वहन्तः10 दुरः11 वि12 ऋण्वन्13 नवन्त^14 विश्वे15 स्वः16 दृशीके17 ॥
uṣaḥ^1 na^2 jāraḥ^3 vibhā’vā^4 usraḥ^5 sañjñāta’rūpaḥ^6 ciketat^7 asmai^8 ।
tmanā^9 vahantaḥ^10 duraḥ^11 vi^12 ṛṇvan^13 navanta^14 viśve^15 svaḥ^16 dṛśīke^17 ।।

5.       4Very bright and 5lustrous is he 2like 3the lover 1of Dawn. 6May his form be known and 7may he wake to knowledge 8for this human being, 10amay 15all 10bbear him 9in themselves, 13part 12wide 11the Doors and 14move 17into the vision 16of the world of the Sun.

[Alt.] 4Very bright and 5lustrous 2is he like 3the paramour 1of Dawn. 6Let his form be known and 7his knowledge awake 8for this human being, let 15all 10bear him 9in themselves, 13swing 12wide 11the gates and 14walk 17in the vision 16of the world of the Sun. [15/582]

14 come 17 to the seeing 16 of the Sun [16/99 fn 17]

Sukta 70

वनेम पूर्वीरर्यो मनीषा अग्निः सुशोको विश्वान्यश्याः ।

आ दैव्यानि व्रता चिकित्वाना मानुषस्य जनस्य जन्म ॥1.70.1॥

वनेम^1 पूर्वीः2 अर्यः3 मनीषा4 अग्निः5 सुऽशोकः6 विश्वानि7 अश्याः8 ।

आ^9 दैव्यानि10 व्रता11 चिकित्वान्12 आ^13 मानुषस्य^14 जनस्य^15 जन्म^16 ॥
vanema^1 pūrvīḥ^2 aryaḥ^3 manīṣā^4 agniḥ^5 su’śokaḥ^6 viśvāni^7 aśyāḥ^8 ।
ā^9 daivyāni^10 vratā^11 cikitvān^12 ā^13 mānuṣasya^14 janasya^15 janma^16 ।।

1.       1May we win 2the many Riches, 8amay 5the Fire, 6flaming high with his light, 3master 4by the thinking mind, 8btake possession of 7all things that are, 9,12he who knows 11athe laws of 10the divine 11bworkings and 13,12knows 16the birth 14of the human 15being.

[Alt.] 3Men battling 4by our mind of thought 1may we make conquest 2of many powers and 5Agni 6burning brightly 8enjoy and possess in us 7all things that are, 9,12know 10the divine 11workings and 13,12know 16the births 14of the human 15creature. [15/582]

4 manīṣā – the right thought, the right mentality in the self-giving, the intellectual thought that seeks for the Truth [16/576-7]

गर्भो यो अपां गर्भो वनानां गर्भश्च स्थातां गर्भश्चरथाम् ।

अद्रौ चिदस्मा अन्तर्दुरोणे विशां न विश्वो अमृतः स्वाधीः ॥1.70.2॥

गर्भः1 यः2 अपाम्3 गर्भः4 वनानाम्5 गर्भः6 च^7 स्थाताम्8 गर्भः9 चरथाम्10 ।

अद्रौ11 चित्12 अस्मै13 अन्तः14 दुरोणे15 विशाम्16 न^17 विश्वः18 अमृतः19 सुऽआधीः20 ॥
garbhaḥ^1 yaḥ^2 apām^3 garbhaḥ^4 vanānām^5 garbhaḥ^6 ca^7 sthātām^8 garbhaḥ^9 carathām^10 ।
adrau^11 cit^12 asmai^13 antaḥ^14 duroṇe^15 viśām^16 na^17 viśvaḥ^18 amṛtaḥ^19 su’ādhīḥ^20 ।।

2.       2He is 1the child 3of the waters, 4the child 5of the forests, 6the child 7of things stable 7and 9the child 10of things that move. 12Even 11in the stone 2he is there 13for man, 2he is there 14in the middle 15of his house, — 2he is 17as 18one universal 16in creatures; 2he is 19the Immortal, 20the perfect thinker.

[Alt.] 2He is 1the child 3of the waters and 4the child 5of the forests and 6the child 8of things stable 7and 9the child 10of things that move. 13He is there for man 11in the stone of the mountain and 14within 15in the house. He is 18one universal 16to the peoples and 19the Immortal and 20the right-thinking One. [15/583]

स हि क्षपावाँ अग्नी रयीणां दाशद्यो अस्मा अरं सूक्तैः ।

एता चिकित्वो भूमा नि पाहि देवानां जन्म मर्तांश्च विद्वान् ॥1.70.3॥

सः1 हि2 क्षपाऽवान्3 अग्निः4 रयीणाम्5 दाशत्6 यः7 अस्मै8 अरम्9 सुऽउक्तैः10 ।

एता11 चिकित्वः12 भूम^13 नि14 पाहि15 देवानाम्16 जन्म^17 मर्तान्18 च^19 विद्वान्20 ॥
saḥ^1 hi^2 kṣapā’vān^3 agniḥ^4 rayīṇām^5 dāśat^6 yaḥ^7 asmai^8 aram^9 su’uktaiḥ^10 ।
etā^11 cikitvaḥ^12 bhūma^13 ni^14 pāhi^15 devānām^16 janma^17 martān^18 ca^19 vidvān^20 ।।

3.       [2For] 4the Fire is 3a master of the nights, 1he 6gives 5of the Riches to him 7who 9aprepares 8for him 9bthe sacrifice 10with the perfect words. 12O thou who art conscious, 14,15guard, 20as the knower, 11these 13worlds, and 17the birth 16of the Gods, 19and 18mortal men.

[Alt.] 4The Fire is 3master of the nights and 6imparts to man 9sufficiency 5of his treasures 10by the power of perfect words. 20O knower, 12who hast knowledge 17of the births 16of the gods 19and 12knowledge 18of mortals, 14,15guard 11these 13earths. [15/583]

13 bhūma - the wide free infinite planes of existence founded on the Truth [15/418 fn 6]

वर्धान्यं पूर्वीः क्षपो विरूपाः स्थातुश्च रथमृतप्रवीतम् ।

अराधि होता स्वर्निषत्तः कृण्वन्विश्वान्यपांसि सत्या ॥1.70.4॥

वर्धान्1 यम्2 पूर्वीः3 क्षपः4 विऽरूपाः5 स्थातुः6 च^7 रथम्8 ऋतऽप्रवीतम्9 ।

अराधि10 होता11 स्वः12 निऽसत्तः13 कृण्वन्14 विश्वानि15 अपांसि16 सत्या17 ॥
vardhān^1 yam^2 pūrvīḥ^3 kṣapaḥ^4 vi’rūpāḥ^5 sthātuḥ^6 ca^7 ratham^8 ṛta’pravītam^9 ।
arādhi^10 hotā^11 svaḥ^12 ni’sattaḥ^13 kṛṇvan^14 viśvāni^15 apāṃsi^16 satyā^17 ।।

4.       3Many 4nights 5of different forms 1have increased 2him, the Fire 9who came forth from the Truth, 6who is the stable 7and 8the moving: 11the priest of the call, 10he is achieved for us, 13seated 12in the sun-world, 14making 17true 15all 16our works.

[Alt.] 3Many 4nights 5that are different in form 1increase 2one 8who is the moving 7and 6the stable, 9one who has come from the Truth. 11He is a priest of sacrifice and 10enriches us 13where he sits 12in the world of the sun 14making 16our works 17things of truth. [15/583]

12 in the sun [16/100 fn 18]

गोषु प्रशस्तिं वनेषु धिषे भरन्त विश्वे बलिं स्वर्णः ।

वि त्वा नरः पुरुत्रा सपर्यन्पितुर्न जिव्रेर्वि वेदो भरन्त ॥1.70.5॥

गोषु1 प्रऽशस्तिम्2 वनेषु3 धिषे4 भरन्त^5 विश्वे6 बलिम्7 स्वः8 नः9 ।

वि10 त्वा11 नरः12 पुरुऽत्रा13 सपर्यन्14 पितुः15 न^16 जिव्रेः17 वि18 वेदी19 भरन्त^20 ॥
goṣu^1 pra’śastim^2 vaneṣu^3 dhiṣe^4 bharanta^5 viśve^6 balim^7 svaḥ^8 naḥ^9 ।
vi^10 tvā^11 naraḥ^12 puru’trā^13 saparyan^14 pituḥ^15 na^16 jivreḥ^17 vi^18 vedī^19 bharanta^20 ।।

5.       4Thou establishest 2word of thee 1in the Ray-Cow and 3in the forests; it is as if 6all were 5bringing [9for us] 8the sun-world 7as offering. 12Men 13in many parts 10,14serve 11thee and 20gather 18in 19knowledge 16as 17from a long-lived 15father.

[Alt.] 4Thou thinkest out 2thy hymn of utterance 1in the rays and 3in the forests and 6all the gods 5carry 9to us 8the light of the sun-world 7as a sacrifice. 12Men 10,14do thee service 13in the manifoldness and 18,20come bringing 11from thee 19riches of knowledge 16as 17from an aged 15father. [15/583]

साधुर्न गृध्नुरस्तेव शूरो यातेव भीमस्त्वेषः समत्सु ॥1.70.6॥

साधुः1 न^2 गृध्नुः3 अस्ता4 इव^5 शूरः6 याता7 इव^8 भीमः9 त्वेषः10 समत्ऽसु11 ॥
sādhuḥ^1 na^2 gṛdhnuḥ^3 astā^4 iva^5 śūraḥ^6 yātā^7 iva^8 bhīmaḥ^9 tveṣaḥ^10 samat’su^11 ।।

6.       He is 2like 1one efficient in works and 3hungry to seize, 6heroic 5like 4one shooting arrows, 9terrible 8like 7an assailant charging, 10he is a splendour 11in our battles.

[Alt.] 2He is like 1a perfecter of works, 3one who is a hungry seizer. 5He is like 6a hero 4shooting arrows and 8like 9a terrible 7assailant 11in the battle. [15/583]

Sukta 71

उप प्र जिन्वन्नुशतीरुशन्तम् पतिं न नित्यं जनयः सनीळाः ।

स्वसारः श्यावीमरुषीमजुष्रंचित्रमुच्छन्तीमुषसं न गावः ॥1.71.1॥

उप^1 प्र^2 जिन्वन्3 उशतीः4 उशन्तम्5 पतिम्6 न^7 नित्यम्8 जनयः9 सऽनीळाः10 ।

स्वसारः11 श्यावीम्12 अरुषीम्13 अजुष्रन्14 चित्रम्15 उच्छन्तीम्16 उषसम्17 न^18 गावः19 ॥
upa^1 pra^2 jinvan^3 uśatīḥ^4 uśantam^5 patim^6 na^7 nityam^8 janayaḥ^9 sa’nīḻāḥ^10 ।
svasāraḥ^11 śyāvīm^12 aruṣīm^13 ajuṣran^14 citram^15 ucchantīm^16 uṣasam^17 na^18 gāvaḥ^19 ।।

1.       9The Mothers 10who dwell in one abode, 4desiring 1came 5to him who desired them and 2,3gave him pleasure 7as 8to their eternal 6spouse: 11the sisters 14took joy in him 18as 19the Ray-Cows 17in the Dawn when she comes 12dusky, 13flushing red, then 16shining out 15in rich hues.

[Alt.] 9The Mothers 4desire and 5are desired by him, 11sisters 10dwelling in one mansion, and 1,2,3come to him with joy 7as to 8their eternal 6husband, 18even as 19the rays 17to the Dawn, — Dawn 12dusk and 13flushing and 16breaking 15into rich lustres. [15/584]

वीळु चिद्द दृळ्हा पितरो न उक्थैरद्रिं रुजन्नङ्गिरसो रवेण ।

चक्रुर्दिवो बृहतो गातुमस्मे अहः स्वर्विविदुः केतुमुस्राः ॥1.71.2॥

वीळु1 चित्2 दृळ्हा3 पितरः4 नः5 उक्थैः6 अद्रिम्7 रुजन्8 अङ्गिरसः9 रवेण^10 ।

चक्रुः11 दिवः12 बृहतः13 गातुम्14 अस्मे15 अहः16 स्वः17 विविदुः18 केतुम्19 उस्राः20 ॥
vīḻu^1 cit^2 dṛḻhā^3 pitaraḥ^4 naḥ^5 ukthaiḥ^6 adrim^7 rujan^8 aṅgirasaḥ^9 raveṇa^10 ।
cakruḥ^11 divaḥ^12 bṛhataḥ^13 gātum^14 asme^15 ahaḥ^16 svaḥ^17 vividuḥ^18 ketum^19 usrāḥ^20 ।।

2.       5Our 4fathers 6by their words 8broke 1the strong and [2even] 3stubborn places, 9the Angiras seers 8shattered 7the mountain rock 10with their cry; 11they made 15in us 14a path 13to the Great 12Heaven, 18they discovered 16the Day and 17the sun-world and 19the intuitive ray and 20the shining herds.

[Alt.] 5Our 4fathers 6by their word, 9the Angiras seers, 8broke 1the strong and 3stubborn places, 5our 4fathers 8burst 10by their cry 7the rock of the mountain, 11made 15within us 14the path 13to the Great 12Heaven, 18discovered 16the Day and 17the sun-world and 19thought-vision and 20the herds of light. [15/584]

4 pitaraḥ - human beings or at least human powers that have conquered immortality by the work, have attained the goal and are invoked to assist a later mortal race in the same divine achievement. [15/187-8]

7Adri – the mountain (1.73.6); the hill, or rock is a symbol of formal existence and especially of the physical nature and it is out of this hill or rock that the herds of the Sun are released. [15/93]

20 usrāḥ - usra is always used in the Veda, like go, with the double sense of the concrete figure or symbol, the Bull or Cow, and at the same time the psychological indication of the bright or luminous ones, the illumined powers of the Truth in man [15/89]

17 svaḥ - This wide world, bṛhad dyau or Swar, which we have to attain by passing beyond heaven and earth, … this supra-celestial wideness, this illimitable light is a supramental heaven, the heaven of the supramental Truth, of the immortal Beatitude, and that the light which is its substance and constituent reality, is the light of Truth. [15/152]

Swar, the world of divine solar light to which we have to ascend and which is revealed by the release of the luminous herds from the nether cave and the consequent uprising of the divine Sun. [15/439 fn 4]

[Explanation] The Rishis speak of three cosmic divisions, Earth, the Antariksha or middle region and Heaven (Dyaus); but there is also a greater Heaven (Brihad Dyau) called also the Wide World, the Vast (Brihat)… this “Brihat” is again described as “Ritam Brihat…, Mahas (mentioned in the Upanishads)…, Vijnana…, Ritam [15/45]

दधन्नृतं धनयन्नस्य धीतिमादिदर्यो दिधिष्वो विभृत्राः ।

अतृष्यन्तीरपसो यन्त्यच्छा देवाञ्जन्म प्रयसा वर्धयंतीः ॥1.71.3॥

दधन्1 ऋतम्2 धनयन्3 अस्य^4 धीतिम्5 आत्6 इत्7 अर्यः8 दिधिष्वः9 विऽभृत्राः10 ।

अतृष्यन्तीः11 अपसः12 यन्ति13 अच्छ^14 देवान्15 जन्म^16 प्रयसा17 वर्धयन्तीः18 ॥
dadhan^1 ṛtam^2 dhanayan^3 asya^4 dhītim^5 āt^6 it^7 aryaḥ^8 didhiṣvaḥ^9 vi’bhṛtrāḥ^10 ।
atṛṣyantīḥ^11 apasaḥ^12 yanti^13 accha^14 devān^15 janma^16 prayasā^17 vardhayantīḥ^18 ।।

3.       1They held 2the Truth, 3they enriched 5the thought 4of this human being; 6then 7indeed 8had they mastery and 9understanding 10bearing wide the Flame; 11unthirsting, 12the powers at work 13go 14towards 15the gods 18amaking 16the Birth 18bto grow 17by delight.

[Alt.] 6Then 8the battling and 9thinking peoples 1held 2the Truth and 3enriched 5the thought 4of the human being and 10bore it in all its breadth; 11unthirsting, 12doers of the work 18increasing 16the divine birth 17by the delight-offering, 13their walk is 14towards 15the gods. [15/584]

10 vi’bhṛtrāḥ - The image in vibhṛtrāḥ suggests the upholding of the thought of the Truth in all the principles of our being or, to put it in the ordinary Vedic image, the seven-headed thought in all the seven waters, apsu dhiyaṃ dadhiṣe (5.45.11). [15/200]

मथीद्यदीं विभृतो मातरिश्वा गृहेगृहे श्येतो जेन्यो भूत् ।

आदीं राज्ञे न सहीयसे सचा सन्ना दूत्यं भृगवाणो विवाय ॥1.71.4॥

मथीत्1 यत्2 ईम्3 विऽभृतः4 मातरिश्वा5 गृहेऽगृहे6 श्येतः7 जेन्यः8 भूत्9 ।

आत्10 ईम्11 राज्ञे12 न^13 सहीयसे14 सचा15 सन्16 आ^17 दूत्यम्18 भृगवाणः19 विवाय^20 ॥
mathīt^1 yat^2 īm^3 vi’bhṛtaḥ^4 mātariśvā^5 gṛhe’gṛhe^6 śyetaḥ^7 jenyaḥ^8 bhūt^9 ।
āt^10 īm^11 rājñe^12 na^13 sahīyase^14 sacā^15 san^16 ā^17 dūtyam^18 bhṛgavāṇaḥ^19 vivāya^20 ।।

4.       2When 5the Life-Breath 4borne pervadingly within 1ahas churned 3him 1bout 6in house and house 9he becomes 7white and 8a conqueror. 10Then indeed 16he becomes 19the Flaming Seer and 15companioning us 20goes 17on 11,18an embassy 13as 14for a powerful 12king.

[Alt.] 2When 5Matarishwan the Breath 4borne variously within us 1,3churned him into being, the Lord of Fire 9became 7the white and 8blissful one 6in every house. 19Man was a seer and kindler of the divine Fire and 15,16he dwelt with him like a companion and 17,20sent 11him 13,18on his messages like an envoy 14to a powerful 12king. [15/584]

महे यत्पित्र ईं रसं दिवे करव त्सरत्पृशन्यश्चिकित्वान् ।

सृजदस्ता धृषता दिद्युमस्मै स्वायां देवो दुहितरि त्विषिं धात् ॥1.71.5॥

महे1 यत्2 पित्रे3 ईम्4 रसम्5 दिवे6 कः7 अव^8 त्सरत्9 पृशन्यः10 चिकित्वान्11 ।

सृजत्12 अस्ता13 धृषता14 दिद्युम्15 अस्मै16 स्वायाम्17 देवः18 दुहितरि19 त्विषिम्20 धात्21 ॥
mahe^1 yat^2 pitre^3 īm^4 rasam^5 dive^6 kaḥ^7 ava^8 tsarat^9 pṛśanyaḥ^10 cikitvān^11 ।
sṛjat^12 astā^13 dhṛṣatā^14 didyum^15 asmai^16 svāyām^17 devaḥ^18 duhitari^19 tviṣim^20 dhāt^21 ।।

5.       2When 7he had made 4this 5sap of essence 1for the great 3Father 6Heaven, 9he came slipping 8downward, 10one close in touch, 11having knowledge. 13The Archer 12loosed 14violently 16on him 15his arrow of lightning, but 18the god 21set 20the flaming energy 17in his own 19daughter.

[Alt.] 2When 7he had made 4this 5sap of essence 1for the great 3Father 6Heaven, 9he came 8down, 10one close in touch, 11one who has knowledge. 13The Archer 12loosed 14violently 16on him 15his arrow of lightning, but 18the god 21set 20the keen lustre 17in his own 19daughter. [15/585]

स्व आ यस्तुभ्यं दम आ विभाति नमो वा दाशादुशतो अनु द्यून् ।

वर्धो अग्ने वयो अस्य द्विबर्हा यासद्राया सरथं यं जुनासि ॥1.71.6॥

स्वे1 आ^2 यः3 तुभ्यम्4 दमे5 आ^6 विऽभाति7 नमः8 वा9 दाशात्10 उशतः11 अनु12 द्यून्13 ।

वर्धः14 अग्ने15 वयः16 अस्य^17 द्विऽबर्हाः18 यासत्19 राया20 सऽरथम्21 यम्22 जुनासि23 ॥
sve^1 ā^2 yaḥ^3 tubhyam^4 dame^5 ā^6 vi’bhāti^7 namaḥ^8 vā^9 dāśāt^10 uśataḥ^11 anu^12 dyūn^13 ।
vardhaḥ^14 agne^15 vayaḥ^16 asya^17 dvi’barhāḥ^18 yāsat^19 rāyā^20 sa’ratham^21 yam^22 junāsi^23 ।।

6.       3He who 7kindles the light 4for thee 2in 1thy own 5home 9and 10offers 8obeisance of surrender 12,13day by day and 11thy desire is towards him, [15O Agni,] 14amayst thou 18in thy twofold mass 14bincrease 17his 16growth, 22he whom 23thou speedest 21in one car with thee, 19may he travel 20with the riches.

[Alt.] 15O Fire, 14increase, 18twofold in thy mass, 16the birth into knowledge 17of everyone 3who 2,7is luminous 4to thy flame 1in thy own 5house 9or 10gives 4thee 8worship 11to thy desire 12,13day by day. 22Whomsoever 23thou makest to haste 21in one chariot with thee, 19travels 20with felicity of thy riches. [15/585]

अग्निं विश्वा अभि पृक्षः सचन्ते समुद्रं न स्रवतः सप्त यह्वीः ।

न जामिभिर्वि चिकिते वयो नो विदा देवेषु प्रमतिं चिकित्वान् ॥1.71.7॥

अग्निम्1 विश्वाः2 अभि3 पृक्षः4 सचन्ते5 समुद्रम्6 न^7 स्रवतः8 सप्त^9 यह्वीः10 ।

न^11 जामिऽभिः12 वि13 चिकिते14 वयः15 नः16 विदाः17 देवेषु18 प्रऽमतिम्19 चिकित्वान्20 ॥
agnim^1 viśvāḥ^2 abhi^3 pṛkṣaḥ^4 sacante^5 samudram^6 na^7 sravataḥ^8 sapta^9 yahvīḥ^10 ।
na^11 jāmi’bhiḥ^12 vi^13 cikite^14 vayaḥ^15 naḥ^16 vidāḥ^17 deveṣu^18 pra’matim^19 cikitvān^20 ।।

7.       2All 4satisfactions 5cleave 3to 1the Fire 7as 9the seven 10mighty 8rivers 5join 6the ocean. 16Our 15growth of being 11,13,14has not been perceived 12by thy companions, but 20thou who hast perceived, 17impart 18to the gods 19thy knowledge.

[Alt.] 2All 4satisfying things 3,5join themselves 1to the Fire 7as 9the seven 10mighty 8rivers 3,5join themselves 6to the ocean. 16Our 15birth to knowledge 11was not 13,14discovered 12by the companion lords of life: 20but thou knowest it; 17impart 19thy mind of wisdom 18to the gods. [15/585]

[Explanation] 5-10 The ocean is the image of infinite and eternal existence. The image of the river or flowing current is used to symbolise a stream of conscious being. [15/108]

17 gain 16 for us 19 knowledge 18 in the Gods [16/102 fn 19]

आ यदिषे नृपतिं तेज आनट् छुचि रेतो निषिक्तं द्यौरभीके ।

अग्निः शर्धमनवद्यं युवानं स्वाध्यं जनयत्सूदयच्च ॥1.71.8॥

आ^1 यत्2 इषे3 नृऽपतिम्4 तेजः5 आनट्6 शुचि7 रेतः8 निऽसिक्तम्9 द्यौः10 अभीके11 ।

अग्निः12 शर्धम्13 अनवद्यम्14 युवानम्15 सुऽआध्यम्16 जनयत्17 सूदयत्18 च^19 ॥
ā^1 yat^2 iṣe^3 nṛ’patim^4 tejaḥ^5 ānaṭ^6 śuci^7 retaḥ^8 ni’siktam^9 dyauḥ^10 abhīke^11 ।
agniḥ^12 śardham^13 anavadyam^14 yuvānam^15 su’ādhyam^16 janayat^17 sūdayat^18 ca^19 ।।

8.       2When 5a flame of energy 6came 1to 4this King of men 3for impelling force, 2when 11in their meeting 10Heaven 9was cast in him like 7pure 8seed, 12the Fire 17gave birth 13to a might, 15young and 14faultless and 16perfect in thought 19and 18sped it on its way.

[Alt.] 2When 5flaming force 1,6comes 4to the King of men 3to give him strength, 2when 10Heaven 9is cast 11before him 7as a pure 8seed, 12the Fire 17begets 14faultless, 16right-thinking, 15young the gods of life 19and 18hastens 13their armies. [15/585]

13 a host, may be the army of the life-guards – मरुतां शर्ध: (5.52.8) [16/102 fn 20]

मनो न योऽध्वनः सद्य एत्येकः सत्रा सूरो वस्व ईशे ।

राजाना मित्रावरुणा सुपाणी गोषु प्रियममृतं रक्षमाणा ॥1.71.9॥

मनः1 न^2 यः3 अध्वनः4 सद्यः5 एति6 एकः7 सत्रा8 सूरः9 वस्वः10 ईशे11 ।

राजाना12 मित्रावरुणा13 सुपाणी14 गोषु15 प्रियम्16 अमृतम्17 रक्षमाणा18 ॥
manaḥ^1 na^2 yaḥ^3 adhvanaḥ^4 sadyaḥ^5 eti^6 ekaḥ^7 satrā^8 sūraḥ^9 vasvaḥ^10 īśe^11 ।
rājānā^12 mitrāvaruṇā^13 supāṇī^14 goṣu^15 priyam^16 amṛtam^17 rakṣamāṇā^18 ।।

9.       3He who 6travels 4the paths 5suddenly 2like 1the mind, 9the Sun, 8ever 7sole 11is the master 10of the treasure: 13Mitra and Varuna, 12the Kings 14with beautiful hands, 18are there guarding 15in the Rays 16delight and 17immortality.

[Alt.] 3One who 6goes 5immediately 4on the paths and 7alone 2like 1the mind, 9the Sun, 8ever 11is master 10of the treasure. 12The kings 13Mitra and Varuna 14with their beautiful hands 18are guarding 16delight and 17immortality 15amid the rays. [15/586]

15 in the Ray-Cows, the shining herds of the Sun [16/103 fn 21]

16 priyam - the delightfulness of the objects of the soul’s inner pleasure and satisfaction [15/510]

मा नो अग्ने सख्या पित्र्याणि प्र मर्षिष्ठा अभि विदुष्कविः सन् ।

नभो न रूपं जरिमा मिनाति पुरा तस्या अभिशस्तेरधीहि ॥1.71.10॥

मा1 नः2 अग्ने3 सख्या4 पित्र्याणि5 प्र^6 मर्षिष्ठाः7 अभि8 विदुः9 कविः10 सन्11 ।

नभः12 न^13 रूपम्14 जरिमा15 मिनाति16 पुरा17 तस्याः18 अभिऽशस्तेः19 अधि20 इहि21 ॥
mā^1 naḥ^2 agne^3 sakhyā^4 pitryāṇi^5 pra^6 marṣiṣṭhāḥ^7 abhi^8 viduḥ^9 kaviḥ^10 san^11 ।
nabhaḥ^12 na^13 rūpam^14 jarimā^15 mināti^16 purā^17 tasyāḥ^18 abhi’śasteḥ^19 adhi^20 ihi^21 ।।

10. 3O Fire, 1,6,7mayst thou not forget [2our] 5ancient 4friendships, 11thou who art 8turned towards us as 9the knower and 10seer. 13As 12a mist 16dims 14a form, 15age 16diminishes us; 17before 18that 19hurt falls upon us, 20,21arrive.

[Alt.] 3O Flame, 6,7violate 1not 2our 5ancestral 4comradeship; 11be still 8to us 9a knower and 10a seer. 15Age 16wastes 14the form of man 13like 12a cloud: 20,21know 17before 18that 19assault on our being. [15/586]

1,6,7 mayst thou not neglect or wipe out [16/103 fn 22]

20,21 give heed, 17 before 18,19 that assault comes upon us [16/103 fn 23]

Sukta 72

नि काव्या वेधसः शश्वतस्कर्हस्ते दधानो नर्या पुरूणि ।

अग्निर्भुवद्रयिपती रयीणां सत्रा चक्राणो अमृतानि विश्वा ॥1.72.1॥

नि1 काव्या2 वेधसः3 शश्वतः4 कः5 हस्ते6 दधानः7 नर्या8 पुरूणि9।

अग्निः10 भुवत्11 रयिऽपतिः12 रयीणाम्13 सत्रा14 चक्राणः15 अमृतानि16 विश्वा17 ॥
ni^1 kāvyā^2 vedhasaḥ^3 śaśvataḥ^4 kaḥ^5 haste^6 dadhānaḥ^7 naryā^8 purūṇi^9।
agniḥ^10 bhuvat^11 rayi’patiḥ^12 rayīṇām^13 satrā^14 cakrāṇaḥ^15 amṛtāni^16 viśvā^17 ।।

1.       5He forms 1within us 2the seer-wisdoms 4of the eternal 3Creator 7holding 6in his hand 9many 8powers of the godheads.11aMay 10Fire 11bbecome 12the treasure-master 13of the riches, 14ever 15fashioning 17all 16immortal things.

[Alt.] 5He creates 1within us 2the poet-wisdoms 4of the eternal 3Creator and 7holds 6in his hand 9many 8strengths of the gods. 10The Fire 11becomes to us 12a master 13of riches, 15creating 14together 17all 16immortal things. [15/586]

8 strengths [16/103 fn 24]

15 fashioning 14 together [16/103 fn 25]

अस्मे वत्सं परि षन्तं न विन्दन्निच्छन्तो विश्वे अमृता अमूराः ।

श्रमयुवः पदव्यो धियंधास्तस्थुः पदे परमे चार्वग्नेः ॥1.72.2॥

अस्मे1 वत्सम्2 परि3 सन्तम्4 न^5 विन्दन्6 इच्छन्तः7 विश्वे8 अमृताः9 अमूराः10 ।

श्रमऽयुवः11 पदऽव्यः12 धियम्13 धाः14 तस्थुः15 पदे16 परमे17 चारु18 अग्नेः19 ॥
asme^1 vatsam^2 pari^3 santam^4 na^5 vindan^6 icchantaḥ^7 viśve^8 amṛtāḥ^9 amūrāḥ^10 ।
śrama’yuvaḥ^11 pada’vyaḥ^12 dhiyam^13 dhāḥ^14 tasthuḥ^15 pade^16 parame^17 cāru^18 agneḥ^19 ।।

2.       8All 9the immortals, 10the wise ones, 7desired but 6found 5not 1in us 2the Child 4who is 3all around; 11turning to toil 12on his track, 14upholding 13the Thought, 15they stood 17in the supreme 16plane, they reached 18the beauty 19of the Flame.

[Alt.] 8All the 10limitlessly wise 9immortals 7desired and 6found (7desired but 6found 5not – HMF) 2the Child 1within us 4who is 3everywhere around us. 14The gods who put 13thought in us 11toiling and 12travelling in his footing-places 15stood 17in the supreme 16seat and they came to 18the delightful house 19of the Flame. [15/586]

तिस्रो यदग्ने शरदस्त्वामिच्छुचिं घृतेन शुचयः सपर्यान् ।

नामानि चिद्दधिरे यज्ञियान्यसूदयन्त तन्वः सुजाताः ॥1.72.3॥

तिस्रः1 यत्2 अग्ने3 शरदः4 त्वाम्5 इत्6 शुचिम्7 घृतेन^8 शुचयः9 सपर्यान्10 ।

नामानि11 चित्12 दधिरे13 यज्ञियानि14 असूदयन्त^15 तन्वः16 सुऽजाताः17 ॥
tisraḥ^1 yat^2 agne^3 śaradaḥ^4 tvām^5 it^6 śucim^7 ghṛtena^8 śucayaḥ^9 saparyān^10 ।
nāmāni^11 cit^12 dadhire^13 yajñiyāni^14 asūdayanta^15 tanvaḥ^16 su’jātāḥ^17 ।।

3.       2When 1for three 4years, 3O Fire, 10they worshipped 5thee, 9the pure ones [6only] 5thee 7the pure, 8with the clarity of the light, 13they held 12too 14the sacrificial 11Names, 16their bodies 17came to perfect birth and 15they sped them on the way.

[Alt.] 2When 1for three 4years 10they had served 5thee, 3O Fire (Agni), 8with the clear-offering and 9were pure 7to thy purity, then 13they held 14the sacrificial 11names, 15they sped 16their bodies 17to perfect birth. [15/587]

आ रोदसी बृहती वेविदानाः प्र रुद्रिया जभ्रिरे यज्ञियासः ।

विदन्मर्तो नेमधिता चिकित्वानग्निं पदे परमे तस्थिवांसम् ॥1.72.4॥

आ^1 रोदसी2 बृहती3 वेविदानाः4 प्र^5 रुद्रिया6 जभ्रिरे7 यज्ञियासः8 ।

विदत्9 मर्तः10 नेमधिता12 चिकित्वान्13 अग्निम्14 पदे15 परमे16 तस्थिऽवांसम्17 ॥
ā^1 rodasī^2 bṛhatī^3 vevidānāḥ^4 pra^5 rudriyā^6 jabhrire^7 yajñiyāsaḥ^8 ।
vidat^9 martaḥ^10 nemadhitā^12 cikitvān^13 agnim^14 pade^15 parame^16 tasthi’vāṃsam^17 ।।

4.       8The masters of sacrifice 1,4discovered and 6in their impetuous might 5,7bore 3the Vast 2Earth and Heaven, then 10the mortal 9knew them and 12by his holding of the upper hemisphere 13perceived 14the Fire, 17standing 16in the supreme 15plane.

[Alt.] 8The Masters of sacrifice 1,4discovered 3the vast 2Earth and Heaven and 5,7gathered to man 6the powers of the Violent One, and now 10the mortal 13knows and 9discovers 12by the founder of the hemisphere 14the Flame 17where he stands 15in the world 16of his supreme session. [15/587]

12 nema - the half, referring apparently to the Great Heaven, bṛhad dyauḥ, the upper half beyond which is the supreme plane. [16/104 fn 26]

संजानाना उप सीदन्नभिज्ञु पत्नीवन्तो नमस्यं नमस्यन् ।

रिरिक्वांसस्तन्वः कृण्वत स्वाः सखा सख्युर्निमिषि रक्षमाणाः ॥1.72.5॥

सम्ऽजानानाः1 उप^2 सीदन्3 अभिऽज्ञु4 पत्नीऽवन्तः5 नमस्यम्6 नमस्यन्7 ।

रिरिक्वांसः8 तन्वः9 कृण्वत^10 स्वाः11 सखा12 सख्युः13 निऽमिषि14 रक्षमाणाः15 ॥
sam’jānānāḥ^1 upa^2 sīdan^3 abhi’jñu^4 patnī’vantaḥ^5 namasyam^6 namasyan^7 ।
ririkvāṃsaḥ^8 tanvaḥ^9 kṛṇvata^10 svāḥ^11 sakhā^12 sakhyuḥ^13 ni’miṣi^14 rakṣamāṇāḥ^15 ।।

5.       1Utterly knowing him 5they with their wives 2,3came and 4knelt before him and 7adored with obeisance 6the adorable. 8They made themselves empty and 10formed 11their own 9bodies 15guarded 14in his gaze, 12friend 14in the gaze 13of friend.

[Alt.] 5The gods and their wives 1altogether knew him and 2,3they came to him 4kneeling and 7bowed 6to the one who must be adored; and 8they exceeded themselves and 10made 11their own 9divine bodies and 12each friend 15was guarded 14in the gaze 13of his friend. [15/587]

त्रिः सप्त यद् गुह्यानि त्वे इत्पदाविदन्निहिता यज्ञियासः ।

तेभी रक्षन्ते अमृतं सजोषाः पशूञ्च स्थातॄञ्चरथं च पाहि ॥1.72.6॥

त्रिः1 सप्त^2 यत्3 गुह्यानि4 त्वे5 इत्6 पदा7 अविदन्8 निऽहिता9 यज्ञियासः10 ।

तेभिः11 रक्षन्ते12 अमृतम्13 सऽजोषाः14 पशून्15 च^16 स्थातॄन्17 च^18 रथम्1^9 च^20 पाहि2^1 ॥
triḥ^1 sapta^2 yat^3 guhyāni^4 tve^5 it^6 padā^7 avidan^8 ni’hitā^9 yajñiyāsaḥ^10 ।
tebhiḥ^11 rakṣante^12 amṛtam^13 sa’joṣāḥ^14 paśūn^15 ca^16 sthātṝn^17 ca^18 ratham^1^9 ca^20 pāhi^2^1 ।।

6.       3When 10the masters of sacrifice 8have found 9hidden [6verily] 5in thee 1the thrice 2seven 4secret 7planes, 11by them 12they guard 14with one mind of acceptance 13Immortality. 2^1Protect 15the Herds, 17those that stand 1^8and 1^9that which is mobile.

[Alt.] 10The Masters of sacrifice 8found 9hidden 5in thee 1the thrice 2seven 4secret 7seats and 14with one common will in their hearts 12they guard 11by them 13the immortality. O Fire, 20keep 15the herds 16and 17all that stand 19and 18all that moves. [15/587]

[Explanation] The thrice (1 triḥ) seven (2 sapta) supreme seats must be the three divine worlds, Satya, Tapas and Jana and each [world] fulfils in its own way the sevenfold principle of our existence: thus we get the series of thrice seven seats of Aditi manifested in all her glory; the thrice seven supreme degrees of this ascending existence. [15/205]

विद्वाँ अग्ने वयुनानि क्षितीनां व्यानुषक्छुरुधो जीवसे धाः ।

अंतर्विद्वाँ अध्वनो देवयानानतन्द्रो दूतो अभवो हविर्वाट् ॥1.72.7॥

विद्वान्1 अग्ने2 वयुनानि3 क्षितीनाम्4 वि5 आनुषक्6 शुरुधः7 जीवसे8 धाः9 ।

अन्तः10 विद्वान्11 अध्वनः12 देवऽयानान्13 अतन्द्रः14 दूतः15 अभवः16 हविःऽवाट्17 ॥

vidvān^1 agne^2 vayunāni^3 kṣitīnām^4 vi^5 ānuṣak^6 śurudhaḥ^7 jīvase^8 dhāḥ^9 ।
antaḥ^10 vidvān^11 adhvanaḥ^12 deva’yānān^13 atandraḥ^14 dūtaḥ^15 abhavaḥ^16 haviḥ’vāṭ^17 ।।

7.       2O Fire, 1thou art the knower of 3our knowings, 5,9ordain 4for the people 6an unbroken succession 7of strengths 8that they may live. 11The knower 10within 12of the paths 13of the journey of the gods, 16thou hast become 14a sleepless 15messenger and 17the carrier of the offerings.

[Alt.] 2O Fire, 1thou knowest 3all the revelations of knowledge 4of the dwellers upon earth; 5,9hold 7their strengths 6to uninterrupted continuity 8that they may live. And 11thou knowest 12the roads 10between, 13the paths of the gods, and 16thou art 14the sleepless 15messenger and 17the bearer of sacrifice. [15/587]

4 kṣitīnām - on the dwellers in the world [15/417 fn 1]

स्वाध्यो दिव आ सप्त यह्वी रायो दुरो व्यृतज्ञा अजानन् ।

विदद् गव्यम् सरमा दृळ्हमूर्वं येना नु कं मानुषी भोजते विट् ॥1.72.8॥

सुऽआध्यः1 दिवः2 आ^3 सप्त^4 यह्वीः5 रायः6 दुरः7 वि8 ऋतऽज्ञाः9 अजानन्10 ।

विदत्11 गव्यम्12 सरमा13 दृळ्हम्14 ऊर्वम्15 येन^16 नु17 कम्18 मानुषी19 भोजते20 विट्21 ॥
su’ādhyaḥ^1 divaḥ^2 ā^3 sapta^4 yahvīḥ^5 rāyaḥ^6 duraḥ^7 vi^8 ṛta’jñāḥ^9 ajānan^10 ।
vidat^11 gavyam^12 saramā^13 dṛḻham^14 ūrvam^15 yena^16 nu^17 kam^18 mānuṣī^19 bhojate^20 viṭ^21 ।।

8.       4The seven 5mighty Rivers 3,2from Heaven, 1deep-thinking, 9knowers of the Truth, 8,10knew 7the doors 6of the treasure; 13Sarama 11discovered 12the mass of the Ray-Cow, 14the strong place, 15the wideness, and 17now 16by that 19the human 21creature 20enjoys 18bliss.

[Alt.] The 4seven 5mighty ones 2of heaven, 1placing aright the thought, 9knowing the Truth, 8,10discerned in knowledge 7the doors 6of felicity; 13Sarama 11found 14the fastness, 15the wideness 12of the luminous cows; 16thereby 19the human creature 20enjoys 18the bliss. [15/201;15/219]

[Alt.] 1By right thought 4the seven 5Mighty Ones 2of heaven (the seven rivers) 9knew the truth and 8,10knew 7the doors 6of bliss; 13Sarama 11found 14the strong 15wideness 12of the cows and 16by that 19the human creature 20enjoys. [15/147]

13 saramā - The Hound of Heaven; a power (intuition) descended from the superconscient Truth which leads us to the light (cow-ray) that is hidden in ourselves, in the subconscient. [15/212]

15 ūrvam - The wideness of the infinite Truth-plane with the manifold wealth of its spiritual contents. [15/540 fn 1]

आ ये विश्वा स्वपत्यानि तस्थुः कृण्वानासो अमृतत्वाय गातुम् ।

मह्ना महद्भिः पृथिवी वि तस्थे माता पुत्रैरदितिर्धायसे वेः ॥1.72.9॥

आ^1 ये2 विश्वा3 सुऽअपत्यानि4 तस्थुः5 कृण्वानासः6 अमृतऽत्वाय^7 गातुम्8 ।

मह्ना9 महत्ऽभिः10 पृथिवी11 वि12 तस्थे13 माता14 पुत्रैः15 अदितिः16 धायसे17 वेः18 ॥
ā^1 ye^2 viśvā^3 su’apatyāni^4 tasthuḥ^5 kṛṇvānāsaḥ^6 amṛta’tvāya^7 gātum^8 ।
mahnā^9 mahat’bhiḥ^10 pṛthivī^11 vi^12 tasthe^13 mātā^14 putraiḥ^15 aditiḥ^16 dhāyase^17 veḥ^18 ।।

9.       These are 2they who 1,5set their steps on 3all 4things that have fair issue, 6making 8a path 7towards immortality. 11Earth 13stood 12wide 9in greatness 10by the Great Ones, 14the Mother 16infinite 15with her sons 18came 17to uphold her.

[Alt.] 2The great gods 1,5set their steps 3on all things 4that have fair issue, 6making 8our path 7to immortality. 11Earth 13stood 12wide 9in her greatness 10by the great Ones and 14the Mother 16Infinite 18came 15with her sons 17to uphold her. [15/588]

अधि श्रियं नि दधुश्चारुमस्मिन्दिवो यदक्षी अमृता अकृण्वन्

अध क्षरन्ति सिंधवो न सृष्टाः प्र नीचीरग्ने अरुषीरजानन् ॥1.72.10॥

अधि1 श्रियम्2 नि3 दधुः4 चारुम्5 अस्मिन्6 दिवः7 यत्8 अक्षी9 अमृताः10 अकृण्वन्11 ।

अध^12 क्षरन्ति13 सिन्धवः14 न^15 सृष्टाः16 प्र^17 नीचीः18 अग्ने19 अरुषीः20 अजानन्21 ॥
adhi^1 śriyam^2 ni^3 dadhuḥ^4 cārum^5 asmin^6 divaḥ^7 yat^8 akṣī^9 amṛtāḥ^10 akṛṇvan^11 ।
adha^12 kṣaranti^13 sindhavaḥ^14 na^15 sṛṣṭāḥ^16 pra^17 nīcīḥ^18 agne^19 aruṣīḥ^20 ajānan^21 ।।

10. 8When 10the immortals 11made 9the two eyes 7of Heaven, 1,3,4they set 6in him 2the splendour and 5the beauty. 12Then there 13flow 15as if 14rivers 16loosed to their course; 18downward 17they ran, 20his ruddy mares, and 21knew, 19O Fire.

[Alt.] 10The Immortals 1,3,4set 6in him 2splendour and 5beauty 8when 11they made 9the two eyes 7of heaven. 14The rivers of Truth 13are flowing, 16they have been let loose to their courses; 17,18their downward waters 20shone and 21knew, 19O Fire.

Sukta 73

रयिर्न यः पितृवित्तो वयोधाः सुप्रणीतिश्चिकितुषो न शासुः ।

स्योनशीरतिथिर्न प्रीणानो होतेव सद्म विधतो वि तारीत् ॥1.73.1॥

रयिः1 न^2 यः3 पितृऽवित्तः4 वयःऽधाः5 सुऽप्रनीतिः6 चिकितुषः7 न^8 शासुः9 ।

स्योनऽशीः10 अतिथिः11 न^12 प्रीणानः13 होता14 इव^15 सद्म^16 विधतः17 वि18 तारीत्19 ॥
rayiḥ^1 na^2 yaḥ^3 pitṛ’vittaḥ^4 vayaḥ’dhāḥ^5 su’pranītiḥ^6 cikituṣaḥ^7 na^8 śāsuḥ^9 ।
syona’śīḥ^10 atithiḥ^11 na^12 prīṇānaḥ^13 hotā^14 iva^15 sadma^16 vidhataḥ^17 vi^18 tārīt^19 ।।

1.       3He is 2like 4an ancestral 1wealth 3that 5founds our strength, 6perfect in his leading 8like 9the command 7of one who knows, 12he is like 11a guest 10lying happily 13well-pleased, 15he is like 14a priest of invocation and 18,19increases 16the house 17of his worshipper.

[Alt.] A divine Fire was the 1treasure 4discovered by our fathers: 5he sets on us our birth to knowledge and 8is as if 6the excellent leading 9of a wise teacher, and 12he is like 11a guest 13well pleased 10lying happy 16in our house, and 15he is like 14a priest 16come to our house of session and 18,19brings to safety 17those that do him worship. [15/588]

9 the teaching [16/106 fn 27]

देवो न यः सविता सत्यमन्मा क्रत्वा निपाति वृजनानि विश्वा ।

पुरुप्रशस्तो अमतिर्न सत्य आत्मेव शेवो दिधिषाय्यो भूत् ॥1.73.2॥

देवः1 न^2 यः3 सविता4 सत्य^5 मन्मा6 क्रत्वा7 निऽपाति8 वृजनानि9 विश्वा10 ।

पुरु10 प्रशस्तः11 अमतिः12 न^13 सत्यः14 आत्मा15 इव^16 शेवः17 दिधिषाय्यः18 भूत्19 ॥
devaḥ^1 na^2 yaḥ^3 savitā^4 satya^5 manmā^6 kratvā^7 ni’pāti^8 vṛjanāni^9 viśvā^10 ।
puru^10 praśastaḥ^11 amatiḥ^12 na^13 satyaḥ^14 ātmā^15 iva^16 śevaḥ^17 didhiṣāyyaḥ^18 bhūt^19 ।।

2.       3He is 2like 1the divine 4Sun 5true 6in his thoughts and 8guards 7by his will 10all 9our strong places; 13he is like 12a splendour 10manifoldly 11expressed, [14true], 19he is 16like 17a blissful 15self and 18our support.

[Alt.] 3He is 2like 1the god 4that creates, the Sun; 6his thought 5is truth and 8he guards 10all 9strengths 7by his will. 19He is 14a true 12force 11that is expressed 10by many and 18is to be pondered on 16like 17a blissful 15self. [15/589]

14 satyam - truth of being (while Ritam is truth of becoming, truth in action) [15/65]

19 he is 18 one to be meditated on or upheld in thought, 17 blissful 16 like 15 the self [16/107 fn 28]

देवो न यः पृथिवीं विश्वधाया उपक्षेति हितमित्रो न राजा ।

पुरःसदः शर्मसदो न वीरा अनवद्या पतिजुष्टेव नारी ॥1.73.3॥

देवः1 न^2 यः3 पृथिवीम्4 विश्वऽधायाः5 उपऽक्षेति6 हित^7 मित्रः8 न^9 राजा10 ।

पुरः11 सदः12 शर्म^13 सदः14 न^15 वीराः16 अनवद्या17 पतिजुष्टा18 इव^19 नारी20 ॥
devaḥ^1 na^2 yaḥ^3 pṛthivīm^4 viśva’dhāyāḥ^5 upa’kṣeti^6 hita^7 mitraḥ^8 na^9 rājā^10 ।
puraḥ^11 sadaḥ^12 śarma^13 sadaḥ^14 na^15 vīrāḥ^16 anavadyā^17 patijuṣṭā^18 iva^19 nārī^20 ।।

3.       3He is 2like 1a God 5upholding the world and 6he inhabits 4earth 9like 7a good and 8friendly 10king: 15he is like 16a company of heroes 12sitting 11in our front, 13dwelling 14in our house; 19he is as if 17a blameless 20wife 18beloved of her lord.

[Alt.] 3He is 2as if 1the Godhead 5that foundeth all things 6lodging 4on the wide earth 9like 10a king 7with many loving 8friends. 15He is like 16a band of heroes 12marching 11in our front, 14marching 13to the house of bliss. 19He is like 20a woman 17faultless and 18beloved of her lord. [15/589]

तं त्वा नरो दम आ नित्यमिद्धमग्ने सचंत क्षितिषु ध्रुवासु ।

अधि द्युम्नं नि दधुर्भूर्यस्मिन्भवा विश्वायुर्धरुणो रयीणाम् ॥1.73.4॥

तम्1 त्वा2 नरः3 दमे4 आ^5 नित्यम्6 इद्धम्7 अग्ने8 सचन्त^9 क्षितिषु10 ध्रुवासु11

अधि12 द्युम्नम्13 नि14 दधुः15 भूरि16 अस्मिन्17 भव^18 विश्व^19 आयुः20 धरुणः21 रयीणाम्22 ॥
tam^1 tvā^2 naraḥ^3 dame^4 ā^5 nityam^6 iddham^7 agne^8 sacanta^9 kṣitiṣu^10 dhruvāsu^11
adhi^12 dyumnam^13 ni^14 dadhuḥ^15 bhūri^16 asmin^17 bhava^18 viśva^19 āyuḥ^20 dharuṇaḥ^21
rayīṇām^22 ।।

4.       1Such art thou, 8O Fire, 2to whom 3men 9cleave, 7kindled 6eternal 4,5in the house, 11in the abiding 10worlds of thy habitation. 15They have founded 14within 12upon 17thee 16a great 13light; 18become 19a universal 20life 21holder 22of the riches.

[Alt.] Therefore 3men 5,9cling 2to thee, 8O Fire, 7kindled 6eternal 4in the house, 11in the abiding 10worlds of thy habitation; 14,15for they have placed 12in 17thee 16a great 13light. 18Be 19our universal 20life; 21be the hold 22of our treasure. [15/589]

10 kṣiti - worlds of our dwelling [15/417]; The field or habitation means the planes to which the soul mounts and in which it rests. [15/197]

वि पृक्षो अग्ने मघवानो अश्युर्वि सूरयो ददतो विश्वमायुः ।

सनेम वाजं समिथेष्वर्यो भागं देवेषु श्रवसे दधानाः ॥1.73.5॥

वि1 पृक्षः2 अग्ने3 मघऽवानः4 अश्युः5 वि6 सूरयः7 ददतः8 विश्वम्9 आयुः10 ।

सनेम^11 वाजम्12 सम्ऽइथेषु13 अर्यः14 भागम्15 देवेषु16 श्रवसे17 दधानाः18 ॥
vi^1 pṛkṣaḥ^2 agne^3 magha’vānaḥ^4 aśyuḥ^5 vi^6 sūrayaḥ^7 dadataḥ^8 viśvam^9 āyuḥ^10 ।
sanema^11 vājam^12 sam’itheṣu^13 aryaḥ^14 bhāgam^15 deveṣu^16 śravase^17 dadhānāḥ^18 ।।

5.       3O Fire, 5amay 4the masters of wealth 1,5benjoy 2thy satisfactions, [5amay] 7the illumined wise Ones 8givers of 9the whole 10of life [6,5benjoy 2thy satisfactions]: 11may we conquer 12the plenitude 14from the foe 13in our battles 18holding 15our part 16in the Gods 17for inspired knowledge.

[Alt.] 3O Fire, 1,5alet 4the masters of the wealth 5benjoy 2thy satisfying things and 7the illumined seers, 8the givers 9the universal 10life. 14Warriors 13in the clashes of the battle, 11let us conquer 12plenitude, 18let us set 15our portion 16in the gods 17for an inspired knowledge. [15/589]

14 warriors 13 in the battles 11 may we conquer 12 the plenitude [16/107 fn 29]

14 aryaḥ - enemies are the hostile powers who try to break up the unity and completeness of our being and from whom the riches which rightly belong to us have to be rescued, not human enemies. [15/421 fn 3]

ऋतस्य हि धेनवो वावशानाः स्मदूध्नीः पीपयन्त द्युभक्ताः ।

परावतः सुमतिं भिक्षमाणा वि सिंधवः समया सस्रुरद्रिम् ॥1.73.6॥

ऋतस्य^1 हि2 धेनवः3 वावशानाः4 स्मत्ऽऊध्नीः5 पीपयन्त^6 द्युऽभक्ताः7 ।

पराऽवतः8 सुऽमतिम्9 भिक्षमाणाः10 वि11 सिन्धवः12 समया13 सस्रुः14 अद्रिम्15 ॥
ṛtasya^1 hi^2 dhenavaḥ^3 vāvaśānāḥ^4 smat’ūdhnīḥ^5 pīpayanta^6 dyu’bhaktāḥ^7 ।
parā’vataḥ^8 su’matim^9 bhikṣamāṇāḥ^10 vi^11 sindhavaḥ^12 samayā^13 sasruḥ^14 adrim^15 ।।

6.       3The milch-cows 1of the Truth, 7enjoyed in heaven, 5full-uddered, 4desiring us, 6have fed us with their milk: 10praying 9for right-thinking 8from the Beyond 12the Rivers 14flowed 11wide 13over 15the Mountain.

[Alt.] 3The cows 1of the Truth, 3the cows 7enjoyed in heaven, 6have given us to drink 4lowing 5with happy udders; 12its rivers 11,14have flowed 13evenly 15over the mountain and 10aclaim 9right thinking 10bas an alms 8from the Truth’s supreme region. [15/589-90]

7 shared by heaven [16/107 fn 30]

12 sindhavaḥ - All states of being, whether matter, mind or life and all material, mental & vital activities depend upon an original flowing mass of Energy which is in the vivid phraseology of the Vedas called a flood or sea, samudra, sindhu or arnas. [14/128]

15 adrim - the mountain rock (see note below 1.71.2)

त्वे अग्ने सुमतिं भिक्षमाणा दिवि श्रवो दधिरे यज्ञियासः ।

नक्ता च चक्रुरुषसा विरूपे कृष्णं च वर्णमरुणं च सं धुः ॥1.73.7॥

त्वे1 अग्ने2 सुऽमतिम्3 भिक्षमाणाः4 दिवि5 श्रवः6 दधिरे7 यज्ञियाः8 ।

नक्ता9 च^10 चक्रुः11 उषसा12 विरूपे13 कृष्णम्14 च^15 वर्णम्16 अरुणम्17 च^18 सम्19 धुः20 ॥
tve^1 agne^2 su’matim^3 bhikṣamāṇāḥ^4 divi^5 śravaḥ^6 dadhire^7 yajñiyāḥ^8 ।
naktā^9 ca^10 cakruḥ^11 uṣasā^12 virūpe^13 kṛṣṇam^14 ca^15 varṇam^16 aruṇam^17 ca^18 sam^19 dhuḥ^20 ।।

7.       2O Fire, 1in thee 4praying 3for right-thinking, 8the masters of sacrifice 7set (upheld) 6inspired knowledge 5in heaven: 11they made 9night 10and 12dawn 13of different forms and 20joined 19together 14the black 15and 17the rosy 16hue.

[Alt.] 2O Fire, 4apraying 1in thee 3for right thinking 4bas for an alms from on high, 8the masters of sacrifice 7set 6inspired knowledge 5in the heavens: 11they made 9night 10and 12day 13of two different forms 15and 20joined 19together 14the black 18and 17the rosy 16hue. [15/590]

5 śravas - means literally hearing and from this primary significance is derived its secondary sense, “fame”. But, psychologically, the idea of hearing leads up in Sanskrit to another sense which we find in śravaṇa, śruti, śruta, — revealed knowledge, the knowledge which comes by inspiration. [15/63]

[Explanation] 14-17 the brightness of the light of the truth, jyotiḥ āryam, is the Arya varṇa; the darkness of the night of the ignorance is the hue of the Panis, the Dāsa varṇa. In this way varṇa would come to mean almost the nature or else all those of that particular nature, the colour being the symbol of the nature [15/226]

यान्राये मर्तान्त्सुषूदो अग्ने ते स्याम मघवानो वयं च ।

छायेव विश्वं भुवनं सिसक्ष्यापप्रिवान् रोदसी अन्तरिक्षम् ॥1.73.8॥

यान्1 राये2 मर्तान्3 सुसूदः4 अग्ने5 ते6 स्याम^7 मघऽवानः8 वयम्9 च^10 ।

छाया11 इव^12 विश्वम्13 भुवनम्14 सिसक्षि15 आपप्रिऽवान्16 रोदसी17 अन्तरिक्षम्18 ॥
yān^1 rāye^2 martān^3 susūdaḥ^4 agne^5 te^6 syāma^7 magha’vānaḥ^8 vayam^9 ca^10 ।
chāyā^11 iva^12 viśvam^13 bhuvanam^14 sisakṣi^15 āpapri’vān^16 rodasī^17 antarikṣam^18 ।।

8.       [5O Fire], 3the mortals 1whom 4thou speedest 2to the Treasure, 7may we be 6of them, 8the lords of riches 10and 9we. 16Filling 17earth and heaven and 18mid-air 15thou clingest 13to the whole 14world 12like 11a shadow.

[Alt.] 3The mortals 1whom 4thou makest to haste 2to felicity, 7make us 6of them, even 9us 10and 8the masters of riches. 16Fill 17aearth and 18air and 17bheaven; 15cling 13to the whole 14world 12like 11a shadow. [15/590]

अर्वद्भिरग्ने अर्वतो नृभिर्नॄन्वीरैर्वीरान्वनुयामा त्वोताः ।

ईशानासः पितृवित्तस्य रायो वि सूरयः शतहिमा नो अश्युः ॥1.73.9॥

अर्वत्ऽभिः1 अग्ने2 अर्वतः3 नृऽभिः4 नॄन्5 वीरैः6 वीरान्7 वनुयाम^8 त्वा9 ऊताः10 ।

ईशानासः11 पितृवित्तस्य^12 रायः13 वि14 सूरयः15 शतऽहिमाः16 नः17 अश्युः18 ॥
arvat’bhiḥ^1 agne^2 arvataḥ^3 nṛ’bhiḥ^4 nṝn^5 vīraiḥ^6 vīrān^7 vanuyāma^8 tvā^9 ūtāḥ^10 ।
īśānāsaḥ^11 pitṛvittasya^12 rāyaḥ^13 vi^14 sūrayaḥ^15 śata’himāḥ^16 naḥ^17 aśyuḥ^18 ।।

9.       2O Fire, 10safeguarded 9by thee 8may we conquer 3the war-horses 1by our war-horses, 5the strong men 4by our strong men, 7the heroes 6by our heroes; may 17our 15illumined wise ones 11become masters 13of the treasure 12gained by the fathers, and 14,18possess it 16living a hundred winters.

[Alt.] 2O Fire, 9,10give us thy protection; 8may we vanquish 3their war-horses 1by our war-horses, 5their strong men 4by our strong men, 7their heroes 6by our heroes: 11amay 15the seers 11bhave the mastery 13of the riches 12discovered by our fathers and 14,18may they enjoy them 16living a hundred winters. [15/590]

एता ते अग्न उचथानि वेधो जुष्टानि संतु मनसे हृदे च ।

शकेम रायः सुधुरो यमं तेऽधि श्रवो देवभक्तं दधानाः ॥1.73.10॥

एता1 ते2 अग्ने3 उचथानि4 वेधः5 जुष्टानि6 सन्तु7 मनसे8 हृदे9 च^10 ।

शकेम^11 रायः12 सुऽधुरः13 यमम्14 ते15 अधि16 श्रवः17 देव^18 भक्तम्19 दधानाः20 ॥
etā^1 te^2 agne^3 ucathāni^4 vedhaḥ^5 juṣṭāni^6 santu^7 manase^8 hṛde^9 ca^10 ।
śakema^11 rāyaḥ^12 su’dhuraḥ^13 yamam^14 te^15 adhi^16 śravaḥ^17 deva^18 bhaktam^19 dadhānāḥ^20 ।।

10. 5O ordainer of things, 3O Fire, 7amay 1these 4utterances 7bbe 6acceptable 2to thee, 8to the mind 10and 9to the heart; 11may we have strength 14to control 13with firm yoke 12thy riches, 20holding 16in 15thee 17the inspired knowledge 19enjoyed 18by the gods.

[Alt.] 5O creator, 3O Fire, 7amay 1these 4words 7bbe 6pleasant 2to thy 8mind 10and 2to thy 9heart. 13Let our yoke be firm and 11our strength 14control the reins 15of thy 12opulence; 20let us hold 17the inspired knowledge 19that is enjoyed 18by the gods. [15/590]

19 distributed [16/108 fn 32]

Hymn of Paruchchhepa

MANDALA ONE

Sukta 127

अग्निं होतारं मन्ये दास्वन्तं वसुं सूनुं सहसो जातवेदसं विप्रं न जातवेदसम् ।
य ऊर्ध्वया स्वध्वरो देवो देवाच्या कृपा ।
घृतस्य विभ्राष्टिमनु वष्टि शोचिषाजुह्वानस्य सर्पिषः ॥1.127.1॥

अग्निं1 होतारं2 मन्ये3 दास्वन्तं4 वसुं5 सूनुं6 सहसः7 जात^8 वेदसं9 विप्रं10 न^11 जात^12 वेदसम्13 ।
य^14 ऊर्ध्वया15 सुऽअध्वरः16 देवः17 देवाच्या18 कृपा19 ।
घृतस्य^20 विऽभ्राष्टिं21 अनु22 वष्टि23 शोचिषा24 आऽजुह्वानस्य^25 सर्पिषः26 ॥
agniṃ^1 hotāraṃ^2 manye^3 dāsvantaṃ^4 vasuṃ^5 sūnuṃ^6 sahasaḥ^7 jāta^8 vedasaṃ^9 vipraṃ^10 na^11 jāta^12 vedasam^13 ।
ya^14 ūrdhvayā^15 su’adhvaraḥ^16 devaḥ^17 devācyā^18 kṛpā^19 ।
ghṛtasya^20 vi’bhrāṣṭiṃ^21 anu^22 vaṣṭi^23 śociṣā^24 ā’juhvānasya^25 sarpiṣaḥ^26 ।।

1.       3I meditate 1on the Fire, 2the priest of the call, 4the giver 5of the Treasure, 6the son 7of force, 9who knows 8all things born, the Fire 11who is like 10one illumined and 13knowing 12all things born.

The Fire 14who 16perfect in the pilgrim-sacrifice, 17a God 15with his high-lifted 18longing (or, 15high-uplifted 19lustre 18seeking for the Gods) 22,23hungers 24with his flame 21for the blaze 20of the offering of light, 26for its current 25poured on him as an oblation.

यजिष्ठं त्वा यजमाना हुवेम ज्येष्ठमङ्गिरसां विप्र मन्मभिर्विप्रेभिः शुक्र मन्मभिः ।
परिज्मानमिव द्यां होतारं चर्षणीनाम् ।
शोचिष्केशं वृषणं यमिमा विशः प्रावन्तु जूतये विशः ॥1.127.2॥

यजिष्ठं1 त्वा2 यजमानाः3 हुवेम^4 ज्येष्ठं5 अङ्‌गिरसां6 विप्र^7 मन्मभिः8 विप्रेभिः9 शुक्र^10 मन्मऽभिः11 ।
परिज्मानं12 इव^13 द्यां14 होतारं15 चर्षणीनाम्16 ।
शोचिः17 केशं18 वृषणं19 यं20 इमा21 विशः22 प्रअवंतु23 जूतये24 विशः25 ॥
yajiṣṭhaṃ^1 tvā^2 yajamānāḥ^3 huvema^4 jyeṣṭhaṃ^5 aṅ‌girasāṃ^6 vipra^7 manmabhiḥ^8 viprebhiḥ^9 śukra^10 manma’bhiḥ^11 ।
parijmānaṃ^12 iva^13 dyāṃ^14 hotāraṃ^15 carṣaṇīnām^16 ।
śociḥ^17 keśaṃ^18 vṛṣaṇaṃ^19 yaṃ^20 imā^21 viśaḥ^22 pravaṃtu^23 jūtaye^24 viśaḥ^25 ।।

2.       2Thee 1most powerful for sacrifice, 3as givers of sacrifice 4may we call, 5the eldest 6of the Angirases, 7the Illumined One, 4[may we] call 2thee 8with our thoughts, 10O Brilliant Fire, 9with our illumined 11thoughts, 16men’s 15priest of the call (or, 15the priest of the call 16for men who see), 12who encircles all 13like 14heaven, 19the Male 18with hair 17of flaming-light 20whom 23amay 21these 22peoples 23bcherish 24for his urge.

स हि पुरू चिदोजसा विरुक्मता दीद्यानो भवति द्रुहंतरः परशुर्न द्रुहंतरः ।
वीळु चिद्यस्य समृतौ श्रुवद्वनेव यत्स्थिरम् ।
निःषहमाणो यमते नायते धन्वासहा नायते ॥1.127.3॥

सः1 हि2 पुरु3 चित्4 ओजसा5 विरुक्मता6 दीद्यानः7 भवति8 द्रुहंऽतरः9 परशुः10 न^11 द्रुहंऽतरः12 ।
वीळु13 चित्14 यस्य^15 संऽऋतौ16 श्रुवत्17 वना18 इव^19 यत्20 स्थिरम्21 ।
निःसहमानः22 यमते23 न^24 अयते25 धन्वऽसहा26 न^27 अयते28 ॥
saḥ^1 hi^2 puru^3 cit^4 ojasā^5 virukmatā^6 dīdyānaḥ^7 bhavati^8 druhaṃ’taraḥ^9 paraśuḥ^10 na^11 druhaṃ’taraḥ^12 ।
vīḻu^13 cit^14 yasya^15 saṃ’ṛtau^16 śruvat^17 vanā^18 iva^19 yat^20 sthiram^21 ।
niḥsahamānaḥ^22 yamate^23 na^24 ayate^25 dhanva’sahā^26 na^27 ayate^28 ।।

3.       [2Indeed, 4even] 3many things 6illumining 6with his wide-shining 5energy 1he 8becomes 9one who cleaves through those who would hurt us, 11like 10a battle-axe 12he cleaves through those who would hurt us, 1he 15in whose 16shock 14even 13that which is strong 17falls asunder, 14even 21what is firmly fixed 17falls 19like 18trees; 22overwhelming with his force 23he toils on and 24,25goes not back, like 26warriors with the bow from the battle 28,27he goes not back.

9 druhaṃ - The harms of the Dasyus, destroyers of our being and enemies of its divine progress, the sons of Limitation and Ignorance. [15/540 fn 2]

दृळ्हा चिदस्मा अनु दुर्यथा विदे तेजिष्ठाभिररणिभिर्दाष्ट्यवसेऽग्नये दाष्ट्यवसे ।
प्र यः पुरूणि गाहते तक्षद्वनेव शोचिषा ।
स्थिरा चिदन्ना नि रिणात्योजसा नि स्थिराणि चिदोजसा ॥1.127.4॥

दृळ्हा1 चित्2 अस्मै3 अनु4 दुः5 यथा6 विदे7 तेजिष्ठाभिः8 अरणिऽभिः9 दाष्टि10 अवसे11 अग्नये12 दाष्टि13 अवसे14।
प्र^15 यः16 पुरूणि17 गाहते18 तक्षत्19 वना20 इव^21 शोचिषा22 ।
स्थिरा23 चित्24 अन्ना25 नि26 रिणाति27 ओजसा28 नि29 स्थिराणि30 चित्31 ओजसा32 ॥
dṛḻhā^1 cit^2 asmai^3 anu^4 duḥ^5 yathā^6 vide^7 tejiṣṭhābhiḥ^8 araṇi’bhiḥ^9 dāṣṭi^10 avase^11 agnaye^12 dāṣṭi^13 avase^14।
pra^15 yaḥ^16 purūṇi^17 gāhate^18 takṣat^19 vanā^20 iva^21 śociṣā^22 ।
sthirā^23 cit^24 annā^25 ni^26 riṇāti^27 ojasā^28 ni^29 sthirāṇi^30 cit^31 ojasā^32 ।।

4.       2Even 1things strongly built 4,5they give 3to him 6as 7to one who knows: 10one gives 11for safeguarding 9by his movements 8of flaming-power, 13gives 12to the Fire 14that he may guard us. 15Into 17many things 16he 18enters and 19hews them 22with his flaming light 21like 20trees, 24even 23things firmly fixed 26,27he tears 28by his energy and 19makes 25his food 32by his energy 31even 30things firmly fixed.

9 araṇi - tinders by which the fire is struck out; the word can also mean workings and is related to arya. [15/425 fn 1]; This earth holds him concealed in her own materiality; she is the lower tinder, the mental being is the upper tinder; by the pressure of the upper on the lower the flame of Agni shall be born. But it is by pressure, by a sort of churning that he is born. Therefore he is called the Son of Force. [15/389]

तमस्य पृक्षमुपरासु धीमहि नक्तं यः सुदर्शतरो दिवातरादप्रायुषे दिवातरात् ।
आदस्यायुर्ग्रभणवद्वीळु शर्म न सूनवे ।
भक्तमभक्तमवो व्यन्तो अजरा अग्नयो व्यन्तो अजराः ॥1.127.5॥

तं1 अस्य^2 पृक्षं3 उपरासु4 धीमहि5 नक्तं6 यः7 सुदर्शऽतरो8 दिवाऽतरात्9 अप्रऽआयुषे10 दिवाऽतरात्11 ।
आत्12 अस्य^13 आयुः14 ग्रभणऽवत्15 वीळु16 शर्म^17 न^18 सूनवे19 ।
भक्तं20 अभक्तं21 अव:22 व्यंतः23 अजराः24 अग्नयः25 व्यंतः26 अजराः27 ॥
taṃ^1 asya^2 pṛkṣaṃ^3 uparāsu^4 dhīmahi^5 naktaṃ^6 yaḥ^7 sudarśa’taro^8 divā’tarāt^9 apra’āyuṣe^10 divā’tarāt^11 ।
āt^12 asya^13 āyuḥ^14 grabhaṇa’vat^15 vīḻu^16 śarma^17 na^18 sūnave^19 ।
bhaktaṃ^20 abhaktaṃ^21 ava:22 vyaṃtaḥ^23 ajarāḥ^24 agnayaḥ^25 vyaṃtaḥ^26 ajarāḥ^27 ।।

5.       5We meditate on (or, 5 we hold) 1that 3fullness 2of him 4on the upper levels, 7this Fire 8the vision of whom is brighter 6in the night 9than in the day, 10for his un-departing life 11brighter than in the day. 12Then 15adoes 13his 14life 15bgrasp and support us 18like 16a strong 17house of refuge 19for the Son, — 24ageless 25fires 23moving towards 22the happiness 20enjoyed and 21that not yet enjoyed, 26moving 27his ageless 25fires.

22 ava: - the protection [3.17.3]

स हि शर्धो न मारुतं तुविष्वणिरप्नस्वतीषूर्वरास्विष्टनिरार्तनास्विष्टनिः ।
आदद्धव्यान्याददिर्यज्ञस्य केतुरर्हणा ।
अध स्मास्य हर्षतो हृषीवतो विश्वे जुषन्त पन्थां नरः शुभे न पन्थाम् ॥1.127.6॥

सः1 हि2 शर्धः3 न^4 मारुतं5 तुविऽस्वनिः6 अप्नस्वतीषु7 उर्वरासु8 इष्टनिः9 आर्तनासु10 इष्टनिः11 ।
आदत्12 हव्यानि13 आऽददिः14 यज्ञस्य^15 केतुः16 अर्हणा17 ।
अध^18 स्म^19 अस्य^20 हर्षतः21 हृषीवतः22 विश्वे23 जुषण्त^24 पंथां25 नरः26 शुभे27 न^28 पंथाम्29 ॥
saḥ^1 hi^2 śardhaḥ^3 na^4 mārutaṃ^5 tuvi’svaniḥ^6 apnasvatīṣu^7 urvarāsu^8 iṣṭaniḥ^9 ārtanāsu^10 iṣṭaniḥ^11 ।
ādat^12 havyāni^13 ā’dadiḥ^14 yajñasya^15 ketuḥ^16 arhaṇā^17 ।
adha^18 sma^19 asya^20 harṣataḥ^21 hṛṣīvataḥ^22 viśve^23 juṣaṇta^24 paṃthāṃ^25 naraḥ^26 śubhe^27 na^28 paṃthām^29 ।।

6.       [2Verily], 1he is 6many-noised 4like 3the army 5of the storm-winds 9hurrying over 8the fertile lands 7full of our labour, 11hurrying over 10the waste lands (or, in the esoteric sense, 3the army 5of the Life-Powers 9amoving 7with fertilising rain 9bover 8our tilled and 10our waste lands). 14He takes and 12devours 13the offerings, 16he is the eye of intuition 15of the sacrifice 17in its due action; 18so 23all 26men 24,19follow with pleasure 25the path 20of this 22joyful and 21joy-giving Fire, 28as on 29a path leading 27to happiness.

द्विता यदीं कीस्तासो अभिद्यवो नमस्यन्त उपवोचन्त भृगवो मथ्नन्तो दाशा भृगवः ।
अग्निरीशे वसूनां शुचिर्यो धर्णिरेषाम् ।
प्रियाँ अपिधीँर्वनिषीष्ट मेधिर आ वनिषीष्ट मेधिरः ॥1.127.7॥

द्विता1 यत्2 ईं3 कीस्तासः4 अभिद्यवः5 नमस्यंतः6 उपऽवोचंत^7 भृगवः8 मथ्नंतः9 दाशा10 भृगवः11 ।
अग्निः12 ईशे13 वसूनां14 शुचिः15 यः16 धर्णिः17 एषाम्18 ।
प्रियाँ19 अपिऽधीन्20 वनिषीष्ट^21 मेधिरः22 आ^23 वनिषीष्ट^24 मेधिरः25 ॥

dvitā^1 yat^2 īṃ^3 kīstāsaḥ^4 abhidyavaḥ^5 namasyaṃtaḥ^6 upa’vocaṃta^7 bhṛgavaḥ^8 mathnaṃtaḥ^9 dāśā^10 bhṛgavaḥ^11 ।
agniḥ^12 īśe^13 vasūnāṃ^14 śuciḥ^15 yaḥ^16 dharṇiḥ^17 eṣām^18 ।
priyāṁ^19 api’dhīn^20 vaniṣīṣṭa^21 medhiraḥ^22 ā^23 vaniṣīṣṭa^24 medhiraḥ^25 ।।

7.       2When 1in his twofold strength, 4bards 5with illumination upon them, 8the Bhrigu-flame-seers 6have made obeisance and 7aspoken 3to him 7bthe word, 2when 9they have churned him out 10by their worship, — 11the Flame-Seers, 12the Fire 13becomes master 14of the riches, 16he who 15in his purity 17aholds 18them 17bwithin him, 22wise 21he enjoys 20the things laid upon him and 19they are pleasant to him, 23,24he takes joy of them 25in his wisdom.

विश्वासां त्वा विशां पतिं हवामहे सर्वासां समानं दम्पतिं भुजे सत्यगिर्वाहसं भुजे ।
अतिथिं मानुषाणां पितुर्न यस्यासया ।
अमी च विश्वे अमृतास आ वयो हव्या देवेष्वा वयः ॥1.127.8॥

विश्वासां1 त्वा2 विशां3 पतिं4 हवामहे5 सर्वासां6 समानं7 दऽंपतिं8 भुजे9 सत्यऽगिर्वाहसं10 भुजे11 ।
अतिथिं12 मानुषाणां13 पितुः14 न^15 यस्य^16 आसया17 ।
अमी18 च^19 विश्वे20 अमृतासः21 आ^22 वयः23 हव्या24 देवेषु25 आ^26 वयः27 ॥
viśvāsāṃ^1 tvā^2 viśāṃ^3 patiṃ^4 havāmahe^5 sarvāsāṃ^6 samānaṃ^7 da’ṃpatiṃ^8 bhuje^9 satya’girvāhasaṃ^10 bhuje^11 ।
atithiṃ^12 mānuṣāṇāṃ^13 pituḥ^14 na^15 yasya^16 āsayā^17 ।
amī^18 ca^19 viśve^20 amṛtāsaḥ^21 ā^22 vayaḥ^23 havyā^24 deveṣu^25 ā^26 vayaḥ^27 ।।

8.       5We call 2to thee, 4the Lord 1of all 3creatures, 8the master of the house 7common 6to them all 9for the enjoying, 10the carrier of the true words 11for the enjoying, — 12to the Guest 13of men 16in whose 17presence stand, 15as 17in the presence 14of a father, 20all 18these 21Immortals 19and 22make 24our offerings 23their food — 25in the Gods 26they become 27their food.

त्वमग्ने सहसा सहन्तमः शुष्मिन्तमो जायसे देवतातये रयिर्न देवतातये ।
शुष्मिन्तमो हि ते मदो द्युम्निन्तम उत क्रतुः ।
अध स्मा ते परि चरन्त्यजर श्रुष्टीवानो नाजर ॥1.127.9॥

त्वं1 अग्ने2 सहसा3 सहन्ऽतमः4 शुष्मिन्ऽतमः5 जायसे6 देवऽतातये7 रयिः8 न^9 देवऽतातये10 ।
शुष्मिन्ऽतमः11 हि12 ते13 मदः14 द्युम्निन्ऽतम^15 उत^16 क्रतुः17 ।
अध^18 स्म^19 ते20 परि21 चरंति22 अजर^23 श्रुष्टीऽवानः24 न^25 अजर^26 ॥
tvaṃ^1 agne^2 sahasā^3 sahan’tamaḥ^4 śuṣmin’tamaḥ^5 jāyase^6 deva’tātaye^7 rayiḥ^8 na^9 deva’tātaye^10 ।
śuṣmin’tamaḥ^11 hi^12 te^13 madaḥ^14 dyumnin’tama^15 uta^16 kratuḥ^17 ।
adha^18 sma^19 te^20 pari^21 caraṃti^22 ajara^23 śruṣṭī’vānaḥ^24 na^25 ajara^26 ।।

9.       2O Fire, 1thou art 4overwhelming 3in thy strength, 6thou art born 5most forceful 7for the forming of the Gods, 9as if 8a wealth 10for the forming of the Gods; 11most forceful [12indeed] is 13thy 14rapture, [16and] 15most luminous 17thy will. 18So 21,22,19they serve 20thee, 23O Ageless Fire, [25as] [24those] who hear thy word 21,22,19serve 20thee, 26O Ageless Fire!

प्र वो महे सहसा सहस्वत उषर्बुधे पशुषे नाग्नये स्तोमो बभूत्वग्नये ।
प्रति यदीं हविष्मान्विश्वासु क्षासु जोगुवे ।
अग्रे रेभो न जरत ऋषूणां जूर्णिर्होत ऋषूणाम् ॥1.127.10॥

प्र^1 वः2 महे3 सहसा4 सहस्वते5 उषःऽबुधे6 पशुऽसे7 न^8 अग्नये9 स्तोमः10 बभूतु11 अग्नये12 ।
प्रति13 यत्14 ईं15 हविष्मान्16 विश्वासु17 क्षासु18 जोगुवे19 ।
अग्रे20 रेभः21 न^22 जरते23 ऋषूणां24 जूर्णिः25 होत^26 ऋषूणाम्27 ॥
pra^1 vaḥ^2 mahe^3 sahasā^4 sahasvate^5 uṣaḥ’budhe^6 paśu’se^7 na^8 agnaye^9 stomaḥ^10 babhūtu^11 agnaye^12 ।
prati^13 yat^14 īṃ^15 haviṣmān^16 viśvāsu^17 kṣāsu^18 joguve^19 ।
agre^20 rebhaḥ^21 na^22 jarate^23 ṛṣūṇāṃ^24 jūrṇiḥ^25 hota^26 ṛṣūṇām^27 ।।

10. 3To the Great One, 5the Strong 4in his force, 6the waker in the Dawn, 9to Fire 8as 7to one who has vision, 11alet 2your 10hymn 1,11barise. 14When 16the giver of the offering 19cries 13towards 15him 17in all 18the planes, [22as if] 20in the front 24of the wise 23he chants 21our adoration, 26the priest of the call 27of the wise 25who chants their adoration.

स नो नेदिष्ठं ददृशान आ भराग्ने देवेभिः सचनाः सुचेतुना महो रायः सुचेतुना ।
महि शविष्ठ नस्कृधि संचक्षे भुजे अस्यै ।
महि स्तोतृभ्यो मघवन्त्सुवीर्यं मथीरुग्रो न शवसा ॥1.127.11॥

सः1 नः2 नेदिष्ठं3 ददृशानः4 आ^5 भर^6 अग्ने7 देवेभिः8 सऽचनाः9 सुऽचेतुना10 महः11 रायः12 सुऽचेतुना13 ।
महि14 शविष्ठ^15 नः16 कृधि17 संऽचक्षे18 भुजे19 अस्यै20 ।
महि21 स्तोतृऽभ्यः22 मघऽवन्23 सुऽवीर्यं24 मथीः25 उग्रः26 न^27 शवसा28 ॥
saḥ^1 naḥ^2 nediṣṭhaṃ^3 dadṛśānaḥ^4 ā^5 bhara^6 agne^7 devebhiḥ^8 sa’canāḥ^9 su’cetunā^10 mahaḥ^11 rāyaḥ^12 su’cetunā^13 ।
mahi^14 śaviṣṭha^15 naḥ^16 kṛdhi^17 saṃ’cakṣe^18 bhuje^19 asyai^20 ।
mahi^21 stotṛ’bhyaḥ^22 magha’van^23 su’vīryaṃ^24 mathīḥ^25 ugraḥ^26 na^27 śavasā^28 ।।

11. 1So, 4becoming visible, 3most near 2to us 5,6bring, 7O Fire, 10by thy perfect consciousness, 12the Riches 9that ever accompany 8the Gods, 13by thy perfect consciousness 11the Great 12Riches. 15O most strong Fire, 17create 16for us 14that which is great 18for vision, 19,20for the enjoying; 22for those who hymn thee, 23O Lord of plenty, 25churn out 21a great 24hero-strength 27as 26one puissant 28by his force.

Glossary

- Words in Roman (transliteration) alphabetical order

- Explanatory Notes are given below the Verse No. highlighted in Bold

- Etymology of selected words

A

agniḥ अग्नि: - Fire (2.1.1; 1.71.8; 2.4.7; 1.70.1); The word Agni is formed from the root अग् with the nominal addition नि. The root अग् is itself a derivative root from the primitive अ meaning “to be”. The ग gives an idea of force and अग् therefore means to exist in force, preeminently — to be splendid, strong, excellent and Agni means mighty, supreme, splendid, forceful, bright. [16/474]

adhvara अध्वर - Pilgrim-rite (2.1.2; 2.2.5); Rite of the Path (6.2.3; 6.15.4; 6.16.40); sacrifice (6.15.14); Adhvara is “travelling”, “moving”, connected with adhvan, a path or journey from the lost root adh, to move, extend, be wide, compact, etc. Adhvara or adhvara yajna is connected with the idea of travelling, journeying, advancing on the path. [15/188 fn]

aditiḥ अदितिः - Aditi, the indivisible Mother (2.1.11); The Mother Infinite (1.72.9)

aṃhaḥ अंहः - Evil (6.2.4; 6.3.1; 6.3.2; 6.4.8); sin (6.11.6)

ānuṣak आनुषक् - The unbroken order (2.6.8; 6.5.3); an unbroken succession (1.72.7)

aratiḥ अरतिः - The traveller (2.2.2; 2.4.2); the toiler (2.4.2); The idea of the root अर् includes not only movement, but battle, aspiration & labour. Agni has been set by the gods in man as the worker & fighter to raise him up to immortality. [16/604-5]

aryaḥ अर्यः - Warrior (6.15.3); fighters (6.16.27); master (1.70.1; 1.71.3); foe (1.73.5)

B

bhadrā भद्रा - Happy (6.1.4; 6.1.10; 6.1.12)

bhāgam भागम् - Portion (2.10.6); part (1.73.5)

bhūma भूम - Planes (2.4.2); vastness (2.4.7); the earth (1.65.2); worlds (1.70.3); earths [15/583]

bṛhat बृहत् - The Vast (2.1.16; 2.2.13; 2.7.4; 6.16.21)

D

dam दम - The house, home (2.1.7; 2.1.8; 2.4.3; 6.1.6; 6.12.4; 1.71.6; 1.73.4)

dasyu दस्यु - The Destroyer (6.14.3; 6.16.15)

deva देव - Godhead (2.1.4; 2.3.4; 6.14.6; 6.15.4; 1.69.3); O divine (6.13.2; 6.13.4); O God (6.16.12; 6.16.32; 6.16.43; 1.68.2)

devāḥ देवाः - The Gods (2.1.13; 2.1.4; 2.2.3; 2.3.4; 6.7.1; 6.7.2; 6.7.4; 6.9.5; 6.9.7; 1.65.2); From the root दिव् conveying the idea of active, rapid or brilliant energy. It means to shine, to be bright, clear, strong, swift or luminous. [16/468]

dhārām धाराम् - The stream (1.67.4; 2.7.3; 1.67.4)

dhiyam धियम् - Thought (2.3.8; 6.1.1; 6.14.1; 6.2.4; 1.67.2)

draviṇaḥ द्रविणः - Treasure (2.1.7; 2.6.3)

duḥ’itā दुःऽइता - Stumbling (6.2.11; 6.14.6); stumbling places (6.15.15)

dvitā द्विता - Two-fold (2.4.2; 6.16.4; 1.127.7)

G

ghṛtam घृतम् - Pure clarified butter (6.10.2); light (2.3.2; 2.3.11); light-offering (6.11.5; 6.15.16; 1.127.1); yield of light (2.5.6); The root ghr conveys the idea of a strong brightness or heat. [15/76]

girā गिरा - By the word (2.1.11; 2.6.6); with the word (6.15.1; 6.15.7)

go गो - Ray-Cow (2.1.16; 1.70.5); Cows of Light (1.69.2); herds of light (6.6.5; 6.10.3); Rays (1.71.9)

H

haste dadhānaḥ हस्ते दधानः - Holds (dadhānaḥ) in hand (haste) (1.67.2; 1.72.1)

haviḥ हविः; havya हव्य - The offering (2.1.13; 2.1.14; 2.3.10; 6.15.4; 6.15.10; 6.16.47; 1.67.1; 1.72.7); the oblation (2.3.2; 2.3.10; 6.1.9; 6.2.10; 6.6.10; 6.16.23); the offering and the word (2.2.5)

hotaḥ होतः - Priest of the call (2.6.6; 6.4.1; 6.5.2; 6.10.2; 6.11.1; 6.11.6); summoning priest (6.15.14)

I

iḻā इळा - Ila (2.1.11; 2.3.8); the revealing word (6.10.7)

indraḥ इन्द्रः - Indra (2.1.3; 2.3.3; 2.8.6; 6.4.7)

J

jāta’vedasam जातऽवेदसम् - That knows all things born (2.2.1; 6.16.42); who knows all the births that are (6.15.7); who knows all things that are (6.8.1)

juṣanta जुषन्त - Cleave to (1.68.2); serve gladly (1.68.5); follow with pleasure (1.127.6); rejoice (6.2.10; 6.5.6); take joy in [16/97 fn 9]

K

kaviḥ कविः - Seer (6.1.8; 6.7.1; 6.7.7; 6.15.7)

ketuḥ केतु: - The eye of intuition (6.2.3; 6.7.2; 1.127.6); intuitive ray (1.71.2); the light of intuition (6.7.5); intuition (6.7.6)

kratuḥ क्रतुः - Will (2.5.4; 6.7.4; 6.9.5; 6.16.8; 6.16.23; 1.66.3; 1.67.1; 1.68.2; 1.68.5)

kṣayam क्षयम् - House (6.2.5; 6.13.2)

kṣiti क्षिति - Worlds of habitation (1.73.4); dwelling place (1.65.3)

M

maghavat मघवत् - Masters of the treasure (6.8.6); masters of plenty (6.10.5); King of Riches (6.15.15); Lord of Plenty (1.127.11)

marutaḥ मरुता: - The Life-Gods (2.3.3; 6.3.8; 6.11.1)

mitraḥ मित्रः - Mitra (2.1.4; 6.13.2); Lord of Love and harmony (2.4.1); the Friend (6.8.3); friend (6.2.1; 1.67.1,1.73.3)

N

namasā नमसा - With surrender (6.1.4); with obeisance of surrender (6.1.6; 6.11.4; 6.16.46); prostrations of surrender (6.11.5); with obeisance (6.15.8)

nṛ नृ - God (1.69.3; 1.69.4; 2.1.5;1.72.1); Man (2.1.1; 2.1.9; 6.1.2; 6.2.3; 1.67.2; 1.70.5)

P

paśuḥ पशुः - Cow (1.65.5); beast (2.4.7; 6.2.9); one who has vision (1.127.10)

paśvaḥ पश्वः - Herds (6.1.12; 6.13.5); of the Cow of vision (1.67.3)

pāthaḥ पाथः - Path (2.2.4; 6.15.12); way (2.3.9)

prajā प्रजा - Issue (2.2.12; 6.16.36); progeny (1.67.5)

prayasam प्रयसम् - Delights (2.2.1; 2.4.1); satisfactions (6.11.4)

pṛkṣaḥ पृक्षः - All that fills desire (2.1.6); satisfactions (1.71.7; 1.73.5); the satisfying fullness (2.1.15)

putraḥ पुत्रः - A son (2.1.9; 2.7.6; 6.9.2; 6.16.4; 1.69.1; 1.69.3)

R

rādhas राधस् - Riches (6.4.7); opulence (6.10.5); achievement (5.13.6)

ratham रथं - Chariot (2.2.3; 1.72.6); car (1.71.6); moving (1.70.4); that which is mobile (1.72.6)

rayiḥ रयिः - Riches (2.1.3; 2.1.12; 2.2.6; 2.9.4; 6.13.1; 6.16.28); treasure (2.4.8; 6.1.3; 6.5.7; 6.6.7; 6.8.5; 6.10.5; 6.16.20; 6.16.29; 1.68.3; 1.72.1); treasure of riches (6.14.5); wealth (2.7.1; 1.66.1; 1.73.1; 1.127.9); From the sense of vibration and motion in the root र, रयिः is that which vibrates, moves, is in constant play; it comes therefore to signify substance, matter, force, energy, strength, prosperity, play, delight, laughter, with other kindred or derivative senses. It is the Latin res, “thing, affair, object, matter, fact”. In the sense of substance or matter it is constantly used in the Veda. In this passage it means substance or force of substance. [16/496]; From the sense of vibration and motion in the root र; रयिः therefore means vibration, stir, play, motion, and, because all substance is merely Prakriti or Shakti in motion, it comes to mean substance. By Agni, by sahaituka tapas is got or enjoyed substance, body. Into whatever that stream of force flows, however unsubstantial it may be at the time, it grows in body, being and solidity; it tends to establish itself, to become a res or established actual thing. [16/486]

ṛbhuḥ ऋभुः - The craftsman Ribhu (2.1.10); heaven’s craftsman (6.3.8)

ṛcā ऋचा - By the illumining word (2.3.7; 6.16.47)

rodasī रोदसी - Earth and heaven (2.2.6; 6.1.11; 6.3.7; 6.4.6; 6.8.3; 6.11.4; 6.12.1; 6.15.15; 6.16.24; 1.72.4; 1.73.8); the continents (2.1.15); both the continent-worlds (2.2.5)

ṛta’vā ऋतऽवा - In whom is the Truth (6.12.1; 6.15.13; 6.12.1)

ṛtam ऋतम् - Truth (1.68.2; 1.71.3)

ṛtu ऋतु - Season (2.3.7); in their time (6.9.3)

S

sadha’sthe सधऽस्थे - In the session (2.4.2); in the world of session (2.9.3)

sadma सद्म - Home (6.11.5); mansion (1.67.5); house (1.73.1)

sahasriṇaḥ सहस्रिणः - Thousandfold (2.2.7); of the thousand (6.8.6; 2.9.1; 2.6.5; 2.9.2)

śarma शर्म - Peace (2.2.12; 6.16.33; 6.16.38); house of bliss (1.73.3); house of refuge [1.127.5; 16/89 fn 20]

savitā सविता - Savitri (2.1.7); Sun (1.73.2)

sindhavaḥ सिन्धवः - Rivers (1.73.6); rivers of Truth (1.72.10)

soma सोम - Soma (2.8.6); sacramental wine (6.8.1); Soma wine (6.16.44)

śravas श्रवः - Inspired knowledge (1.73.7); inspiration (6.1.4; 6.2.1); inspired discoveries of knowledge (6.1.11)

stomam स्तोमम् - The laud (2.5.7); anthem (6.10.2); hymn (6.16.22)

su’apatyam सुऽअपत्यम् - Children (2.4.8; 2.9.5)

su’kṣitim सुऽक्षितिम् - The happy abode (6.2.11; 6.14.6)

su’matim सुऽमतिम् - True thought (6.2.11); right understanding (6.15.9); right thinking (1.73.6; 173.7)

su’vīryam सुवीर्यं - Fullness of force (2.1.5); hero-strength (2.2.10)

su’vṛktim सुवृक्तिं - Who strips all sin from us (2.4.1); perfect purification (6.10.6; 6.16.26); act of purification (6.15.4)

sūrayaḥ सूरयः - The luminous seers (2.2.11; 2.2.12); the luminous wise (2.1.16; 2.2.13); the illumined wise (1.73.5)

sūryaḥ सूर्यः - The Sun (6.4.3; 6.4.6; 6.12.1; 6.4.3; 6.4.6; 6.12.1)

svaḥ स्वः - The sun-world (2.2.1; 2.2.7; 2.2.10; 6.15.4; 1.66.5; 1.69.5; 1.70.4; 1.70.5; 1.71.2); heavens (2.8.4)

svasāraḥ स्वसारः - The Sisters (2.5.5; 2.5.6; 1.71.1)

T

tanūni तनूनि - Bodies (2.9.2; 1.68.4)

tejasā तेजसा - By force of light (6.8.5; 6.15.19); flame of energy (1.71.8)

tri’sadhastha त्रिऽसधस्थ - Holder of the triple session (6.8.7; 6.12.2)

tvaṣṭā त्वष्टा - Twashtri (2.1.5); Maker of forms (2.3.9)

U

ukṣaṇaḥ उक्षणः - Bulls (6.16.47; 2.7.5)

uśan उशन्, uśataḥ उशतः - uśan - To the Gods who desire (6.4.1); yearn (6.10.6); uśataḥ - one who desires (6.4.1; 1.71.6)

usrāḥ उस्राः - Shining herds (1.71.2; 1.71.2); rays (6.3.6)

V

vāja वाज - Plenitude (2.1.10; 6.5.7; 6.8.6; 1.73.5); riches (6.10.6; 6.13.3)

vāja’sātau वाजऽसातौ - In our conquest (sātau) of the plenitudes (vāja) (6.15.15); seizing (sātau) of the riches (vāja) (6.10.6)

vājī वाजी - Horse (6.2.2; 6.2.8; 6.7.3); Horse of swiftness (2.10.1; 1.69.3); steed of swiftness (1.66.2)

vājinaḥ वाजिनः - Horses of swiftness (2.2.11; 2.5.1)

vanam वनम् - Forest (6.6.1); forest of pleasure (6.6.3)

varṇam वर्णम् - Hue (1.73.3; 1.73.7; 2.1.12); hue of Light (2.5.5); kind (2.3.5); hue of kind (2.4.5)

varuṇaḥ वरुणः - Varuna (2.1.4; 6.3.1)

vedhāḥ वेधाः - Creator (1.65.5; 1.69.2); ordainer of works (6.15.17); ordainer of things [16/98 fn 12]

viśva’āyuḥ विश्वऽआयुः - Universal life (6.4.2; 1.67.3)

vītaye वीतये - For the coming (2.2.6; 6.15.18; 6.16.7; 6.16.41;); for the advent (6.16.10); for the eating (6.16.44)

vrataiḥ व्रतैः - By the order of their works (6.14.3); law of working (2.8.3)

vṛjanam वृजनम् - Struggle (6.11.6); battles (2.2.9)

vṛṣabhaḥ वृषभः - Bull (2.1.3; 6.1.8); Male of the herd (2.3.11); Bull of the herds (2.9.2)

vṛṣṇaḥ वृष्णः - Of the Bull (6.6.5); Male (6.8.1)

vṛtra वृत्र - The python adversary (2.1.11; 6.13.1; 6.13.3; 6.16.19; 6.16.48)

Y

yajñam यज्ञम् - Sacrifice (2.1.10; 2.2.11; 2.3.2; 2.3.6; 2.5.2; 2.5.7; 2.5.8; 6.2.3; 6.7.2; 6.10.6; 6.15.16; 6.15.18; 6.16.22; 1.127.6)